(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

Lebanon Valley College 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2011 with funding from 

LYRASIS IVIembers and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley20072008leba 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Profile of Lebanon Valley College 2 

Mission of Lebanon Valley College 3 

Undergraduate Information 

Admissions 4 

Continuing Education 5 

Undergraduate Academic Regulations and Procedures 7 

Degrees 7 

Graduation Requirements 8 

Nontraditional Credit 13 

Grading System 15 

Undergraduate Academic Programs 20 

General Education 20 

Cooperative Programs 25 

Pre-professional Programs 26 

Individualized Major 27 

Internships 28 

Independent Study 28 

Tutorial Study 29 

Special Topics Courses 29 

Study Abroad 29 

Undergraduate Departments 30 

Graduate Academic Programs 158 

Directory 176 

Board of Trustees 176 

Administration 180 

Faculty 187 

Support Staff 201 

Awards 203 

Accreditation 205 

Campus Map 206 

Index 208 

Phone Numbers 211 

2007-2008 Academic Calendar 212 



Lebanon Valley College Table of Contents 1 



LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 

Founded: 1866, as a private coeducational institution on the site of the Annville Acad- 
emy. Became a four-year institution by 1883 as the lower grades were phased out. 

Curriculum: a four-year program of study in the liberal arts with an academic year 
comprised of fall and spring semesters and an optional summer term. 

Degrees granted: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Bache- 
lor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology, Associate of 
Arts, Associate of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of Music Edu- 
cation, Master of Science Education, Doctor of Physical Therapy. 

Major fields of study: accounting, actuarial science, American studies, art and art his- 
tory, biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, business administration, chemistry, 
computer science, digital communications, economics, elementary education, English, 
French, German, health-care management, health science, historical conmiunications, 
history, mathematics, medical technology, music, music business, music education, 
music recording technology, philosophy, physical therapy, physics, political science, 
psychobiology, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish. 

Special programs: secondary education certification; in cooperation with The Penn- 
sylvania State University, Case Western Reserve University, University of Pennsylvania, 
and Widener University: engineering; in cooperation with Duke University: forestry, en- 
vironmental sciences; in cooperation with approved hospitals: medical technology. 

Special options: departmental honors, double majors, independent study, individual- 
ized majors, internships, tutorial study, study abroad, Philadelphia and Washington se- 
mester programs. 

Number of full time faculty: 100; of the permanent faculty, 85 percent have earned a 
Ph.D. or equivalent terminal degree. 

Student- faculty ratio (FTE): 13:1, with an average class size of 20. 

Location: Annville, founded in 1799, is a small town of approximately 5,000 people 
located in south central Pennsylvania. Driving times: Hershey, 10 minutes; Harrisburg, 
1/2 hour; Baltimore, 2 hours; Philadelphia, 2 hours; New York, 3 hours; Washington, 
D.C., 3 hours. 

Size of campus: 55 buildings. The library contains over 200,000 catalog items. The 
sports center offers nationally recognized water fitness programs. 

Residence halls: 34 residential facilities housing 1,184 students in male, female, coed, 
suite and apartment-style facilities. 

Student enrollment: 1,615 full-time undergraduate students, with 160 part-time un- 
dergraduates and 141 graduate students. 

Student financial aid: approximately 95 percent of full-time students receive financial 
aid in the form of LVC grants and academic scholarships. In 2005-2006, these awards 
totaled $15,969,331, with the average student being $10,370. 



2 Facts 2007-2008 Catalog 



THE MISSION OF THE COLLEGE 

Lebanon Valley is a small, private, liberal arts college. Its mission arises directly 
from its historical traditions and a relationship with the United Methodist Church. 

The College's aim is to enable our students to become people of broad vision, ca- 
pable of making informed decisions, and prepared for a life of service to others. To that 
end, we seek to provide an education that helps students acquire the knowledge, skills, 
attitudes and values necessary to live and work in a changing, diverse and fragile world. 

Through both curricular and co-curricular activities, we endeavor to acquaint our 
students with humanity's most significant ideas and accomplishments, to develop their 
abilities to think logically and communicate clearly, to give them practice in precise 
analysis and effective performance, and to enhance their sensitivity to and apprecia- 
tion of differences among human beings. 

Lebanon Valley College aspires to pursue this mission within a community in which 
caring and concern for others is a core value. We value strong and nurturing faculty 
interacting closely with students; encourage individual student development; and af- 
firm the interrelatedness of liberal learning and the ideal of vocation. We regard the 
cultivation of wisdom that is the capacity of judging rightly in matters of life and con- 
duct, and a lifelong love of learning as the ultimate reward of the educational experi- 
ence. 

Tiie College motto is, "You shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free." 

(John 8:32) 




Lebanon Valley College 



College Mission 3 



UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION 

Admission for Full-time Students 

High School Preparation 

All admission candidates should have completed 16 credit units and graduated from 
an accredited secondary school, or present an equivalency certificate (G.E.D.). Of the 
16 units, 4 should be in English, 2 in foreign language, 3 in mathematics, 2 in science, 
and 1 in social studies. 

Application Procedure 

A candidate for admission to Lebanon Valley College must submit a completed ap- 
plication with the application fee, and an official transcript of high school grades. Sub- 
mission of S.A.T. or A.C.T. results is optional. Students wishing to transfer to Lebanon 
Valley must submit official transcripts of completed postsecondary work and a Col- 
lege Record Form for each institution attended, in addition to a final high school tran- 
script. 

Candidates are encouraged to visit campus for a personal interview. Applicants 
for admission to certain academic programs (elementary education, music, and phys- 
ical therapy majors) are required to undergo additional steps. For further informa- 
tion, contact: 

Admission Office 

Lebanon Valley College 

1 1 North College Avenue 

Annville, PA 17003-1400 

Phone: 717-867-6181 or 1-866-LVC-4ADM 

FAX: 717-867-6026 

Internet: http://www.lvc.edu 

E-mail: admission@lvc.edu 

Student Finances 

Payment for tuition, room, board and other charges is due by a published deadline 
prior to the beginning of each semester. Students failing to meet this deadline will be 
required to make special arrangements with the Business Office before their course 
registrations will be processed. Questions about charges and payments should be ad- 
dressed to the Business Office. 

Refund Policy 

Students who withdraw, are dismissed, or take a leave of absence from the College 
during the billing period in which they are enrolled will receive a refund in accor- 
dance with federal policy. A copy of the federal refund policy is available in the Busi- 
ness Office. 

Part-time students should consult the refund schedule published by the Continuing 
Education Office. However, part-time students receiving federal financial assistance 
(Title IV) will receive a refund according to federal policy. A copy of the federal refund 
policy is on file in the Business Office. 



4 Undergraduate Information 2007-2008 Catalog 



Alternative Payment Plan 

Lebanon Valley College offers a payment plan for those families who, after explor- 
ing other options, prefer to spread payments over a 1 0-month period. An agent has been 
appointed to process deferred payment applications: 

Higher Education Services 

P.O. Box 2653 
- ■ Harrisburg, PA 17105 

Phone: 1-800-422-0010 



Continuing Education 

Students may enroll part time for undergraduate study at Lebanon Valley College 
through the Office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education. Students are con- 
sidered part time if they are enrolled in 1-11 credit hours per semester. 

Continuing Education offers credit programs on four levels: certificate, associate, 
baccalaureate and advanced professional certificates. Certificates are starter programs 
that approximate the beginning of a four-year college experience, ideal springboards 
from which to go on for an associate's or bachelor's degree. Advanced professional cer- 
tificate programs are intended for persons who have already been awarded a bachelor's 
degree in one discipline and desire to study another discipline in some depth. 

A second bachelor's degree may be awarded to adult students who already have re- 
ceived a bachelor of arts or science from Lebanon Valley or another regionally accred- 
ited college or university. In such cases, students must only complete the major 
requirements for the second degree or a minimum of 30 credits, whichever is greater. 

Part-time students enrolled through Continuing Education may register for courses 
offered during the day, evening, Saturday and summer sessions on the main campus in 
Annville. To obtain copies of course schedules or to get detailed information on all ac- 
ademic programs for part-time students, call 717-867-6213 or toll free at 1-877-877- 
0423 or write the Office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education, Lebanon Valley 
College, Annville, PA 17003-1400. Information is also available through the LVC web- 
site: www.lvc.edu/ce. 

A candidate for admission to any of Lebanon Valley College's Continuing Education 
certificate or degree programs must submit a completed application form with the re- 
quired application fee. An official high school transcript is required if students have 
fewer than 24 semester hours of transferable college credits. Students planning to trans- 
fer to Lebanon Valley must submit official transcripts of all completed college or uni- 
versity courses. Official transcripts relating to military or business courses also may be 
evaluated for possible transfer credit. Although candidates may begin taking classes 
before they have been accepted, they must speak with an advisor before registering for 
courses. To arrange an admission interview with an advisor, call 717-867-6213 in An- 
nville or toll free at 1-877-877-0423. Decisions on all part-time student applications 
usually are made within one month after the last required transcript is received. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Information 5 




6 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 



2007-2008 Catalog 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 
AND PROCEDURES 

Attendance at Lebanon Valley College is a privilege, not a right. To provide the nec- 
essary atmosphere in which teaching and learning can occur, the College expects that 
the conduct of all campus citizens will conform to accepted standards. The College has 
the right to require the withdrawal of any student whose actions are inimical to the pur- 
poses of the institution. The following academic regulations are announcements and 
do not constitute a contract between the student and the College. The College reserves 
the right to change these regulations and procedures as it deems necessary for the ac- 
complishment of its purposes, but wherever possible, a student will proceed to gradu- 
ation under the regulations in effect at the time of his or her entrance at the College. 

Degrees 

Baccalaureate Degrees 

Lebanon Valley College confers five baccalaureate degrees. Bachelor of Arts for 
students completing requirements in the following major programs: American studies. 
Art and Art History, criminal justice, economics, English, French, German, historical 
communications, history, music, music business, philosophy, political science, religion, 
sociology, Spanish and certain individualized majors. 

Bachelor of Science for students completing requirements in the following major 
programs: accounting, actuarial science, biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, 
business administration, chemistry, computer science, cooperative engineering, cooper- 
ative forestry, digital communications, elementary education, health-care management, 
health science, mathematics, music education, physics, psychobiology, psychology and 
certain individualized majors. Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in 
Medical Technology, and Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology 
for students completing requirements for the appropriate major program. 

Associate Degrees 

An Associate degree may be earned by students who have been admitted through the 
office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education and who have pursued the de- 
gree through part-time study. Students may earn an Associate of Science degree in ac- 
counting, general studies and business administration or an Associate of Arts degree in 
general studies. 

Privacy of Student Records 

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1 974 (FERPA), also known as the 
Buckley Amendment, helps protect the privacy of student records. The Act provides 
for the right to inspect and review educational records, to seek to amend those records, 
and to limit disclosure of information from the records. The Act applies to all institu- 
tions that are the recipients of federal funding. 

Armually, Lebanon Valley College informs students of the Family Educational Rights 
and Privacy Act of 1 974, as amended. This Act, with which the institution intends to 
comply fully, was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the 
right of students to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines 
for the correction of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 7 



Students also have the right to file complaints with the FERPA office concerning al- 
leged failures by the institution to comply with the act. 

Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for com- 
pliance with the provisions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the fol- 
lowing offices: Office of the Registrar, Office of Student Services, and Office of the 
Dean of the Faculty. The policy is also printed in the Faculty Advising Handbook. The 
offices mentioned also maintain a Directory of Records that lists all education records 
maintained on students by this institution. 

Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be re- 
ferred to the Registrar's Office. 

Credit Hours 

A credit hour is the unit to measure academic progress. Each course has a credit 
designation approximately equal to the number of hours to be spent in class each week. 
A course requiring three hours of class attendance each week will carry 3 credit hours. 
Credit for laboratories is generally awarded at one half the regular rate. 

Application for Graduation 

As a student nears completion of the degree requirements, the student must file an 
application for the degree and a graduation plan with the Registrar's Office. Graduation 
application deadlines and the semester Course List and Registration Schedule are avail- 
able in that office. This application process provides the student with a timely oppor- 
tunity to review his or her degree requirements and to plan or change the student's 
course schedule to ensure completion of all requirements. 

The student must complete an Application for the Degree and a Graduation Plan, 
meet with his or her advisor, obtain all required signatures for graduation, including 
major and minor requirements, and deliver the forms to the Registrar's Office in the Hu- 
manities Building. 

Graduation Requirements 

Candidates for a baccalaureate degree shall complete successfully 1 20 credit hours, 
including the requirements for the general education program (see page 20) and the re- 
quirements for majors and minors as appropriate. Credit hours are accumulated in three 
separate categories: general education requirements, major requirements, and electives. 

The general education program is that part of the curriculum shared by all students 
in all majors. The required courses reflect 54-56 credit hours. The major programs each 
require at least 30 credit hours of course work. Electives are those courses selected by 
the student that reflect neither major nor general education requirements. 

In addition, candidates shall complete successfully two units of physical education 
selected from a list of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical 
education requirement by taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a 
maximum of one physical education unit waived for successful completion of any of the 
following: one season of a varsity sport, one semester of marching band, or one se- 
mester of military science. Continuing education students are exempt from the physical 
education requirement. 



8 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2007-2008 Catalog 



Candidates for the bachelor's degree must also take in residence 30 credit hours of 
the 36 taken immediately prior to graduation. Course work taken in all of the College's 
programs qualifies as work done in residence. 

Candidates for an associate's degree must accumulate at least 60 credit hours in- 
cluding the course work appropriate to their major program. Fifteen of the last 1 8 credit 
hours toward the degree must be taken in residence. Coursework taken in all of the Col- 
lege's programs qualifies as work done in residence. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of at least 
2.00 and a major grade point average of at least 2.00. 

Students who have 1 1 or fewer credits remaining to complete the degree may par- 
ticipate in the graduation ceremony. 

Advising Program 

Each student has a faculty advisor whose role is to counsel about registration pro- 
cedures, course selections, academic requirements, and regulations. The student is 
strongly encouraged to obtain the advisor's counsel and approval before registration, 
withdrawal, election of pass/fail option, and/or change in credit/audit status. 

Arrangement of Schedules 

Each student arranges a semester program of courses in consultation with his or her 
faculty advisor. Students already in attendance do this during registration periods. New 
students accomplish this on orientation days. 

Limit of Hours 

To be classified as full time, a student must take at least 12 credit hours in a semes- 
ter. Seventeen credit hours is the maximum permitted without approval from the stu- 
dent's advisor and permission of the registrar. To be permitted to take more than 17 
credits, the student should have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher, or 
be a senior. Audited courses are counted in determining the course load, but music or- 
ganizations are not. Students shall pay the prevailing tuition rate for each credit hour be- 
yond 17 (not counting music organizations). 

Class Standing 

Students are classified academically at the beginning of each year. Membership in 
the sophomore, junior or senior classes is granted to students who have earned a min- 
imum of 28, 56 or 84 credit hours respectively. 

Satisfactory Academic Progress 

Satisfactory academic progress toward a degree as a full-time student is defined 
as completion of 24 or more credits per academic year while maintaining a cumula- 
tive grade point average of 1.6 (1-27 credits), 1.7 (28-55 credits), 1.8 (56-83 cred- 
its), 1.9 (84 or more). A 2.0 grade point average is required for completion of the 
baccalaureate degree. It is also necessary for full-time students to complete at least 
24 credits per academic year in order to maintain eligibility for federal, state and in- 
stitutional financial aid. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 9 



Transfer Credit 

A student applying for advanced standing after having attended another accredited 
institution shall send an official transcript to the dean of admission. If requested, the stu- 
dent must provide copies of the appropriate catalogs for the years of attendance at the 
other institution or institutions. 

Credits are accepted for transfer provided the grades are C- (1 .67) or better and the 
work is equivalent or similar to work offered at Lebanon Valley College. Grades thus 
transferred count for credit hours only, not for quality points. 

A candidate for admission holding an associate degree from a regionally accredited 
college can be admitted with full acceptance of course work at the previously attended 
institution. However, course work in the major field for which the applicant has re- 
ceived a D shall not be counted toward ftilfilling the major requirement. 

Because Lebanon Valley College is a liberal arts institution, consideration of ftill 
acceptance of the associate degree will be granted with the understanding that the can- 
didate has followed a basic course of study compatible with the curriculum and aca- 
demic programs of the College and has been enrolled in a transfer program. A total of 
60 credits will be accepted for an associate degree and 57 credits for a diploma program. 
A maximum of 90 credit hours will be accepted toward a baccalaureate degree. 

In most instances the applicant may be expected to complete the baccalaureate de- 
gree within two years. However, when the requirements of a particular major field or 
the nature of the previous study demand additional work beyond two years, the appli- 
cant will normally be notified at the time of admission. 

Students transferring to Lebanon Valley College in order to complete work on a bac- 
calaureate degree will normally be expected to pass at least one 3-hour course in their 
intended major for each semester they spend at the college. "Semester" shall normally 
be defined as 15 credit hours. Beyond this minimum requirement, departments may re- 
quire additional courses if they so desire. 

Lebanon Valley College students enrolled for a degree may not carry courses con- 
currently at any other institution without prior consent of their advisors and the regis- 
trar. Students who desire to study away from campus for summer study must obtain 
prior approval from their advisors and the registrar. 

Discontinuance of Courses 

The College reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course. 

Registration and Preregistration 

Students are required to register for courses on designated days of each semester. 
Preference is given to upper-class students in the preregistration process to ensure reg- 
istration in courses required for their major fields of study. Students who register later 
than the designated times shall be charged a fee. Students desiring to register later than 
one week after the opening of the semester will be admitted only by special permission 
of the registrar. 

On entering Lebanon Valley College, students indicate that they are open or that 
they have a particular intended major. Students may make a formal declaration of major 
during the second semester of their freshmen year and must make a formal declaration 
by the time they have completed 60 credit hours. 

10 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2007-2008 Catalog 



Change of Registration 

Change of registration, including pass/fail elections, changes of course hours credit, 
changes from credit to audit and vice versa, must be approved by signature of the ad- 
visor. In most instances, registration for a course shall not be permitted after the course 
has been in session for one fiill week. With the permission of the advisor, a student may 
withdraw from a course during the first 10 weeks of the semester. However, first-time, 
first- semester freshmen may withdraw from a course at any time through the last day 
of semester classes with permission of the advisor. A fee is charged for every course 
added at the student's request after Add/Drop Day. 

Students who drop below full-time status (below 1 2 credits) during the publicized 
Add/Drop Period (the first full week of classes) will be re-billed as part-time students. 
Resident students who drop to part-time must have the permission of the dean of stu- 
dents. Other considerations regarding financial aid, academic progress, and health in- 
surance must be made before dropping to part-time status. 

Students who drop courses after the publicized Add/Drop Period will not have their 
status changed to part-time. However, consideration must be given to academic progress 
and future eligibility for financial aid and scholarship monies. 

Auditing Courses 

Students may register to audit courses with the approval of their academic advisor. 
Audited courses are counted in considering the course load relative to the limit of hours 
and may result in an overload charge. No grade or credit is given for an audited course, 
but the registrar will record the audit on the transcript if the student attends regularly. 
A change of registration from credit to audit or from audit to credit must be accom- 
plished by the end of the tenth week of semester classes. 

Pass/Fail 

After attaining sophomore standing (28 credit hours), a student may elect to take up 
to two courses per semester and one per summer session on a pass/fail basis; however, 
only six such courses can be counted toward graduation requirements. No courses elected 
by students to be taken pass/fail may be used to meet the requirements of the general ed- 
ucation program or other programs, the major(s), the minor(s) or secondary education 
certification. A student may select or cancel a pass/fail registration any time during the 
first 10 weeks of a semester. Passing with honors will be designated by the grade PH in- 
dicating that a grade of B+ or higher was earned. If a student does not pass the course, 
the student will receive an F on the transcript. See page 1 5 for grading systems. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may repeat as often as desired, for a higher grade, a previously taken 
course, subject to the following provisions: the course must have been taken in courses 
staffed by the College, the course has to be retaken at Lebanon Valley College, and the 
semester credit hours are given only one time. The higher grade received each time 
taken is computed in the cumulative grade point average. Each semester grade report 
will show hours credit each time passed, but the total hours toward a degree will be 
equal only to the semester hours credit for the course. For a course previously passed 
P/F, the grade received in the subsequent registration for regular grade is the "higher 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 1 



grade." Each grade received remains on the permanent record and a notation is made 
thereon that the course has been repeated. 

Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for a degree at Lebanon Valley College may not carry courses 
concurrently at any other institution without prior consent of his or her advisor and the 
registrar. 

External Summer Courses 

A student registered at Lebanon Valley College may not obtain credit for the courses 
taken during the summer at another college unless such courses have prior approval of 
his or her advisor and the registrar. 

Attendance Policy 

Each student is responsible for knowing and meeting all requirements for each 
course, including regular class attendance. At the opening of each semester, the in- 
structors shall clearly inform students of class attendance regulations. Violations of 
those regulations shall make the student liable to receive a grade of F in the course. 

Excused absences do not absolve students from the necessity of fulfilling all course 
requirements. 

In-Absentia 

The College treats students in domestic or foreign study programs as students-in- 
absentia. Any student who studies for a semester or academic year at another institu- 
tion with the intent of returning to the College is considered a matriculated student. A 
student desiring in-absentia status should complete the form in the registrar's office 
and secure the approval of the advisor, the registrar and the director of study abroad and 
domestic programs. Students will receive information on registration and room sign-up 
after they notify the registrar of their address abroad or in the United States. 

Leave of Absence 

For reasons of health or in other compelling circumstances, students may request a 
voluntary leave from the College for one or two semesters. A student desiring such a 
leave should complete the form available from the registrar and secure the approval of 
the associate dean of the faculty. Students on leave are regarded as continuing students 
and retain their status for registration and room sign-up, if available. Students on leave 
will receive information on those procedures and will be asked to verify their return. 
The College reserves the right to require a leave of absence for medical reasons at any 
time it is deemed reasonably necessary to protect the student, other students, members 
of the College community, or the interests of the College itself Before a student re- 
turns from a medical leave of absence, a clearance interview with one of the counsel- 
ing psychologists, the dean of students, or the associate dean of the faculty — as well as 
additional documentation — may be required. 

Withdrawal from College and Readmission 

To withdraw from the College, a student must complete an official withdrawal form 
obtained from the registrar. Continuing education students must complete an official 

12 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2007-2008 Catalog 



withdrawal form obtained from the director of continuing education. Readmission of a 
student requires written permission from the associate dean of the faculty. 

Second Bachelor's Degrees 

A person who has earned a bachelor's degree from Lebanon Valley College or an- 
other accredited college or university may earn a second bachelor's degree by meeting 
the following requirements: 

1 . A minimum of 30 additional undergraduate credits must be completed successftiUy 
at Lebanon Valley. 

2. All graduation requirements for the major of the second degree must be met satis- 
factorily. 

3. Course work completed successfully as part of the first degree program may be 
used to satisfy the graduation requirements of the second major 

4. No course already taken in the first degree program may be repeated in the second 
degree program. 

5. No more than three credits from student teaching (SED 440, ELM 440 and MED 
441) may be counted toward a second degree. 

6. Graduates from other accredited colleges or universities shall not be required to 
meet any general education requirements of Lebanon Valley College. 

7. No courses in the second degree program may be met satisfactorily through such 
non-traditional means as challenge examinations, CLEP, or credit for life experi- 
ence. 

8. No more than three credits from internships may be counted toward a second degree. 

9. No courses in the second degree program may be taken pass/fail. 

NOTE: Students carrying a second major do not automatically receive a second 
degree. Student carrying a second major will not receive a second degree without 
having met all the requirements listed above for a second bachelor's degree. 

Undergraduate Nontraditional Credit 

Lebanon Valley College recognizes the ability of highly motivated students to mas- 
ter specific areas of study on their own initiative and provides programs to allow these 
students the opportunity to gain credit. Except for those seeking a second bachelor's de- 
gree, any matriculated student may earn a maximum of 30 credits toward a bachelor's 
degree or a maximum of 15 credits toward an associate's degree through nontraditional 
means (challenge exams, advanced placement, CLEP, and credit for life experience). All 
nontraditional means of examination are graded satisfactory (S) or unsatisfactory (U). 
An unsatisfactory grade on any nontraditional examination will not be recorded on the 
permanent record. 

Challenge Exam Policy 

Many LVC courses can be challenged for credit by examination. Full-time students 
should request challenge examinations through their academic advisors. Part-time stu- 
dents and those students enrolled through continuing education should make applica- 
tion for challenge exams through the continuing education office. All requests must 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 3 



be approved by the registrar and the chairperson of the department in which the course 
is Usted. 

Challenge exams are considered comprehensive examinations in the subject area. 
The grading criteria for challenge exams will be determined by each department. The 
exact nature of the examination will be determined by the faculty member and chair- 
person of the department involved and may include any means of evaluation normally 
employed by the department. There is a fee for preparation and grading of each chal- 
lenge exam, and it is charged without regard to the test results. 

Challenge exams may not be taken by students who have received any grade in a 
course equivalent to or more advanced than the course for which the student is re- 
questing credit by examination. Challenge exams may not be used for the purpose of 
acquiring credit for a course previously failed. Practicums, internships, seminars, re- 
search courses, independent study, writing-intensive courses, and courses with labora- 
tory components are normally not subject to credit by examination. Individual 
departments may have additional criteria regarding challenge exams. Consult the chair- 
person of the department in which the course is listed for specific information. 

Advanced Placement Policy 

Advanced placement with credit in appropriate courses will be granted to entering 
students who make scores of 4 or 5 on College Board Advanced Placement examina- 
tions. The official Advanced Placement College Grade Report must be submitted by the 
student for evaluation by the registrar. 

Advanced Placement without credit may be granted on the basis of the Achieve- 
ment Tests of the College Board examinations or such other proficiency tests as may 
be determined appropriate by the registrar and by the chairperson of the department. 

CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Policy 

Credit shall be granted to those students who score well on CLEP examinations that 
are approved by the College. To receive credit, a student must score above the 50th per- 
centile on the objective section and above a C, as determined by the appropriate aca- 
demic department for general and subject examinations. The English composition essay 
is required, with a minimum score of 64 and at the 80th percentile for this CLEP ex- 
amination. 

A maximum of six credits shall be awarded for each examination; of these credits, 
only three may be applied to the general education requirements in the appropriate area. 
Credit shall be granted only to students who have matriculated at Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege. Normally, requests for CLEP credit must be approved by the registrar before the 
student has completed 30 credits. 

Credit for Life Experience Policy 

Lebanon Valley College provides for the awarding of undergraduate academic credit 
for knowledge acquired through nonacademic experience in subjects in the College 
curriculum. The experience should have a direct relation to the material taught in a 
course in the College curriculum and should extend over a sufficient period to provide 
substantive knowledge in the relevant area. Matriculated students who believe they 
qualify for such credit may petition the appropriate department through their academic 



14 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2007-2008 Catalog 



advisors. Students enrolled in the continuing education program must petition through 
the continuing education office. This petition must: 

( 1 ) detail the relevant experience in question 

(2) provide appropriate supporting evidence 

(3) note the equivalent College course by department and number 

(4) state the number of credit hours sought. 

The appropriate department will consult with the academic advisor or the continu- 
ing education office to determine the best means (interview, examination, portfolio, 
etc.) for evaluating the experience. 

Approval of experiential credit for full-time students must be made in writing over 
the signatures of the academic advisor, the appropriate department chair, and the 
associate dean of the faculty. Approval of experiential credit for students enrolled 
through the continuing education program must be made in writing over the signatures 
of the director of graduate studies and continuing education, the appropriate depart- 
ment chair, and the associate dean of the faculty. 

Experiential credit cannot exceed 6 credit hours in one academic year and cannot ex- 
ceed a maximum of 12 credit hours in the degree program. 

International Baccalaureate Program 

Credit for appropriate courses will be granted to entering students who achieve 
scores of 5, 6 or 7 on International Baccalaureate individual subject examinations. The 
official International Baccalaureate transcript must be presented by the student for eval- 
uation by the registrar. 

Grading Systems and Grade Point Averages 

Student work is graded A (excellent), B (good), C (satisfactory), D (requirements and 
standards met a minimum level), F (course requirements not met). For each credit hour 
in a course, students receive the following quality points: 



A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 



C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


.67 


F 


.00 



F carries no credit or quality points, but grades of F are used in calculating the grade 
point averages. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the qual- 
ity points by the credit hours completed. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

Continuing education degree candidates admitted before July 1, 1989, must meet 
graduation requirements by earning a cumulative grade point average of 1.75. All stu- 
dents and continuing education candidates admitted after July 1 , 1989, must meet grad- 
uation requirements by earning a grade point average of 2.00. All students must have a 
2.00 grade point average in their major, any second major, and any minor. 

A student may not take a course that has a prerequisite course he or she has failed. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 5 



In addition to the above grades, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates that the 
work is incomplete (certain required work postponed by the student for substantial rea- 
son with the prior consent of the instructor) but otherwise satisfactory. This work must 
be completed within the first eight weeks of the next semester, or the I will be changed 
to an F. Appeals for an extension of time must be presented to the registrar by the first 
week of the next semester. W indicates withdrawal from a course through the tenth 
week of semester classes, except for first-semester freshmen who may withdraw 
through the last day of the semester. For physical education, a grade of either S (satis- 
factory) or U (unsatisfactory) is recorded. 

Once a grade has been recorded it may not be changed without the approval of the 
instructor and the registrar. Students who feel the grade may be inaccurate should con- 
tact the instructor at once, but in no case later than the end of the semester following 
the course in question. — ~ 

Academic and Graduation Honors 

The Dean s List 

Students achieving a 3.40 or higher grade point average while carrying at least 12 
credit hours for grade shall be named to the Dean's List at the end of each semester. 

Graduation Honors 

After completing a minimum of 60 calculated credit hours of residence work, a stu- 
dent may qualify for graduation honors. The honors to be conferred are summa cum 
laude for grade point averages of 3.75-4.0, magna cum laude for grade point averages 
of 3.60-3.74, and cum laude for grade point averages of 3.40-3.59. 

Departmental Honors 

All major programs provide the opportunity for departmental honors work during the 
junior and senior years. For specific information, interested students should contact the 
appropriate department chairperson. The minimal requirements for departmental honors 
are a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0, both at the time of application and at the time of grad- 
uation; a written thesis; an oral presentation; and approval by a majority vote of the full- 
time members of the department. This project is undertaken on a subject of the student's 
own choosing under the supervision of a faculty advisor. Opportunity also exists to do cre- 
ative work. A maximum of 9 hours credit may be earned in departmental honors. 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 

Students graduating with grade point averages of 3.50 or higher are eligible for in- 
duction into Phi Alpha Epsilon, provided they have earned a minimum of 60 credit 
hours of residence work. 

Academic Honesty 

Lebanon Valley College expects its students to uphold the principles of academic 
honesty. Violations of these principles will not be tolerated. Students shall neither hin- 
der nor unfairly assist the efforts of other students to complete their work. All individ- 
ual work that a student produces and submits as a course assignment must be the 
student's own. 



16 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2007-2008 Catalog 



Cheating and plagiarism are acts of academic dishonesty. Cheating is an act that de- 
ceives or defrauds. It includes, but is not limited to, looking at another's exam or quiz, 
using unauthorized materials during an exam or quiz, colluding on assignments with- 
out the permission or knowledge of the instructor, and furnishing false information for 
the purpose of receiving special consideration, such as postponement of an exam, essay, 
quiz, or deadline of an oral presentation. 

Plagiarism is the act of submitting as one's own the work (the words, ideas, images, 
or compositions) of another person or persons without accurate attribution. Plagiarism 
can manifest itself in various ways: it can arise from sloppy, innaccurate note-taking; 
it can emerge as the incomplete or incompetent citation of resources; it can take the 
form of the wholesale submission of another person's work as one's own, whether from 
an online, oral or printed source. The seriousness of an instance of plagiarism — its 
moral character as an act of academic dishonesty — normally depends upon the extent 
to which a student intends to deceive and mislead the reader as to the authorship of the 
work in question. Initially, the instructor will make this determination. 

Once academically dishonest work has been submitted, the instructor shall report 
the suspected incidence to the associate dean of the faculty. At the moment the work has 
been submitted, the student involved forfeits the right to withdraw from the course or 
to change his or her course status in any way. The College's expectations and the meas- 
ures it will apply to support and enforce those expectations are outlined below. 

For the first offense of academic dishonesty, the faculty member has the option of 
implementing whatever grade-related penalty he or she deems appropriate, up to and 
including failure in the course. The associate dean of the faculty shall send the student 
a letter of warning, explaining the policy regarding further offenses and the appeal 
process. 

For the second formally established offense of academic dishonesty, failure in the 
course is mandatory; the associate dean of the faculty shall so inform the faculty 
member(s) involved. Additionally, the associate dean of the faculty has the authority to 
take further action against the student, up to and including expulsion from the College. 

For the third formally established offense of academic dishonesty, failure in the 
course and expulsion from the College are mandatory. 

The associate dean of the faculty has the authority to determine whether actions or 
reasonable suspicions of actions by a student constitute "offenses of academic dishon- 
esty" as described above. 

Information related to offenses of academic dishonesty must be passed by the fac- 
ulty member to the associate dean of the faculty who shall retain the information for as 
long as the student involved is enrolled at the College. Information and evidence con- 
cerning academic dishonesty are the property of the College. Once the student has grad- 
uated from the College, the associate dean of the faculty will destroy these records. 

All actions against a student for academic dishonesty may be appealed by the stu- 
dent being accused. A written appeal must be presented to the associate dean of the 
faculty no later than the official date that mid-term grades are due the semester fol- 
lowing the semester in which the action was taken against the student. The dean of the 
faculty will serve as final arbiter. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 7 



Academic Probation and Suspension 

At the conclusion of each semester, the Dean's Academic Advisory Council meets 
to review the academic performance of all undergraduate students. The members of the 
council are the vice president for academic affairs and dean of the faculty, the vice pres- 
ident for enrollment and student services, the dean of student services, and the regis- 
trar. 

To maintain themselves in good academic standing at the College, students must 
achieve minimum cumulative grade point averages appropriate to progress toward their 
degree, and they must complete coursework at a regular and sustained pace. Minimum 
cumulative GPAs are as follows: 

Semester Hours Completed Required Cumulative GPA 

1-27 1.60 

28-55 1.70 -^ 

56-83 1.80 

84 or more 1 .90 

At the conclusion of each semester, the College examines students' academic 
records. Students who have not achieved the above minimum grade point averages will 
be given an Academic Warning, placed on Probation, or Academically Suspended 
from the College. 

Academic Warning. The first time students fall below the required cumulative GPA 
as listed above, they will be given Academic Warning. Academic Warning constitutes 
a formal notification that a student's academic performance is weak and that he or she 
needs to devote increased attention to academic work. Students receiving Academic 
Warning are cautioned that unless they achieve an acceptable cumulative grade point 
average, they will be placed on Probation and thereby lose the privilege of participat- 
ing in extracurricular activities (including such activities as intercollegiate sports, stu- 
dent government, campus media, student clubs, and Greek and service organizations). 

Probation. Students who fall a second time below the required cumulative GPA 
(whether in consecutive or nonconsecutive semesters) will be placed on Probation. A 
student on Probation will not be permitted to take part in extracurricular activities. 

Final Probation. Students who fall a third time below the required cumulative GPA 
(whether in consecutive or nonconsecutive semesters) will be placed on Final Probation. 
A student on Final Probation will not be permitted to take part in extracurricular ac- 
tivities, and the student will be informed that unless the student restores himself or her- 
self to good academic standing and maintains that status, the student will be suspended 
from the College. 

Academic Suspension. Students will be suspended academically from the College 
when ( 1 ) they fall a fourth time below the required cumulative GPA (whether in con- 
secutive or nonconsecutive semesters); (2) they fail to achieve a cumulative GPA of at 
least 0.75 at the conclusion of any semester; (3) they have not earned by the conclusion 
of the second and subsequent semesters of full-time enrollment a total of at least 6 
credit hours of coursework for each semester completed. Students suspended will not 
be permitted to return for at least the full subsequent semester (fall or spring). To re- 
quest reinstatement, students must submit a written petition to the associate dean of the 
faculty. A suspended student who returns to the College and who is suspended again for 

1 8 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2007-2008 Catalog 



academic reasons will be regarded as permanently separated from the College. 

Upon reinstatement to the college, a student will have two semesters to bring up his 
or her cumulative GPA to the minimum required for good academic standing at the 
College. 

Veterans' Services 

Veterans who are eligible to receive educational benefits must report their enrollment 
to the Financial Aid Office after they register for each semester or summer session. 
The financial aid office will then submit certification to the Department of Veterans Af- 
fairs. 

Veterans who are attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time must complete 
the appropriate forms before certification of enrollment will be sent from the financial 
aid office to the Department of Veterans Affairs. 

Students eligible for veterans benefits who remain on academic probation for two 
consecutive semesters must be reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veter- 
ans with questions about the College or their status with the College should contact the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges 

Lebanon Valley College has been designated as an institutional member of Service- 
members Opportunity Colleges (SOC), a group of over 400 colleges providing post-sec- 
ondary education to members throughout the world. As an SOC member, Lebanon 
Valley College recognizes the unique nature of the military life-style and has commit- 
ted itself to easing the transfer of relevant course credits, providing flexible residency 
requirements, and crediting learning from appropriate military training and experi- 
ences. 

Teacher Certification for Nonmatriculated Students 

Lebanon Valley College offers teacher certification to a variety of special students: 
students with degrees from other colleges, teachers seeking certification in other fields, 
or Lebanon Valley College alumni seeking certification for the first time. All students 
must present official transcripts of college work or their previous teacher certification 
to the registrar. The education department, the registrar and the appropriate academic 
department shall evaluate the record and recommend the appropriate course of action. 
A fee shall be charged for this service. 

All candidates must meet the criteria for Admission to Teacher Certification Can- 
didacy as detailed under the Department of Education, page 68. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 9 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

General Education Program 

Through the General Education Program, the College most directly expresses its 
commitment to the ideal of liberal education that underlies its statement of purpose. The 
program has four components: communications, liberal studies, cross-cultural studies, 
and disciplinary perspectives. This program seeks to prepare graduates who are broadly 
competent, skilled in communication, capable of analysis and interpretation, tolerant, 
and able to continue to learn in a rapidly changing world. 
Our academic program aims to educate students so that they: 

• acquire a broad base of knowledge across the liberal arts disciplines, including 
both content and method; 

• come to understand that facts are important primarily as evidence from which we 
infer meaning in the form of theories, arguments, and interpretations; 

• learn to draw upon and integrate different disciplines when considering particular 
problems or issues; 

• learn to think critically and independently, i.e., to understand, construct, and re- 
spond to arguments, and develop a questioning, open-minded attitude; 

• learn to communicate clearly and cogently, both in speech and in writing, in lis- 
tening and in reading; 

• acquire sensitivity and skill in interacting with different cultures and traditions, 
and come to understand and respect differences among human beings; 

• establish a foundation for their continuing education, including their intellectual, 
aesthetic, and moral growth, their personal and vocational development, and their 
understanding of themselves as citizens at the local and global levels. 

The program consists of coursework in the following four areas: 

Communications. 15 credit hours. 

English Communications (2 courses) 
Writing Requirement (3 courses) 

This component recognizes the central role communication plays in learning and in 
life. Courses teach the principles of clear and effective communication and provide op- 
portunities to practice and refine them throughout a student's college career. 
English Communications. Courses teach the elements of English composition and the 
related skills of speaking, reading, listening, word processing and bibliographic access 
through database searching. 

Requirement: ENG 1 1 1 or FYS 100; ENG 112. 

First-year students must fulfill the communications component of the General Ed- 
ucation Program by enrolling in either First- Year Seminar (FYS 1 00) or English Com- 
munications I (ENG 111). The primary goal of each course is to help first-year students 
become college-level writers. Students will be assigned the same amount of writing in 
both FYS 100 and ENG 1 1 1 . An important difference between the two courses is that 
each FYS class is organized around a particular topic, and students will write in re- 
sponse to various aspects of that topic, whereas ENG 1 1 1 is not organized around a 

20 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2007-2008 Catalog 



particular topic, so its students can expect to write essays about a variety of different 
topics. Students in FYS should expect to do more reading than students in ENG 111. 
Writing Requirement. In addition to English Communications, students must complete 
three courses designated Writing Process, preferably one each during the sophomore, 
junior and senior years. Along with course content, faculty will also teach writing in 
these courses and will make evaluation of writing quality an important factor in the 
course grade. 

Requirement: Three courses from an approved list. 

Approved: AMS 201, 223, 229, 450; ART 212, 312, 314, 326, 350, 353; BIO 304, 
307, 312, 322, 324; BUS 285, 485; CHM 230, 321, 322; DCOM 285; 
DSP 340; ECN 321, 332, 410; EDU 31 1, 450; ELM 371; ENG 213, 221, 
222, 225, 226, 310, 315, 330, 341, 342, 350, 360; FRN 410, 420, 430, 
440, 450; GMN 410, 460; HIS 205, 206, 207, 208, 217, 226, 250, 310, 
312, 315; MBS 371; MED 334; MSC 201; PHL 215, 230, 301, 321, 334, 
336, 337, 349; PHT 202; PHY 328; PSC 211, 312, 497, 498, 499; PSY 
120, 245, 443; REL 230, 310, 313, 322, 333, 337, 353; SOC 322, 324, 
331, 382, 499; SPA 310, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460. 

Liberal Studies. 24-26 credit hours. 

At least one course in each area and two additional courses in different groups. 

Group I Group II Group III 

History Natural Science Literature and Fine Art 

Social Science Mathematics Religion and Philosophy 

Courses in this component introduce fundamental concepts, methods and content 
in disciplines essential to a liberal education. 

Requirement: Eight courses, with at least one from each area, and no more than three 
in any group. 

Group I 
Area 1: History. Courses acquaint students with historical methodology and with some 
of the principal developments in world and American history. 

Approved: AMS 1 11, 223, 225, 229; HIS 103, 104, 105, 125, 126,210,212,217. 

Area 2: Social Science. Courses establish and explore patterns of human culture and so- 
cial organization including international aspects of the world by examining the rela- 
tionships among individuals and the structures and processes of societies. They draw 
on the theories and methodological approaches used in the social sciences and prepare 
students to evaluate, integrate, and communicate information and issues related to 
human behavior. 

Approved: ECN 100, 101, 102; PSC 100, 110, 130, 160; SOC 110, 120, 160. 210, 
230,261,280. 

Group II 
Area 3: Natural Science. Courses present findings, concepts, and theories of science, 
develop an understanding of scientific methods of inquiry, engage students directly in 
the practice of science, and prepare them to understand the relationship between science 
and technology. 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 2 1 



Approved: BIO 101, 102, 103, 1 1 1/1 13, 1 12/1 14; CHM 100, 1 1 1/113, 1 12/1 14; ESS 
110, 120; PHY 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 111, 112, 120; PSY 120; SCI 
100. 

Area 4: Mathematics. Courses introduce pivotal mathematical ideas, abstract mathemat- 
ical constructs, and mathematical applications. They make students aware of the powers 
and limitations of mathematics and emphasize the role of mathematics in our society. 

Approved: MAS 1 00, 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 1 50, 1 6 1 , 1 62, 1 70, 270. 

Group III 
Area 5: Literature and Fine Art. Courses acquaint students with significant works of 
artistic expression and with their historical and cultural contexts. They help them ana- 
lyze and appreciate works of art, music and literature and seek both to extend their aes- 
thetic experience and enhance the quality of their critical judgment. 

Approved: AMS201;ART 100, 105, 112,207,212,219,312,314,316,318,322, 
324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338; DCOM 495; ENG 120, 221, 222, 225, 
226, 227, 228, 229, 495; FRN 410, 420, 430, 440, 450; GMN 330, 410, 
460; MSC 100, 101, 200, 201, 242; SPA 410, 420, 430, 440, 450 

Area 6: Religion and Philosophy. Courses introduce major religious or philosophical 
perspectives, the critical study of value judgments, and the understanding that all judg- 
ments and value systems are grounded in particular worldviews. Students are encour- 
aged to examine their own moral commitments as they develop an awareness of and 
tolerance for other value systems. 

Approved: AMS 140; PHL 1 10, 140, 160, 215, 230, 321, 334, 336, 338, 352; REL 
110, 160, 201, 202, 230, 251, 310, 338, 352. 

Cross-Cultural Studies. 12 credit hours. 

Two courses in a foreign language. 

One course in Foreign Studies. 

One course in Cultural Diversity Studies. 

This component responds to a contemporary world in which communication, travel 
and trade increasingly juxtapose cultures, values and ideas. Courses help students un- 
derstand, interpret, and appreciate cultural, social, moral, economic and political sys- 
tems different from their own. 

Foreign Language. By learning another language, students see the world from a dif- 
ferent linguistic and cultural perspective. These courses help students understand that 
all languages solve similar problems of expressing thought, but that each language pro- 
vides special access to a particular human society. 

Requirement: Two courses. 

Options: 1. Continue a previously studied language (two or more years) at the 
intermediate level. FRN, GMN, SPA 201/202. 

2. Begin a new language. FRN, GMN, ITA, SPA 101/102. 

3. Repeat the elementary level (no language study for five full years). 
FRN, GMN, SPA 101/102. 

4. Complete one advanced course (requires permission from FLG 
department). 

22 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2007-2008 Catalog 



International students who are fluent in a native language other than English are exempt 
from this requirement. 

Foreign Studies. Courses introduce important aspects of societies in Asia, Africa, the 
Middle East and the Americas to foster an understanding of cultural, social, political, 
religious, or economic systems outside the European tradition. Courses may compare 
European societies with other societies or address factors that influence culture as long 
as these other considerations do not obscure the primary goal of studying essentially dif- 
ferent non-Western cultures. Alternatively, students may fulfill this requirement by par- 
ticipating in a semester-long study-abroad program or by completing approved course 
work that involves substantial on-site immersion in a foreign culture. 

Requirement: Choose one course from an approved list. 

Approved: ART 334; HIS 273, 274, 275, 303, 304; MSC 202; PHL 252, 254; PSC 
21 1, 212; REL 140, 252, 253, 254, 255, 260, 265; SPA 360, 460. 

Cultural Diversity Studies. Courses focus on the diversity of cultures in the United 
States and allow students to engage critically the issues — social, political, cultural, re- 
ligious, and/or economic — that historically have divided and defined Americans. Stu- 
dents who participate in semester-long programs in Philadelphia or Washington, D.C., 
sponsored by the Study Abroad office will be considered to have fulfilled the Cultural 
Diversity Studies requirement. 

Approved: AMS 120, 240, 247, 260, 280, 330, 362; CDS 330; PSY 247; REL 120; 
SOC 240, 320, 326, 362. 

CDS 330. Diversity in the Workforce. An investigation of reasons why questions of di- 
versity affect organizations including demographic changes, types of diversity, and rel- 
evant federal legislation. Considers differences in race, sex, gender, religion, sexual 
orientation, ethnic background, age, physical ability/disability and geography. 3 cred- 
its. 

Disciplinary Perspectives. Three credit hours. 

One course from a list approved for this component. 

Certain problems are addressed best from the perspective of more than one disci- 
pline. This component offers students an opportunity to bring the insights from differ- 
ent disciplines to the analysis of a complex issue. Courses incorporate content and 
approaches from at least two disciplines, ask students to draw on their own discipli- 
nary perspectives, and challenge them to view issues from various points of view. Jun- 
ior or senior standing is required. 
Requirement: One course from an approved list. 

Approved: AMS 311, 328; ART 350, 351, 353; DSP 310, 322, 324, 328, 340, 342, 
350, 352, 370, 390; PHL 337, 342, 349; PHT 412; REL 313, 332, 333, 
335,337,342,353;. 

Interdisciplinary Courses (DSP): 

The faculty has approved the following multidisciplinary courses. All satisfy the 
General Education Program requirement for a disciplinary perspectives course. Junior 
or senior standing is required. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 23 



DSP 310. AIDS. An examination of the origins and history of HIV/ AIDS, including its 
economic, poHtical, social, psychological and legal repercussions as well as the basics 
of virology, serology, epidemiology and diagnostic testing. 3 credits. 

DSP 322. The 20th-century World. An exploration of those forces that profoundly 
changed the institutions and structures of society in the 20th century including migra- 
tions within and across national borders, responses to environmental opportunities and 
threats, and uses and misuses of technology. Examines the rate, direction, and impli- 
cation of societal and cultural change at national and global levels. 3 credits. 

DSP 324. The American Presidency: Power and Character. An exploration of the re- 
lationship between a president's character and leadership using several administrations 
as case studies. Provides exposure to the historiographic literature on historical biog- 
raphy, presidential memoirs, the use of primary sources and the interpretation of pub- 
lic opinion. 3 credits. 

DSP 328. Film and the American Identity. This team-taught interdisciplinary course 
will critically examine how films reflect, consider, and question the dominant image and 
understanding of the American identity. 3 credits. 

DSP 340. Myths and Their Meaning. Looks at the significance Greek and Roman 
myths hold for us today from the perspectives of literature, psychology, religion, soci- 
ology and anthropology. 3 credits. 

DSP 342. Plants and People. Dependence on certain plants has shaped historical events 
and cultures, and continues to influence human lives today. This course explores the ex- 
tent of the impact of plant life on the history, culture, and daily life of human beings. 
Through lectures, student class presentations, hands-on exercises and field trips, and a 
one-day field trip to Longwood Gardens, the effect of plants in past and present human 
lives will be investigated. 3 credits. 

DSP 350. Drugs and Behavior. This survey course is designed to familiarize students 
with the physiological, psychological, social and legal aspects of various drugs includ- 
ing alcohol, marijuana, caffeine, over-the-counter drugs, cocaine, heroin and the opi- 
ates, LSD hallucinogens, barbiturates, and amphetamines. 3 credits. 

DSP 352. Marx and Marxism. Karl Marx is among the most influential thinkers in the 
modern world, and the ideology of Marxism has helped shape the cultural, religious, 
economic, and political history of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This course 
will examine Marx and Marxism(s) from an interdisciplinary perspective, first by ex- 
ploring the life and word of Marx, and Marxist parties and movements, and then by ex- 
amining the effects Marx's thinking has had on global politics, economic theory, 
religion, and philosophy. By examining the historical and philosophical roots and con- 
tinuing significance of Marx and Marxism, students will have an occasion to practice 
a multidisciplinary study of a historical figure and movement and become better in- 
formed about intellectual and political history and how those continue to shape the 
world around us. 3 credits. 

DSP 370. Paranormal Phenomena: A Critical Examination. By combining ideas from 
the social and natural sciences, as well as religion and philosophy, this course focuses 

24 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2007-2008 Catalog 



on the importance of skepticism, scientific analysis, and valid logic when evaluating 
fringe-science topics such as ghosts, near-death experiences, psychics, astrology, UFOs 
and alien abductions, creationism, faith healing, alternative medicine, and other para- 
normal claims. 3 credits. 

DSP 390. Special Topics. This number designates a special topics course in the disci- 
plinary perspectives component of the General Education Program. Faculty may make 
use of this opportunity to design a course outside normal departmental offerings. The 
course selection booklet that appears before registration each semester will describe 
individual courses in this category. 3 credits. 

A student may petition the director of general education to substitute another course 
in the curriculum for an approved course in any component of the program. 

Cooperative Programs 

Engineering 

In the cooperative 3+2 Engineering Program, a student earns a B.S. degree from 
Lebanon Valley College and a B.S. degree in one of the fields of engineering from 
another institution. Students do three years of work at Lebanon Valley College and then 
usually do two additional years of work in engineering. Students may study engineer- 
ing at any accredited engineering school. To assist the student, Lebanon Valley College 
has cooperative (contractual) agreements with The Pennsylvania State University and 
Case Western Reserve University in Cleveland. There are three tracks for 3+2 engi- 
neering. For most fields of engineering (e.g., civil, mechanical, electrical), the student 
completes the B.S. physics track. For chemical engineering, the student completes the 
B.S. chemistry track. For computer engineering, the student completes the B.S. com- 
puter science track. For more information, contact Professor Michael Day (director, 
3+2 Engineering Program). 

Forestry and Environmental Studies 

Students completing a three-year program at Lebanon Valley College studying the 
liberal arts and the sciences basic to forestry and environmental sciences may apply for 
admission to the cooperative forestry and environmental studies program with Duke 
University, School of the Environment, Durham, N.C. Upon completion of the first 
year of the two-year (plus one summer) program at Duke University, the student will 
receive the Bachelor of Science degree from Lebanon Valley College. After completion 
of the program at Duke, the student will receive the professional degree of Master of 
Foresfry (M.F.) or Master of Environmental Management (M.E.M.) from Duke Uni- 
versity. Students may major in biology, economics, political science or mathematics at 
Lebanon Valley College. 

Program Requirements: 

Students interested in pursuing career preparation in forestry or in environmental 
studies through the cooperative program (3+2) with Duke University may major in bi- 
ology, economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College. All such 
students shall take BIO 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 302; ECN 101,102; MAS 161 or 1 1 1; MAS 
170, regardless of major, and shall meet the general requirements of the College. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 25 



Medical Technology (Clinical Laboratory Science) 

The student spends three years at Lebanon Valley College taking courses to fulfill 
the requirements of the College and of the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical 
Laboratory Sciences. Before or during the third year of the program, the student applies 
to a hospital with a CAHEA approved school of medical technology where he or she 
spends the fourth year in training. Admission is not automatic and depends upon the ac- 
ademic record, recommendations and an interview. Upon satisfactorily completing the 
clinical year, the student is awarded the Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology by 
Lebanon Valley College. The College is affiliated with the following hospitals: Jersey 
Shore Medical Center and Lancaster General Hospital. However, the student is not lim- 
ited to these affiliations and may seek acceptance at other approved hospitals. 

Degree Requirements: ,^ 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 1 14, 306, 322, eight additional credits in biology not in- 
cluding BIO 101, 102, 103, 400, 500; Immunology, BIO 323, is required by most pro- 
grams; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216; PHY 103, 104; MAS 170 (51 
credits). The senior year is spent off campus at an accredited hospital school of med- 
ical technology. It is the student's responsibility to apply and become accepted into a 
hospital program. Thirty semester hours of credit are awarded for the successful com- 
pletion of this year. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Pre-Law Program 

Lebanon Valley students have done very well at a variety of law schools. Over the 
years, LVC students who have excelled academically have attended Harvard, Chicago, 
Columbia, Stanford, Washington and Lee, and William and Mary. Our graduates have 
also studied at several of Pennsylvania's fine schools of law, including Perm State Dick- 
inson, Temple, Villanova, Duquense, Drexel, and Widener. Lebanon Valley alumni have 
pursued legal careers with corporations, government, while a number have entered pol- 
itics. 

Students should consult with the pre-law advisor well before commencing the law 
school application process. The pre-law advisor. Dr. Philip Benesch, will help you de- 
cide when to take the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) and which law schools may 
suit your interests and qualifications. The LSAT is required for acceptance at Ameri- 
can Bar Association-approved law schools. The LSAT is given four times during the 
year, typically in February, June, September, and December, and it may be taken at 
Lebanon Valley College. For many, it will be beneficial to take an LSAT preparation 
course. Two are available within a short driving distance of LVC. LVC has teamed with 
Kaplan to offer practice LS ATS in early September and in February. A follow-up work- 
shop will be held approximately two weeks after each practice test. In addition, we 
strongly recommend that before taking the LSAT, students complete PHL 120 Basic 
Logic, a course required for the Law and Society minor. 

In addition to an applicant's LSAT score, law schools will consider his or her GPA, 
transcript, letters of recommendation, and personal statement. No single major is iden- 
tified as an ideal preparation for law school; rather a broad liberal-arts curriculum is pre- 

26 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2007-2008 Catalog 



ferred, with courses known for significant reading, writing, and thinking challenges 
being particularly valued. 

A law and society minor can be taken alongside any major at LVC. The 18 credit 
minor is composed of the following courses: 1) PHL 120, Basic Logic; 2) either PHL 
215, Social Philosophy, or PHL/PSC 342, Political Philosophy; 3) PSC 315, Law and 
Government; 4) PSC 316, Civil Liberties and Civil Rights; 5) PSC 400, Internship, and 
6) PSC 497, Seminar in Legal Foundations. Further information on the Law and Soci- 
ety minor can be found in the History and Political Science section of the College Cat- 
alog. 

In addition, it is recommended that Pre-Law students take the following courses to 
fulfill general education requirements or free electives: under Area 1, HIS 125, United 
States History to 1865, and HIS 126, United States History since 1865; under Area 2, 
ECN 101, Principles of Microeconomics, ECN 102, Principles of Macroeconomics, 
and PSC 110, American National Government; under Area 6, PHL 160, Ethics. Other 
elective courses of potential interest to Pre-law students include BUS 371/372, Business 
Law, and ACT 161/162, Financial and Managerial Accounting. 

Students interested in law school should contact the pre-law advisor as early as pos- 
sible in their studies at Lebanon Valley. Dr. Philip Benesch, the pre-law advisor and di- 
rector of the Law & Society Program, can be reached by phone at 717-867-6326, at his 
office HUM 201 A, or by email at benesch@lvc.edu. 

Pre-Medical, Pre-Dentistry, Pre-Veterinary 

Lebanon Valley College offers pre -professional preparation in the medical (medi- 
cine, osteopathy, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, chiropractic and dentistry) and vet- 
erinary fields. Students interested in one of these careers usually follow a science 
curriculum with a major in biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, chemistry or 
psychobiology. 

In addition to the basic natural sciences suited to advanced professional study, the 
student may participate in an internship program between the College and local physi- 
cians or veterinarians. Students not only receive credit for the work, but also gain valu- 
able experience in the field. 

A health professions committee coordinates the various plans of study in addition to 
offering advice and assistance to those persons interested in health professions careers. 

Lebanon Valley College graduates have been admitted to some of the nation's finest 
schools, including Johns Hopkins University Medical School, University of Virginia, 
Cornell University, The University of Pennsylvania, The University of Pittsburgh, Jef- 
ferson Medical School, Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine, The Pennsylvania 
State University Medical School at Hershey, Temple University School of Pediatric 
Medicine, The University of Maryland, The Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Med- 
icine, The Pennsylvania College of Pediatric Medicine, and the Pennsylvania College 
of Optometry. 

Individualized Major 

The option of an individualized major is available to students who desire a field of 
concentration that is not substantially addressed by any one department. The faculty 
represents a diverse set of interests and perspectives that provides a considerable re- 
source for those students who would like to develop a major around concerns that do 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 27 



not fall into traditional disciplinary areas. As a liberal arts institution, the College and 
its faculty are willing to help a student develop a program of study using interdiscipli- 
nary courses. 

A student planning an individualized major should prepare an application that in- 
cludes courses relevant to the topic and secure the written endorsement of at least two 
faculty advisers for the proposed major, which shall consist of at least 24 credits above 
the 100 level. 

The student should submit the application to the vice president and dean of the fac- 
ulty for final approval. The student will work closely with the advisors. Any changes 
in the program must be submitted to the dean for approval. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (depending upon concentra- 
tion) with an individualized major. 

Requirements: Those courses specified within the approved individualized major plus 
those courses to meet the general requirements of the College. 

Internships 

An internship is a practical and professional work experience that allows students to 
participate in the operations of business, industry, education, government or not-for- 
profit organizations. Internships provide students with opportunities to integrate their 
classroom learning with on-the-job experiences and to test practical applications of 
their liberal arts education in a variety of settings. 

To be eligible for an internship sponsored by an academic department or program, 
a student generally will have junior or senior standing. Students must request and re- 
ceive permission from departmental chairpersons or program directors to enroll in in- 
ternships. The student must also enlist a faculty internship supervisor from the 
department sponsoring the internship and an on-site internship supervisor from the in- 
ternship location. Application forms for internships are available in the office of the reg- 
istrar. The application form shall be completed by the student and approved by the 
student's academic advisor, faculty internship supervisor, on-site internship supervi- 
sor, and the department chairperson prior to registration. 

For each semester hour of credit, the intern should invest at least 45 hours of time 
at the internship location. Academic departments and programs establish other specific 
criteria and procedures for internships. In addition to the practical on-site experience, 
internships have an academic component that may include readings, reports, journals, 
seminars and/or faculty conferences. A student may enroll for 1-12 credit hours of in- 
ternship during any one semester. A student may use a maximum of 12 credit hours of 
internship to meet graduation requirements. All internships have a course number of 
400. 

Independent Study 

Independent study provides an opportunity to undertake a program of supervised 
reading, research or creative work not incorporated in existing formal courses. The in- 
dependent study should result in a formal document. Independent study shall not be 
used to approximate an existing course or to cover projects more properly described as 
internships. Junior or senior standing and a minimum GPA of 2.00 or higher are re- 
quired. 

28 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2007-2008 Catalog 



For one semester hour of credit, the independent study student should invest at least 
45 clock hours of time in reading, research or report writing. The independent study in- 
volves a contract between the student and the faculty member (contract instructor) who 
will oversee the study. Written application forms regarding the independent study are 
available in the office of the registrar. The forms must be completed by the student and 
approved by the student's faculty advisor, the contract instructor, and the department 
chairperson. 

Students may enroll in a maximum of 3 credit hours per independent study in any 
one semester. A maximum of 6 credit hours in independent study may be used toward 
the graduation requirements. All independent studies have a course number of 500. 

Tutorial Study 

Tutorial study provides students with a special opportunity to take an existing for- 
mal course in the curricula that is not scheduled that semester or summer session. Stu- 
dents desiring a tutorial study must have an appropriate member of the faculty agree to 
supervise the study on a one-on-one basis. 

For one semester hour of credit, the student should invest at least 45 clock hours of 
time in the tutorial study. The tutorial study essentially involves a contract between the 
student and the faculty advisor. The typical tutorial study involves readings, research, 
report writing, faculty conferences, and examinations. All tutorial study courses have 
the same course number as the existing formal catalog course. 

Special Topics Courses 

From time to time, departments may offer Special Topics courses using the follow- 
ing course numbers: 290-298, 390-398, 490-498 and 590. Special Topics courses are 
formal courses that are not listed permanently in the curricula and that are offered in- 
frequently. These courses examine comparatively narrow subjects that may be topical 
or of special interest. Several different topics may be taught in one semester or aca- 
demic year. A specific course title shall be used in each instance and shall be so noted 
on the student record. 

Study Abroad 

Lebanon Valley College has established its own study abroad programs for students 
majoring in all subjects. All programs ensure a cultural immersion experience for stu- 
dents, with several programs, open to language majors and non-language majors, also 
offering a language-enhancement opportunity. These programs are located in Argentina, 
Australia, England, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, New Zealand, the Netherlands, 
Spain and Sweden. Lebanon Valley College also offers off-campus academic internship 
programs in Philadelphia and Washington, D.C. Students in any major field can gain 
work experience in a large U.S. city while earning academic credits for the semester. 
Further information on all off-campus programs may be obtained at the Study Abroad 
Office, HUM 206, ext. 6076. See In- Absentia on page 12. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 29 



UNDERGRADUATE 
DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS 

AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

The American studies program is designed to heighten critical awareness and ap- 
preciation of what is distinctive about American culture. As a self-consciously inter- 
disciplinary program, American studies is the primary site at LVC for courses dealing 
in women's studies, ethnic studies, cultural studies, and media studies. Its curriculum 
regularly touches on issues of class, gender, ethnicity, and multiculturalism. As a result, 
most of the general education's required courses in cultural diversity studies are listed 
through the American studies program. The program is also developing courses that 
will critically explore the interrelationship of religion and politics in the United States, 
the impacts of consumerism on the American economy and culture, the distinction be- 
tween 'pop culture' and 'high culture,' and the importance of the counter-cultural move- 
ment in American art, literature, and film. 

The American studies program draws on faculty from various disciplines and de- 
partments from throughout the College, such as religion and philosophy, history and po- 
litical science, anthropology, art, English, music, and biology. Each class is committed 
to engendering a culture of participation in which student input and engagement is ab- 
solutely essential to the success of the course. Also, the program is known for creating 
many of the most innovative and experimental courses on campus, such as the team- 
taught courses on violence and non-violence and on film and the American identity. 

The requirements for a major or minor in American studies are relatively light and 
extremely flexible. This allows many of the majors and minors to add a double-major, 
and also provides ample opportunity for studying abroad. An undergraduate degree in 
American studies can lead to a career in teaching, publishing, law, journalism, govern- 
ment, consulting and research, historic preservation, museums, archiving, tourism, or 
a number of other professions. Many of our graduates also go on to graduate school to 
earn a master's degree or doctorate in American studies or a related discipline. 

Degree requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in American studies. 

Major Core: 33 credits 

Students must take at least six AMS courses, including AMS 1 1 1 and AMS 450, and 

at least one course at the 200 and 300 level. 

In addition this minimum of six AMS courses, students must take at least two (and no 
more than five) courses outside of the program on topics related to U.S. culture. These 
courses will be chosen in consultation with the advisor. 

Minor: 1 8 credits 

AMS 1 1 1 and AMS 450 are required, in addition to at least one course at the 200 level 

and one at the 300 level. 



30 American Studies 2007-2008 Catalog 



Courses in American Studies (AMS): 

111. Introduction to American Studies. An interdisciplinary approach to the study of 
America's heritage and the distinguishing features of the American mind and charac- 
ter. 3 credits. 3 credits. 

120. . Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious ex- 
pression in America. Specific focus is given to elements of diversity in American reli- 
gious life. [Cross-listed as Religion 120.] Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. 

140. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States 
from colonial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James, and 
Dewey. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 140.] 3 credits. 

201. Music in the United States. A historical survey of American music emphasizing 
stylistic developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the 
present. Includes American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. [Cross-listed 
as Music 201.] Writing Process. 3 credits. 

223. American Thought and Culture. A survey of American intellectual history and 
cultural criticism ranging from Puritanism and Enlightenment Rationalism to multi- 
culturalism, feminism, and post-modernism. 3 credits. 

225. Democracy in America. This course will explore both the historical origins and 
development of the cultural ideal of democracy in the United States. By focusing on the 
cultural ideal of democracy, it will seek to understand the impact and meaning of 
democracy in America beyond that of political institutions alone. It will include read- 
ings and discussions in history, literature, politics, and cultural anthropology. 3 credits. 

229. Culture and Conflict in Modern America. An examination of the social, political, eco- 
nomic and cultural upheaval of the 1960s and 1970s in the historical context. 3 credits. 

240. Working Class Studies. This course incorporates a variety of approaches to work- 
ing class studies: historical, sociological, cultural, and political. Students will learn 
about the origins of the modern working class in both 1 6th century Europe and the 
slave colonies of the Caribbean. They will also learn about the history and current prac- 
tice of the labor movement; the different ways workers have organized politically in 
the past and present; the role of race, gender, national origin, and skill in organizing 
labor markets and workers' identities; the depiction of workers in the mass media, par- 
ticularly film. The primary focus of the class will be on the US, but some comparisons 
to other countries will be made to help highlight what is specifically American about 
our class system. Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. 

247. Psychological Perspective on Gender. This course is designed to address a broad 
spectrum of issues related to the psychology of gender. Of central importance is the 
examination of empirical findings related to gender differences and similarities in bi- 
ological, behavioral, cognitive, social, and emotional domains. The course will also in- 
volve a critical examination of the meaning of gender in the field of psychology and in 
the broader society. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120 or 130. Cultural Diversity Stud- 
ies. [Cross-listed as Psychology 247.] 3 credits 



Lebanon Valley College American Studies 3 1 



2 60. African-American Studies. Students will learn about the African societies and cul- 
tures that shaped the skills and mores of enslaved Africans, the economic and politics of 
the Atlantic slave trade, the variety of slaveries in the Americas, the intersections be- 
tween sharecropping and Jim Crow, between white supremacy and black exclusion from 
the 1 8th to the 20th centuries. Students will gain an appreciation for the complexity of 
African-American thought and culture over the last century, and the often bewildering 
identities of contemporary black Americans shaped and fractured by political beliefs, 
class position, gender and national origins. Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. 

280. Gender and Sexual Minorities in American Culture. This course explores the 
lives of those individuals living with a lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, or queer iden- 
tity (LGBTQ) and the relationship these individuals have with those around them. Ex- 
ploration of the historical and contemporary implications of living with an LGBTQ 
identity, how these identities develop, the struggle for civil rights and legal protections, 
and how various factors such as the AIDS crisis, the media, religion, and others impact 
LGBTQ persons will also be explored. Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. 

3 11. American Science and Technology. A study of American science and technology 
and their interrelations with economic, cultural, political and intellectual developments. 
Prerequisite: Any laboratory science course. 3 credits. 

328. Film and the American Identity. This team-taught, interdisciplinary course will 
critically examine how films reflect, construct, and question the dominant image and 
understanding of the American identity. Disciplinary perspective. 4 credits. 

330. American Ruling Class. This course offers students a chance to explore the ori- 
gins, histories, institutions and current practices of the American aristocracy. Students 
will learn about how the very rich families that currently enjoy enormous hereditary 
wealth obtained and maintain their fortunes. Students will also investigate the histories 
and current policies of the institutions that protect and promote the wealthy such as 
corporations, the stock market, and government. 3 credits. 

340. One Nation Under God? This course will explore the relationship between reli- 
gion and politics in the United States. It will include an examination of the role religion 
played in the founding vision of our nation's democracy, as well as the important sep- 
aration between church and state that has been achieved over the course of our nation s 
history. With this historical backdrop in mind, special emphasis will then be given to the 
ascendancy of the religious right in recent electoral politics. [Cross-listed as Religion 
340.] 3 credits. 

362. Multiculturalism and American Identity. This class offers you a chance to fa- 
miliarize yourself with the variety of ethnic, racial, gender, and sexual groups and iden- 
tities in the U.S. You will gain or enhance your intellectual framework for understanding 
and appereciating diversity. It will also perpare you to survive and thrive in our com- 
plex and challenging world. The course relies on history, literature, and cultural stud- 
ies and will be challenging but also fun. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience at a cultural agency. Ordinarily intended for juniors 
and seniors. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. 
Minimum 3 credits. 

32 American Studies 2007-2008 Catalog 



450. Senior Seminar. A capstone course organized around a major theme or issue in the 
American experience. Themes and issues vary from year to year as the seminar rotates 
among faculty in several academic departments. Students are able to integrate their 
educational experience and implement further the interdisciplinary methodology in a 
holistic approach to a topic or subject. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

John Hinshaw, associate professor of history. Director of the American studies 
program. 

Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon Universit}'. 

Hindshaw teaches courses on modern American history, black history, urban history, 
African history, world history, labor history, and specialized courses in race and eth- 
nicity. He has written and edited books on the industrial revolution in world history, 
the steel industry and steel workers in Western Pennsylvania, and the labor movement 
in the United States. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English. Director of general education program. 
Ph.D., Boston University. 

Grieve-Carlson teaches courses in American literature, American Studies, Greek myth, 
and grammar. He has been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published 
on American cultural criticism and twentieth-century poetry. Serving as director of gen- 
eral education, he organizes the yearly colloquium and supervises the First- Year Sem- 
inars. 

Renee Lapp Norris, assistant professor of music. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

Norris teaches the music history sequence, American music history, other topics 

courses, and form and analysis. 

Michael Pittari, assistant professor of art. 
M.F.A., University of Tennessee. 

Pittari s abstract paintings incorporate color, line, and surface to address issues of bal- 
ance and compatibility. He is a former editor of the journal Art Papers, with research 
interests in design, film and critical theory. He is represented by Marcia Wood Gallery 
in Atlanta and has exhibited throughout the United States. He teaches studio art and de- 
sign in addition to courses on film theory. 

Jeffrey W. Robbins, assistant professor of religion and American studies. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

Robbins' area of specialization is in continental philosophy of religion. He is also in- 
terested in the relationship between religion and politics. His teaching interests include 
contemporary religious thought, world religions, film theory, and religion and culture. 
He is the author of two books, Between Faith and Thought: An Essay on the Ontothe- 
ological Condition (2003), and In Search of a Non-Dogmatic Theology (2004), and ed- 
itor of the forthcoming After the Death of God with John D. Caputo and Gianni Vattimo. 



Lebanon Valley College American Studies 33 



Catherine Romagnolo, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

Romagnolo teaches courses in American literature, women's literature, and various 

forms of writing. She has published on topics such as American literature and narrative 

theory and is working on a project on narrative beginnings. 

Stephen E.Williams, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Washington Universit}', St. Louis. 

Williams teaches molecular biology, plant physiology and the biochemical portions of 
general biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with Lebanon 
Valley College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of the major 
contributions to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants during the 
past 20 years, including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap closure. He 
has over six years of experience automating laboratory instruments with microcom- 
puters. He is regularly a faculty member at Cornell University during the summer ses- 
sion. 

Donald E. Byrne, professor emeritus of religion. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

Byrne's scholarship has focused on American folk religion, particularly as expressed in 

the Methodist and Roman Catholic communities. Other interests include American 

studies, religion and ethics, religion and literature, peace studies, and mysticism. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, adjunct instructor of history and American studies. 

M.A., Millersville University. 

Benowitz teaches American history. His research and teaching interest is on U.S. po- 
litical history for the period since 1928, with particular focus on the Roosevelt-Tru- 
man and Kennedy- Johnson administrations. Related fields of interest include social, 
cultural, and diplomatic history for the period since 1945. He is completing a doctor- 
ate at Temple University. 

Eugene Raymond Kelly, assistant director of student activities and student develop- 
ment, adjunct instructor of American studies. 
M.S., West Chester University. 



34 American Studies 2007-2008 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF ART AND ART HISTORY 

In the art and art history program we challenge students to explore the creative 
process and to engage with art objects — whether in the art studio, the exhibition space, 
the print media or the commercial world — with energy, commitment, and critical in- 
sight. We seek to form citizens who validate the essential contribution of the visual arts 
to human society. 

The degree program in art and art history offers studio art, art history, and art edu- 
cation (K-12). Students can take a wide variety of courses that include digital media, 
film, and museum study. Central to the program is a direct engagement with works of 
art; thus, most courses include a field trip to a museum, gallery, or private collection. 

The department is located across the street from the Gladys M. Pencil Art Building, 
which houses studio space dedicated to sculpture, ceramics, painting, drawing, design, 
and printmaking. Students also have the use of a darkroom for photography. 

Graduates of the art and art history program can pursue a wide variety of creative 
endeavors, including commercial illustration and fashion design; magazine layout and 
editing; stage, exhibition, and/or website design; photographic research; and art gallery 
management. Students who successfully complete the art certification program are 
qualified to teach kindergarten through 12th grade. The art and art history program 
also prepares students for graduate school in art history, studio art, or art therapy, which 
can lead to professional work as an artist or to a career in teaching and research, jour- 
nalism, conservation, museum curatorship, or art therapy. 

There are no prerequisites for entry into the art and art history program. A high ad- 
vanced placement score may entitle a student to advanced studio or art history course 
placement. 

Art and Art History Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in art and art history; certification in art education. 

Major: Core requirements: ART 100, 105, 112, 209, 212. Seven additional ART 
courses. ART 405 (39 credits). 

Art Education Certification Requirements: ART 100, 105, 112, 209; 21 1 or 307; 212, 
213, 219, 223; 312 or 314; DCOM 355. Two additional courses from those offered to 
art and art history majors (39 credits). Certification candidates must also take ART 
360; EDU 110, 310; ELM or SED 280, SED 440; SED 430, 431; and PSY 180. (Min- 
imum cumulative GPA of 3.0; other State requirements apply.) 

Minor: ART 100, 105, 112, 209, 212, and one additional course from those offered to 
art and art history majors ( 1 8 credits). 

Courses in Art and Art Histoiy (ART): 

100. Concepts in the Visual Arts. This course explores fundamental issues in the pro- 
duction and interpretation of art. Representation and style, changing ideas of beauty, the 
artist in society, art and controversy, and the relationship of art to visual culture are 
studied as the basis for gaining a greater understanding of images. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 35 



105. Fundamentals of Drawing. Using a variety of media, this essential studio course 
explores drawing as a way of seeing and recording traditional and experimental visual 
information from the world around us. Principles of composition and explorations of 
personal expression are also introduced. 3 credits. 

112. Art Survey: Ancient-Gothic. An introduction to art and architecture in its histor- 
ical and cultural context from the ziggurats of Mesopotamia and the pyramids of dy- 
nastic Egypt to the temples of ancient Greece and Rome, the mosaics of Byzantium, and 
the illuminated manuscripts and soaring cathedrals of medieval Europe. Attention is 
paid to skills in critical description and visual analysis. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Art Therapy. This course explores the history of the art therapy 
profession and the development of creative expression in young people up to the age 
of fourteen. Emphasis is placed on the use of different art media, approaches, and tech- 
niques. 3 credits. 

207 German Art. An exploration, on site, of German art and architecture across the 
centuries. Students enjoy the city of Cologne as classroom, with visits to galleries, mu- 
seums, monuments, and workshops. Offered in the Cologne program. 3 credits. 

209. Fundamentals of Sculpture. Through the use of time-honored materials — plaster, 
clay, and wood — this studio course investigates three-dimensional form as a basis for 
art and design. Modeling, carving, mold-making, metalworking, and assemblage are in- 
troduced as essential sculptural processes in a variety of projects. 3 credits. 

211. Photography. This course explores the technical and conceptual elements of fine- 
art, film-based photography. Students are introduced to the operation of the camera, 
processes of film development and black-and-white printing, compositional and aes- 
thetic principles, and thematic explorations. Single lens reflex camera with manual 
mode required. 3 credits. 

212. Art Survey: Renaissance-Postmodern. From Giotto to Giacometti, Fragonard to 
Frank Lloyd Wright, an examination of the visual and material culture of the Western 
world from the fourteenth century to the present day. Special attention is paid to aes- 
thetics, economics, gender, and nationalism. Writing process. 3 credits. 

213. Fundamentals of Design. An introduction to the fundamental elements of art and 
design. Students work with graphic symbols, theories of visual perception, principles 
of composition, and color interaction in a variety of studio projects. [Cross-listed as 
Digital Communications 255.] 3 credits. 

217. Figure Drawing. This course calls on traditional methods of anatomical study for 
an intensive exploration of human form as a central component of drawing and ex- 
pressive mark-making. Students consider historical and contemporary figurative art as 
a basis for the development of individual concepts. Prerequisite: ART 105 or by per- 
mission. 3 credits. 

219. Fundamentals of Painting. Using art-historical examples, this course introduces 
the physical and visual properties of paint. Through a variety of projects, students ex- 
plore the expressive potential of this medium and learn basic techniques of professional 



36 Art and Art History 2007-2008 Catalog 



studio practice, such as constructing a painting support and working safely with paint. 
Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

221. Watercolor. This course introduces the unique physical and visual properties of 
watercolor paint. Individual pictorial development is emphasized through a variety of 
subjects, with a focus on historical and contemporary uses of the medium. Prerequisite: 
ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

223. Ceramics. Students explore a number of essential ceramic techniques, such as 
pinch-, coil-, and slab-construction, wheel-throwing, and a range of low-temperature 
surface treatments. The course focuses on fundamental principles of design, with ref- 
erence to ceramic history and contemporary uses of the medium. 3 credits. 

225. Printmaking. In this studio course students explore a variety of techniques and ap- 
proaches central to the history of printmaking, including relief printing, intaglio, col- 
lographs, and monotypes. Students also learn how prints are handled and exhibited. 
Prerequisites: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

309. Pastel. This course introduces students to the visual and tactile properties of pas- 
tel and explores the expressive potential of the medium through a variety of techniques, 
from non-directional mark-making to edge-building. Attention is paid to the history of 
pastel and to basic rules of conservation and framing. Prerequisites: ART 105 or by 
permission. 3 credits. 

312. Renaissance Art Focusing on the late thirteenth to the end of the sixteenth century, 
this course offers a comprehensive survey of the major monuments, themes, and devel- 
opments of Renaissance art in Europe. Works by Giotto, Van Eyck, Brunelleschi, Bot- 
ticelli, Diirer, Michelangelo, Raphael, and Titian, among others, are examined. Particular 
attention is paid to the antique tradition in the arts, development of the professional artist, 
church patronage, and the development of modern political and economic systems. Pre- 
requisites: ART 100 or ART 1 12 or ART 212. Writing process. 3 credits. 

314. Art in the Age of Romanticism. This course uncovers the roots of modernism by 
tracing patterns of change in the art of France, Spain, England, and the German states 
from the 1780s to the 1860s. Painting and sculpture are examined in the context of po- 
litical unrest, urban and industrial expansion, colonialism, the lure of the Orient, new 
criticism, and the burgeoning art market. Artists include David, Goya, Friedrich, Con- 
stable, and Courbet. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 1 12 or ART 212. Writing process. 
3 credits. 

315. Intermediate Sculpture/Ceramics. This course offers an intensive exploration of 
the making of sculpture, extending beyond fundamental processes to more advanced 
areas of thematic study. Historical and contemporary viewpoints are examined. Pre- 
requisites: ART 209 or by permission. 3 credits. 

31 7. Intermediate Drawing. Students move beyond Fundamentals of Drawing to ex- 
plore the expressive and thematic potential of a variety of media and subjects. Atten- 
tion is paid to the history of drawing and to the development of individual concepts 
and professional studio practices. Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 37 




318. Greek and Roman Art and Architecture. A survey of ancient Greek and Roman 
art and architecture, highlighting major styHstic phases, monuments, and objects of art 
from the Greek Archaic period to the fall of Rome. The cultural, philosophical, politi- 
cal, and economic contexts from which Greek and Roman art emerged, and classical re- 
vivals in post-medieval Europe and in America, are also explored. Prerequisites: ART 
100 or ART 1 12. 3 credits. 

319. Intermediate Painting. This course takes a thematic approach to painting, focus- 
ing on such areas of study as figuration and abstraction. Emphasis is on process, tech- 
nique, and individual conceptual investigations within historical and contemporary 
models. Prerequisites: ART 219 or by permission. 3 credits. 

322. Italian Baroque Art and Architecture. This course surveys painting, sculpture, 
and architecture in a social, political, and cultural context in 17th- and 18th-century 
Italy. The work of the Carracci, Caravaggio, Bernini, and Borromini will be examined. 
Students explore such issues as patronage by private citizens, nobles, and popes; art 
and religion; the classical tradition; and art and architectural theory. Prerequisites: ART 
1 12 orART 212. 3 credits. 

324. Northern European Art, 1 7th and 18th Centuries. An introduction to the art of 
the Low Countries and France, including the work of Rubens, Rembrandt, and Ver- 
meer; the French Caravaggisti, Poussin, Claude, Watteau and Boucher. Particular at- 
tention is paid to questions of stylistic, geographical, and political difference and to the 
social circumstances in which works were produced, viewed, and sold. Prerequisites: 
ART 1 12 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

326. Impressionism and Post-Impressionism. An examination of the origins, making 
and meaning of Impressionist and Post-Impressionist paintings in the context of mo- 
mentous social and economic change in 19th-century France. Artists include Manet, 



38 Art and Art History 



2007-2008 Catalog 



Degas, Monet, Cezanne, Gauguin and Van Gogh. Particular attention is paid to artist 
training; the exhibition, sale, and collecting of art; and new choices of subject matter. 
Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

328. Modern Art. An overview of modern and postmodern art from the 1 890s to the 
present, including important stylistic movements such as Cubism, Dada and Surrealism, 
Abstract Expressionism, Pop Art, and a number of postmodern approaches since 1960. 
The focus will be on the ideas, works, and critical reception of specific artists, widened 
to include issues of race and gender and related developments in politics and literature. 
Prerequisites: ART 212. 3 credits. 

330. American Art. An introduction to American art from 1650 to the present day. The 
course offers a critical grounding in selected themes, with an emphasis on cultural his- 
tory and stylistic change. Includes painting, architecture, film, photography, and sculp- 
ture. 3 credits. 

334. East Asian Art. An introductory survey of the art and architecture of China and 
Japan from the Neolithic age to the 20th century, examined in a social, cultural and po- 
litical context. Among the topics covered: Jomon pottery in Japan; Buddhist caves in 
China; imperial palaces in Chang 'an and Beijing; Japanese castles; landscape, figure, 
scroll, and screen painting; and Eastern gardens. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

336. East West: Art and Cultural Interchange from Hellenism to the Modern Era. An 

examination of the impact of Eastern culture, aesthetics, and formal design on Western 
art and architecture, from the Hellenistic Greek embrace of Persian and Indian motifs 
to the intersection of nonwestem ideas and the oeuvre of Picasso. The impact of West- 
ern motifs on Japanese art in the 19th century is also explored. Attention is given to 
Western historical conceptions of "otherness" and to the limitations of Western critical 
approaches to art history. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

338. Rome. This course investigates the art, culture, and architecture of Rome from the 
pre-Republican era to the 20th century. Organized thematically and chronologically, 
the course considers such topics as: images of authority (Republican & Empire); sub- 
terranean Rome: the catacombs; the path of the medieval pilgrim; antiquity and its rein- 
terpretations in the Renaissance; the papacy and urban planning in 
Counter-Reformation Rome; the Grand Tour; and Mussolini and fascist architecture. 
Prerequisites: ART 1 12 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

340. Museum Studies. This course examines the history, principles, and practices of art 
museums. Students investigate issues related to the development, care, and use of 
museum collections; the function, management, and operation of museums of art; 
museum education; curatorial methods and exhibition development; and research and 
catalogue writing. Participants plan, organize, and mount a temporary exhibition at the 
Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery. Prerequisites: ART 1 12 and ART 212. 3 credits. 

350. Paris: Art, Culture and Urban Development. An exploration of the art, architec- 
ture, culture, and urban planning of Paris from Roman settlement to modern capital 
city. Students assess the ways in which the demands of patrons, the vision of urban ad- 
ministrators, and the increasing power of the middle class tempered the aims of artists 



Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 39 



in the city over the centuries. "Visits" include Notre Dame, the Louvre palace, Mont- 
martre, and even the Paris sewers, with excursions to Versailles and other royal 
chateaux. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

351. Color: Art and Cultural Context. This course immerses students in a thematic in- 
vestigation of color as a dynamic force in human perception, the natural world, and 
popular contemporary culture. Perceptual experiments, readings, and film screenings 
help to uncover the vital role color plays in our understanding of the world around us. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

353. Visual Art and Religious Experience. An exploration of the way in which the vi- 
sual arts have come to embody religious experience in Native American, Buddhist, and 
Abrahamic traditions. A series of comparative studies introduce students to socioreli- 
gious content in art and diverse impulses to worship. Writing process. Disciplinary per- 
spective. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Religion 353.] 

360. Teaching Art in the Elementary and Secondary School. Using skills in drawing, 
painting, sculpture, printmaking and ceramics, certification candidates learn how to 
address all ability levels in the elementary- and secondary-school art classroom. The 
course addresses the needs of students with disabilities, as well as classroom manage- 
ment and organization, approaches to school administration, budgeting, lesson plan- 
ning, grading, special events, and ways to establish assignment deadlines. Prerequisites: 
open only to Art Education Certification candidates. 3 credits. 

405. Advanced Study. The focus of this course is an extensive research project in art his- 
tory or the creation and exhibition of a unique body of work in the art studio, facilitated 
by individual tutorials and group discussion. 3 credits 

Faculty 

Barbara Anderman, associate professor of art history. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey. 

Anderman s research and publications have focused on French genre painting and art 

theory in the Baroque and early modern period. She has served as a consulting editor 

to The Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York. She teaches courses in 18th- and 

19th-century art and architecture, and the art and culture of Paris. 

G. Daniel Massad, artist-in-residence. 
M.F.A., University^ of Kansas. 

Pastel on paper is his primary medium. His work is in many public collections, in- 
cluding The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Philadelphia Museum of Art, Smithsonian 
American Art Museum, and Art Institute of Chicago. He is represented by Forum, with 
galleries in New York City and Los Angeles. He teaches advanced studio courses and 
Greek and Roman Art and Architecture. 

Michael Pittari, assistant professor of art. 

M.F.A., The University of Tennessee. 

Pittari 's abstract paintings incorporate color, line, and surface to address issues of 

balance and compatibility. He is a former editor of the journal Art Papers, with research 



40 Art and Art History 2007-2008 Catalog 



interests in design, film and critical theory. He has exhibited his work throughout the 
United States. He teaches studio art and design in addition to courses on color and film 
theory. 

Scott Schweigert, director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery and assistant profes- 
sor of art history. 

M.A., The George Washington University. 

Schweigert is a specialist in Renaissance and Southern Baroque art, whose research 
interests include issues of art patronage in Baroque Rome and architecture of the 1 5th 
to 1 8th century. He has worked at several museums and a commercial old-master gallery 
in Washington, D.C. He teaches courses in Museum Studies, Renaissance and Baroque 
art, and the art and culture of Rome. 

Grant Taylor, assistant professor of art. 
Ph.D., The University of Western Australia. 

Taylor's interdisciplinary research centers on the symbiotic relationship between art, 
science, and technology in the late twentieth century. His work has been published in 
the journal Consciousness, Literature and the Arts. In his native Australia, he has di- 
rected a documentary and exhibited his films and digital art. He teaches courses in 
modern art, design theory, and digital film production. 

Andrew Bale, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.F.A. University of Delaware. 

Bale has a broad background in photography, ranging from commercial and location 

work to, most specifically, fine-art photography. Recently, he traveled to Mexico with 

a Guggenheim Fellowship recipient to document a small village and its culture. He has 

had numerous group and solo exhibitions throughout the United States. He teaches 

Photography. 

Karen Beall, adjunct instructor in art. 
M.F.A. , The University of Tennessee. 

Beall is a nationally recognized sculptor, whose work was recently featured in Sculpture 
magazine. Her work is on permanent display at the Hartsfield Atlanta International Air- 
port as a part of the airport's public art collection. She teaches Fundamentals of Sculp- 
ture. 

Sally McKeever, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University. M.Ed. University of Maryland. 
McKeever has twenty-five years experience teaching art in the public schools, K-12. 
She developed and implemented an award-winning humanities program, integrating 
art into the high-school senior social studies curriculum. She has worked for five years 
as an art therapist in a private psychiatric hospital. She teaches Introduction to Art Ther- 
apy and Teaching Art in the Elementary and Secondary School. 

Marie Riegle-Kinch, adjunct assistant professor of art. 
M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 



Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 41 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Biology Program 

The Biology Department attempts to share with all LVC students the role of living 
organisms within the universe. We encourage the students to understand how these or- 
ganisms interact with each other and their environments and are the result of the com- 
plex interplay of ordinary chemicals, arranged according to the fiindamental laws of 
physics and assembled in mathematically predictable ways. 

The goal of the Biology Department is to produce graduates who are well versed in 
the principles and techniques of biology, have the intellectual training to investigate 
novel concepts, have the ability to learn independently, interpret and articulate clearly 
their findings, possess the highest scholarly standards of the discipline, and maintain 
honest academic conduct. 

The Biology Department curriculum (1) employs the underlying principles of biol- 
ogy and requires a background in the supporting disciplines; (2) requires the applica- 
tion of the scientific method in the laboratory or field; (3) integrates informational 
retrieval, the synthesis of ideas into a coherent whole, and the communication of re- 
search findings; and (4) prepares students for advanced study in medical, dental and vet- 
erinary professional schools, graduate schools, and employment in technical fields. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biology. 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 1 14, 201, 499; one course each in the general areas of phys- 
iology, cellular and subcellular biology, botany, morphology and population biology 
(33 credits). CHM 111, 112, 113, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216 (16 credits); PHY 103, 104 
or 1 1 1, 1 12; MAS 161 or 1 11 (60-62 total credits). 

Minor: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114; plus four additional courses in biology at 200 or above 
except BIO 400 and 500. (24 total credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in biology 
must take BIO 312, 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10 and 
SED430,431 and 440. 

Courses in Biology (BIO): 

BIO 111, 112, 113 and 114 are prerequisite for all upper-level courses in biology un- 
less otherwise noted. Students must achieve at least a C- average (1.67) in BIO 
111/113 and BIO 112/114 befgore taking upper level BIO courses. 

101. Human Biology. The human organism is utilized as the primary focus to elucidate 
physiological principles for non-science majors. Topics include nutrition, homeostasis, 
major organ systems, immunity and exercise physiology. Laboratory exercises include 
sensory physiology, respiration, blood pressure, exercise physiology and ECG. 4 credits. 

102. Human Heredity. This course is intended for the non-science major. Although the 
major emphasis of this course is on the inheritance of traits in humans, topics ranging 
from basic cell reproduction through gamete production and early developmental stages 
are also covered. Classical genetics, in both humans and other organisms, including both 
chromosomal and gene genetics, as well as population genetics, molecular genetics and 
application of genetics to biotechnology and genetic engineering are discussed. The lab- 

42 Biology 2007-2008 Catalog 



oratory is intended to give the student "hands-on" experience in making observations, 
performing experiments and working with scientific equipment. Topics to be covered in 
the laboratory include studying prepared slides, performing genetic crosses, activating 
genes in bacteria, isolating DNA and learning about DNA fingerprinting. 4 credits. 

103. Environmental Science. Designed for non-science majors, the course serves as an 
introduction to ecological principles and their applications to understanding the causes and 
current status of environmental problems. Options for dealing with these problems are 
evaluated. Possible topics for discussion are overpopulation, food and water resources, 
ozone depletion, global warming, deforestation, acid rain, biodiversity, erosion, loss of 
wetlands, energy sources, pollution, eutrophication and waste disposal. Laboratory exer- 
cises are designed to illustrate ecological concepts presented in lecture. 4 credits. 

111. General Biology I. A rigorous study of basic biological principles, which is de- 
signed for science majors. Topics emphasized include cell biology, genetics, taxonomy, 
histology, and evolution. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 113.3 credits. 

112. General Biology II. This course, also rigorous and designed for science majors, 
covers concepts in physiology, botany, embryology, and ecology. Must be taken con- 
currently with Biology 114. 3 credits. 

113. General Biology I Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include enzyme kinetics, car- 
bohydrate analysis, isolation and identification of plant pigments, microscopy, and his- 
tological techniques. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 111.1 credit. 

114. General Biology II Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include shark anatomy, in- 
vertebrate dissection, animal development, plant development in angiosperms, Stom- 
ate response to environmental changes, animal taxonomy, and an ecological field study. 
Must be taken concurrently with Biology 1 12. 1 credit. 

201. Genetics. A study of the principles, mechanisms and concepts of classical and mo- 
lecular genetics. The laboratory stresses key concepts of genetics utilizing both classi- 
cal and molecular approaches. Laboratory exercises include analysis of nucleic acids, 
genetic crosses, and studies of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids. Prerequisites: 
one year of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

212. Animal Behavior. A study of the basic concepts of invertebrate and vertebrate be- 
havior with emphasis on the development, genetics, physiology and evolution of be- 
havior. Laboratory exercises include ethogram construction, avian foraging, aggressive 
display analysis and estrous cycle regulation. Prerequisite: BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 
credits. 

221. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. The comparative anatomy of vertebrates with 
emphasis on the evolutionary relationships among the various lines of vertebrates. In- 
tensive laboratory work involves dissections and demonstrations of representative ver- 
tebrates. 4 credits. 

222. Human Physiology. The design of this course is intended to impart an under- 
standing of the basic concepts of human physiology with emphasis on neuromuscular, 
cardiovascular, and endocrine physiology. Laboratory exercises place emphasis on ef- 
fective experimental designs and data analysis in the study of physiological mecha- 

Lebanon Valley College Biology 43 



nisms. Lab exercises cover such topics as muscle contraction measurements, spirome- 
try, and EKG analysis. 4 credits. Does not fulfill a biology major requirement. 

302. Plant Diversity. The development and diversity of fungi, algae and land plants and 
the relationships between them. Field and laboratory work familiarizes the student with 
the structure and reproduction of algae and plants and with the identification and pol- 
lination of flowering plants in the local flora. 4 credits. , 

304. Developmental Biology. An organismal and molecular approach to the study of an- 
imal development using typical invertebrate and vertebrate organisms. The laboratory 
includes the study of slides as well as experiments on fertilization, regeneration and 
metamorphosis. Writing process. 4 credits. 

305. Cell and Tissue Biology. A study of cell ultrastructure and the microscopic 
anatomy of vertebrate tissues, including the structure and function of membranes and 
organelles, cell motility and excitability, and vertebrate tissue similarities and special- 
ization in relation to function. Laboratory includes the preparation and staining of sec- 
tions using selected histochemical and histological procedures as well as a variety of 
microscopic techniques. 4 credits. 

306. Microbiology. A study of the morphology, physiology and biochemistry of repre- 
sentative microorganisms. The laboratory emphasizes basic bacteriological techniques 
and procedures. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

307. Plant Physiology. A study of the functioning of plants, with emphasis on vascu- 
lar plants. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 
credits. 

312. Ecology I. An examination of the basic concepts of ecology with extensive labo- 
ratory work and field experiences in freshwater, marine and terrestrial ecosystems. 
Writing process. 4 credits. 

322. Vertebrate Physiology. A study of the principles of vertebrate body function, with 
emphasis on the mechanisms by which cells and organs perform their functions and 
the interactions of the various organs in maintaining total body function. One semes- 
ter of chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 credits. 

323. Introduction to Immunology. An introduction to the anatomical, physiological 
and biochemical factors underlying the immune response. The course begins with a 
discussion of non-specific immunity, cellular immunity and antibody-mediated im- 
mune responses. The course then moves into a study of contemporary immunological 
topics which are discussed with respect to major research papers in each area. Topics 
include autoimmunity, histocompatibility, immunogenetics and acquired immune de- 
ficiencies. Prerequisites: CHM 1 1 1, 1 13 or equivalent or permission. 4 credits. 

324. Invertebrate Physiology. A study of many of the invertebrate phyla, concentrating 
on the physiological mechanisms controlling movement, metabolism, information, and 
control and reproduction. Writing process. 4 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Biology in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students 
seeking certification to teach biology in secondary education. Responsibilities include 

44 Biology 2007-2008 Catalog 



assisting in the preparation of materials and equipment for lab; supervision of lab work; 
and preparation, administration, and evaluation of quizzes and lab tests. Prerequisite: 
permission of the instructor. 1 credit. 

404. Electron Microscopy. An introduction to the use of techniques for scanning and 
transmission electron microscopic studies. Through laboratory experience the students 
will learn the proper use, application and limitations of the appropriate instruments. 
Prerequisite: BIO 305 or permission of instructor. 4 credits. 

409. Ecology II. An intensive study of ecological processes emphasizing the quantita- 
tive aspects of ecology at the population and community levels. Prerequisite: permis- 
sion of the instructor. 4 credits. 

499. Seminar. Each senior student is required to do independent library research on an 
assigned topic and to make an oral presentation to the biology faculty and students. 
This course may be repeated. 1 or 2 credits. 

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Program 

The Biology Department offers a biochemistry and molecular biology program in 
conjunction with the Chemistry Department, described on page 59. The major in bio- 
chemistry and molecular biology is an interdisciplinary program that provides an op- 
portunity for interested students to engage in a comprehensive study of the chemical 
basis of biological processes. It is designed to prepare students for advanced study in 
medical, dental and other professional schools, for graduate programs in a variety of 
subjects including biochemistry, clinical chemistry, pharmacology, molecular biology, 
genetics, microbiology, and physiology and for research positions in industrial, aca- 
demic and government laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biochemistry and molecular biology. 

Major: BIO 111,112, 113, 114, 201; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216; 
BCMB 401, 421, 422, 430, 499; MAS 161; PHY 103, 104 or 1 1 1, 1 12 (51 credits); nine 
credits from BIO 304, 305, 306, 307, 322, 323, 404 and CHM 305, 306, 307, 308, 311. 

Courses in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (BCMB): 

401. Molecular Biology. Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular level 
in prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Recombinant DNA techniques (genetic en- 
gineering) and gene sequencing are covered in detail. Prerequisite: Three semesters of 
chemistry and BIO 201 or permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 

421, 422. Biochemistry I, II. The study of the chemistry of proteins, lipids and carbo- 
hydrates. Topics covered include amino acid chemistry, protein structure, molecular 
weight determination, ligand binding, enzyme kinetics, enzyme and coenzyme mech- 
anisms, membrane systems, membrane transport, intermediary metabolism, metabolic 
control, electron transport and oxidative phosphorylation. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216 
and 3 12 or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

430. Biochemistry Laboratory. Investigations of the properties of proteins, nucleic 
acids, carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216. 1 credit. 

Lebanon Valley College Biology 45 



499. Biochemistry Seminar. Readings, discussions and reports on special topics in bio- 
chemistry. 1 credit. 

Psychobiology Program 

The major in psychobiology is offered jointly by the Departments of Biology and 
Psychology, described on pages 42 and 138. This interdisciplinary major emphasizes 
the physiological substrates and consequences of behavior. Consisting of a combination 
of psychology and biology course work, the program prepares students for graduate 
study in medicine, veterinary medicine, graduate programs in psychology, animal be- 
havior, physiological psychology, psychopharmacology, behavior genetics and neuro- 
science, as well as research positions in industry, universities, hospitals and government 
laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychobiology. 

Major: B\0 111, 112, 113, 1 14, 212, 322 or 324 (16 credits); PS Y 111, 120, 130,285, 
378, 379 (18 credits); BIO 499 or PBI 499; CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14 (8 credits); MAS 
161; plus 8 additional credits in the sciences in consultation with advisor. 54 total cred- 
its. 

Courses in Psychobiology (PBI): 

378. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying be- 
havior processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and per- 
ception, learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors and motivation and emotion. 
Prerequisite: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130 or permission; completion of a biology course is 
recommended. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Psychology 378.] 

499. Psychobiology Seminar. Readings, discussions and reports on selected topics in 
psychobiology. Prerequisite: permission. This course may be repeated. 1 credit. 

Faculty 

Kristen L. Boeshore, assistant professor of biology. 

Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. 

She teaches developmental biology and general biology. Her research interests focus on 

development and regeneration of the nervous system. 

Dale J. Erskine, professor of biology. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of OJilahoma. 

He teaches vertebrate physiology, introduction to immunology, human biology, AIDS, 
and general biology. His research interests are in temperature regulation and thermal tol- 
erance. 

Stacy A. Goodman, associate professor of biology. 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches general biology, animal behavior, coordinates the general biology labora- 
tories, and supervises the senior seminar. Her research interests include the function- 
ing of carbonic anhydrase isozymes and the role of PDH kinase in sepsis. 



46 Biology 2007-2008 Catalog 



Sidney Pollack, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

He teaches courses in genetics, microbiology, human biology, and general biology. He 
is the academic adviser for students preparing for the allied health professions. His re- 
search interests include Paramecium genetics. 

Susan Verhoek, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Cornell University. 

She teaches plant form and function at the general biology level, and form, interrela- 
tionships and systematics of non- vascular and vascular plants at the advanced level. 
Her research is on the pollination biology and systematics of members of the Agave 
family. A past president of the Society for Economic Botany, she has a long-standing 
interest in the interactions of plants and humans, and, as author of a field identification 
book, a continuing interest in plants that flower in the spring. 

Stephen E.Williams, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Washington Universit}', St. Louis. 

He teaches molecular biology, plant physiology, and the biochemical portions of general 
biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with Lebanon Valley 
College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of the major contri- 
butions to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants during the past 20 
years, including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap closure. He has over 
six years of experience automating laboratory instruments with microcomputers. He is 
regularly a faculty member at Cornell University during the summer session. 

Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

He teaches courses in general biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, and ecology. 
His research interests focus on the ecology of wetlands with particular emphasis on salt- 
marshes of the eastern United States. He also holds the position of adjunct professor of 
marine biology in the Graduate College of Marine Studies, University of Delaware. 

Allan F.Wolfe, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

He teaches cell and tissue biology, invertebrate physiology, electron microscopy, and 
general biology, and directs independent study in cell biology using electron micro- 
scopic and histological techniques. His current research utilizes the brine shrimp, 
Artemia, to study the cell and tissue levels of organization of the digestive, reproduc- 
tive and neurosensory systems. He is also chairman of the Health Professions Com- 
mittee. 

Anna F. Tilberg, adjunct instructor in biology. 
B.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She served on the staff of the Milton Hershey Medical Center and teaches human bi- 
ology and general biology laboratory. 



Lebanon Valley College Biology 47 



DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 

The Department of Business and Economics offers programs leading to the Bache- 
lor of Science degree in accounting, business administration, and health-care manage- 
ment, and the Bachelor of Arts degree in economics. A major in music business is also 
offered jointly with the Music Department. All programs are enhanced by the liberal arts 
core required of all Lebanon Valley College students. This interdisciplinary knowledge 
base is essential for assuming leadership positions in the changing environment. 

Accounting and business administration students complete a common body of 
knowledge in close conformity with the national standards for the study of business as 
recommended by The Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs 
(ACBSP). This comprehensive background in business ftindamentals helps graduates 
prepare for business careers and graduate school. 

Economics students study the choices we must make in a world of resources that 
have competing uses. The major in economics includes preparation in accounting, math- 
ematics, political science and economics. Economics majors are typically preparing 
for graduate study or for a variety of entry-level positions in business and government. 

Many major courses also cover selected liberal arts core requirements. Students are 
encouraged to use their 25-30 free electives to enrich and enhance their overall college 
resume. Students often add breadth or even double major within the Department, com- 
plete a complementary major or minor, complete for-credit internships, study abroad, 
or study in Philadelphia or Washington, DC. Students working closely with their aca- 
demic advisor can take full advantage of these opportunities and still graduate on time. 

Students have several study abroad options with classes conducted in English. This in- 
cludes programs at the University of Maastiicht in the Netherlands; London Metropoli- 
tan University; Monash University in Australia; and Waikato University in New Zealand. 
Students seeking to develop their foreign language skills beyond the introductory level 
have a number of programs to choose from. Most programs are bi-lingual, mixing classes 
in the native language with classes taught in English. The Philadelphia and Washington, 
DC programs combine academic study and pre-professional internships. 

The department is a member of the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and 
Programs (ACBSP) and the Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of Business Ad- 
ministration (MAACBA). 

Accounting Program 

The program in accounting offers the Bachelor of Science degree in accounting. 
Majors receive an excellent foundation for seeking professional certification as a C.P.A. 
or C.M.A. The accounting curriculum prepares students for careers in public account- 
ing, government, industry or finance. 

The curriculum includes an array of introductory, intermediate and advanced ac- 
counting topics integrated with courses in business and other supporting fields. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in accounting. 

Major: Foundation Courses: ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102; MAS 111, 150 or 161; 170, 
270 or 372; BUS 130, 160. Core Courses; BUS 230, 285, 340, 361, 371, 460, 485; ACT 
251, 252, 353 or 455; two electives in accounting not to include ACT 400 (60 credits). 

48 Business and Economics 2007-2008 Catalog 



Minor: ACT 161, 162, 25 1, 252, 353 or 455, six credit hours of accounting electives not 
to include internship credit (2 1 credits). 

Courses in Accounting (ACT): 

161. Financial Accounting. Basic concepts of accounting including accounting for 
business transactions, preparation and use of financial statements, and measurement 
of owners' equity. 3 credits. 

162. Managerial Accounting. Cost-volume-profit relationships, cost analysis, business 
segment contribution, profit planning and budgeting as a basis for managerial decision 
making. Prerequisite: ACT 161 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

257. Intermediate Accounting I. Study of the theory and development of generally ac- 
cepted accounting principles as they relate to financial reporting; the application of these 
principles to the preparation of financial statements; special emphasis on revenue recog- 
nition as well as valuation, classification and disclosure of current assets. 3 credits. 

252. Intermediate Accounting II. Study of the accounting for noncurrent assets, long- 
term liabilities and stockholder's equity, including analysis of financial statements. Pre- 
requisite: ACT 251 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

253. Intermediate Accounting III. This course is a continuation of ACT 252 with the 
study of the measurement and reporting of income taxes, pensions, leases, accounting 
changes, disclosure issues, the cash flow statement, and the effects of errors. The course 
also addresses international accounting standards as they compare to U.S. GAAP and in- 
ternational reporting issues for U.S. companies. Case study component. Strongly rec- 
ommended for students planning to take the CPA exam. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

351. Advanced Accounting. Study of theory and standards with application to income 
presentation, interim reporting and per-share disclosures. Emphasis on business com- 
binations and consolidated financial presentations. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

352. Governmental and Nonprofit Accounting. Basic concepts of fund and budgetary 
accounting used for financial activities of governmental units and not-for-profit or- 
ganizations. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

353. Cost Accounting. Analysis and use of techniques for cost management and control; 
the accumulation and recording of the costs including job-order, process and standard 
cost systems, the joint and by-product costing; contemporary topics such as activity 
based costing and just-in-time manufacturing. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's ca- 
reer interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to jun- 
iors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, 
permission of the chairperson, completion of department's application form. 1-12 cred- 
its. Internship credit does not fulfill required electives in the major. 

451. Individual Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to in- 
dividuals; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 49 



452. Corporate Taxation. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to corpo- 
rations, partnerships and fiduciaries; case preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 
45 1 . 3 credits. 

455. Auditing. A study of the process of evaluation of internal controls and interpreta- 
tion of financial information to permit an auditor to express a professional opinion on 
financial reports. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

Business Administration Program 

This popular program offers the Bachelor of Science degree in business adminis- 
tration. This major is designed to prepare the student for a variety of entry-level and 
middle-management positions in industry, government and service organizations. 

The business curriculum conforms closely to the national common body of knowl- 
edge recommended by eThe Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs 
(ACBSP) and provides a solid background in the fundamentals of business. Majors 
complete a general business curriculum that prepares them for a variety of positions. 
Students desiring more in-depth study in a specific area of business may select a focus 
area composed of optional courses. Such focus areas include human resource/labor re- 
lations, international relations, marketing and public relations, and organizational psy- 
chology. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in business administration. 

Major: Foundation Courses; ECN 1 1 , 1 02; ACT 1 6 1 , 1 62; MAS 111 , 1 50 or 1 6 1 ; 1 70, 
270 or 372; BUS 130, 160. Core Courses; BUS 230, 285, 340, 350, 361, 371, 376, 
383, 450, 460, 485 ( 57 credits). 

Minor: ECN 101; ACT 161; BUS 1 30, 230, 340, 350, 37 1 ; one 300/400 business elec- 
tive not to include internship credit. (21 credits). 

Courses in Business (BUS): 

130. Modern Business Organizations. The course focuses on understanding the com- 
position of modem business organizations with respect to the value chain they are a part 
of, relationships with other organizations in the value chain, and the functions and 
processes organizations use to create and deliver value to customers, stakeholders, and 
society. The course includes an introduction to key business communication software. 
Prerequisites: freshman or sophomore standing only or by permission. 3 credits. 

160. Computer Applications. An extensive introduction to spreadsheet, database, and 
Internet applications software as used in business. Through hands-on classroom in- 
struction, computer-aided learning, and course project assignments, students learn the 
use of the major analytical software packages that are commonly used in business. The 
class teaches the basic principles of using this software to solve problems and to en- 
hance critical thinking skills. 3 credits. 

230. Principles of Management. A study of the management theory, organizational 
theory, and management skills as applied to the effective and efficient operation of both 
for-profit and not-for-profit entities. Emphasis is on the organization's structure, lead- 
ership, interpersonal relationships, and managerial fiinctions. Prerequisites: Completion 

50 Business and Economics 2007-2008 Catalog 




of BUS 130 or, for returning adults, degree completion students, and Health Care Man- 
agement students, significant work experience. Accounting, business administration, 
and health care management majors need a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or greater in all 
foundation courses completed to date. 3 credits. 

285. Organizational Communications. The development of writing, speaking and lis- 
tening skills for business management. Prerequisites: ENG 1 1 1 and 112. Majors in ac- 
counting, business administration, and health care management need a cumulative GPA 
of 2.00 or greater in all foundation courses completed to date. Writing Process. 3 credits. 

340. Principles of Marketing. An overview of marketing from the management per- 
spective. Topics include marketing strategies, marketing research, consumer behavior, 
selecting target markets, developing, pricing, distributing and promoting products and 
services and non-profit marketing. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

341. Consumer & Organizationa Buying Behavior. This course focuses on the analy- 
sis of the factors affecting the purchasing decision in the marketplace and the applica- 
tion of behavioral and social science concepts to the study of individual and group 
buying behavior. The course emphasizes the use of this understanding in making mar- 
keting mix decisions. Prerequisites: BUS 230 and BUS 340 or permission. 3 credits. 

350. Organizational Behavior. A detailed study of theories and models of organiza- 
tional behavior and development, with emphasis on the practical application of these 
models in the workplace to improve individual, group and organizational performance. 
Prerequisite: junior standing and BUS 130, or permission. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Business and Economics 5 1 



361. Principles of Finance. A study of financial management covering analysis of 
asset, liability and capital relationships and operations; management of current assets 
and working capital; capital planning and budgeting; capital structure and dividend pol- 
icy; short and intermediate term financing; internal and external long term financing; 
and other financial topics. Prerequisite: ACT 162; ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

362. Investments. An analysis of investment and its relation to other economic, legal and 
social institutions. The course includes discussion of investment principles, machinery, 
policy, management investment types and the development of portfolios for individu- 
als and institutions. Prerequisite: BUS 361. 3 credits. 

371. Business Law I. Elementary principles of law relating to the field of business. 
The course covers contracts, government regulation of business, consumer protection, 
bankruptcy, personal property, real estate, bailments, insurance and estates. 3 credits. 

372. Business Law II. Elementary principles of law relating to business. Includes 
agency, employment, commercial paper, security devices, insurance, partnerships, cor- 
poration, estates and bankruptcy. 3 credits. 

374. Personal Selling and Sales Management. The study of personal selling as a com- 
munication process and the management of the personal selling force. Emphasis is 
placed upon the development, implementation and evaluation of the sales presentation; 
and upon the role of the sales manager in staffing, compensating, motivating, control- 
ling and evaluating the sales force. Effective oral and written communication is stressed. 
Prerequisite: BUS 340. 3 credits. 

376. International Business Management. Studies management techniques and pro- 
cedures in international and multinational organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 130, 340. 
3 credits. 

380. Small Business Management. A study of small business, including organization, 
staffing, production, marketing and profit planning. Cases are used extensively in pre- 
senting the course material. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 130. 3 credits. 

383. Management Science. An introduction to the techniques and models used in man- 
agement science. Topics include forecasting, inventory control models, linear pro- 
gramming, product scheduling, and simulation. Prerequisites: MAS 150 and MAS 170 
with a minimum grade of C- or better, BUS 1 30, ACT 1 6 1 , 1 62. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's ca- 
reer interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to jun- 
iors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, permission 
of the chairperson, completion of department's application form. 1-12 credits. 

420. Human Resource Management. This course examines the problems in effectively 
recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating and disciplining human re- 
sources. It includes discussions on both equal employment opportunity and labor-man- 
agement relations. Prerequisite: BUS 130. 3 credits. 



52 Business and Economics 2007-2008 Catalog 



450. Business Ethics and Social Responsibility. This course examines the major eth- 
ical issues, social responsibilities, and ethical dilemmas facing business and business 
managers in today's global environment. Students develop an understanding of the dif- 
ference between what is legal and what is ethical and clarify their approach to ethical 
issues. Prerequisites: BUS 130, BUS 230 or permission. 3 credits. 

460. Management Information Systems. Examines data sources and the role of infor- 
mation in management planning, operations and control in various types of business en- 
vironments. Treats information as a key organization resource parallel to people, money, 
materials and technology. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 130 or permission. 3 credits. 

485. Strategic Management. A capstone course to study administrative processes under 
conditions of uncertainty, integrating prior studies in management, accounting and eco- 
nomics. Uses case method and computer simulation. Prerequisites: BUS 130, 340, 361 
and senior standing or permission. Writing process. Prerequisite: Last semester sen- 
iors only. 3 credits. 

Economics Program 

The major in economics deals with decisions and choices made by individuals and 
firms and with the micro and macroeconomic consequences of those choices. Econo- 
mists have a wide variety of employment opportunities in government and the private 
sector. The major includes courses in accounting, mathematics, political science and 
economics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics. 

Major: Foundation Courses: PSC 1 10, MAS 1 1 1, 150, or 161; 170, 270 or 372; ACT 
161 ECN 101 and 102. Core Courses include ECN 201, 202, 312, and four additional 
elective courses in economics not including internship credit (39 credits). 

Minor: ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312; and one additional course in economics (18 
credits). 

Courses in Economics (ECN): 

100. Public Issue Economics. This course, for the non-major, covers public policy is- 
sues from the viewpoint of the economist. It looks at how individuals and also groups 
like corporations and governments make decisions about how resources are used. Issues 
covered remain current but may include welfare, poverty, crime, the environment, race 
and gender in microeconomics and unemployment, the debt and deficit, inflation, and 
growth at the macroeconomic level. 3 credits. (Students having completed ECN 101 
and/or 102 may not receive credit for ECN 100.) 

101. Principles of Microeconomics. The course examines how individuals and firms 
make choices within the institution of free-market capitalism. Individuals decide how 
much of their time to spend working and what to buy with the earnings of their labor. 
Firms decide how much to produce and in some cases what price to charge for their 
goods. Together these choices determine what is produced, how it is produced, and for 
whom it is produced in our economic system. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 53 



102. Principles of Macroeconomics. This course extends the study of consumer and 
producer choices to discover how they affect the nation's economy. Macroeconomics 
deals with the economy as a whole as measured by the key variables of inflation, un- 
employment, and economic growth. Emphasis is on both Keynesian and classical the- 
ories and how they predict what monetary and fiscal policies can be used to affect these 
variables and reach national economic goals. Prerequisite: ECN 101.3 credits. 

201. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis. This course covers the major theories of 
mainstream neoclassical economics. There is intensive study of the models of consumer 
and firm behavior that permit understanding of how the prices and quantities of goods 
and services are determined in a free market capitalistic system. The implications for 
social welfare, and equity and efficiency issues that are inherent in the free-market sys- 
tem are emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. Economics majors 
need a cumulative GPA of 2.00 in all foundation courses completed to date. 

202. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis. In this course, students develop a model 
of the macroeconomy which permits them to analyze the nature of the business cycle. 
The assumptions built into the model can be altered, rendering it capable of examining 
the macroeconomy from various theoretical viewpoints. In addition to unemployment, 
inflation and economic growth, the course covers real business cycles, the macroeco- 
nomic implications of free trade, and emphasizes the microeconomic foundations of 
macroeconomics. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. Economics majors need 
a cumulative GPA of 2.00 in all foundation courses completed to date. 

250. Public Choice Economics. This course concerns itself with how individuals and 
groups make decisions in the context of the family, interest groups, bureaucracies and 
the government. It goes beyond individual choice and private markets to group inter- 
ests and activities. It emphasizes the ethical and political nature of all economic choices. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

312. Money and Banking. The study of the nature and functions of money and credit, 
including the development and role of commercial and central banking, structures of the 
Federal Reserve System, and monetary and banking theory, policy and practice. The 
course considers the political nature of money and the tension between fiscal and mon- 
etary policy making. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

315. Health Economics. This course uses the concepts of micro and macro economic 
theory to examine how health care is produced, delivered and financed. The tension 
between efficiency and equity that pervades the free market system will be a focal 
point. Topics such as the pricing of medical care, insurance and moral hazard, ethical 
problems of quality versus quantity control, and the political nature of policy decisions 
are examined. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

316. Ecological Economics. Ecological economics stresses the co-evolution of human 
preferences, understanding, technology and cultural organization. This approach differs 
from that of conventional economics and conventional ecology in the importance it at- 
taches to environment-economy interactions. The role that our economic system plays 



54 Business and Economics 2007-2008 Catalog 



in decisions affecting the sustainability of our ecosystems is emphasized. Prerequisites: 
ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

321. Public Finance. This course extends the study of public economics to its appli- 
cation in the principles of taxation and public expenditures. Topics include the structure 
of the Federal Budget, the national debt and fiscal deficits, but also state and local fi- 
nancing and the division of responsibilities between the federal and local governments. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. Writing process. 3 credits. 

332. International Economics. This course introduces the theory and practice of in- 
ternational economic relations. It includes, not only the history and purpose of trade and 
the traditional theory of the gains from trade, but also the more modem theory of trade 
with imperfect competition. The history and nature of the institutional structures of 
trade (World Trade Organization) and international finance (International Monetary 
Fund) are covered. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. Writing process. 3 credits. 

333. Game Theory: Economic Applications. Game theory studies how "rational" players 
should act and interact in strategic situations. In economics, players include people, firms, 
or countries. Game theory also helps predict and explain players' actions. Cooperative 
and non-cooperative games are used to measure behavior and identify ideal strategies in 
situations as diverse as industrial negotiations, marriage bargaining, and international en- 
vironmental agreements. Prerequisites: ECN 20 1 or permission. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's ca- 
reer interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to jun- 
iors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, 
permission of the chairperson, completion of department's application form. 1-12 cred- 
its. Internship credit does not fulfill required electives in the major. 

410. Senior Seminar. This course begins with an introduction to econometrics; each stu- 
dent will complete a research project that includes data analysis using a statistical com- 
puter program and retrieving data from the Internet. Students will also read and critique 
articles from refereed economic journals and from the popular press. Prerequisites: 
ECN 101, 102, 201, 202 and either 250 or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 
3 credits. 

Health Care Management Program 

The major in health care management is designed for people in health care fields who 
possess an associate degree or diploma and professional certification. These qualifications 
are required for admission to the program. The program combines studies in the liberal 
arts and management, plus business practices common to the health care industry. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health care management. 

Major: Health Care Management Foundation Courses: ECN 101, 102; ACT 161, 162; 
MAS 170, 270 OR 372; BUS 130 (may be waived for prior work experience). Core 
Courses: ENG 111; SOC 324; BUS 215, 230, 285, 340, 350, 371, 420, 450, (or PHL 
160), 487; 12-15 credits in sociology, psychology, or other disciplines approved by the 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 55 



director of continuing education (at least 6 credits in courses at the 200 level or higher). 
(63-66 credits total). 

Admission to this degree program is open only to adults who have completed suc- 
cessfully an accredited diploma or associate degree program with certification by a 
state goverimiental agency or a national professional accrediting organization in the 
following fields: Clinical Medical Assistant, Cytotechnologist, Dental Hygienist, Emer- 
gency Medical Technician, Medical Laboratory Technician, Nuclear Medicine Tech- 
nologist, Occupational Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapy Assistant, Radiologic 
Technologist, Registered Nurse, Respiratory Therapist, Clinical Perfusionist, Surgical 
Technician. 

Courses in Health Care Management (BUS): 

215. Health Care Finance. An examination of the financial issues of health and med- 
ical care to determine how to provide the best health care to the most people in a cost- 
effective manner. Examination of the principal elements of health care, including the 
physician, the hospital, and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence of gov- 
ernment and the insurance industry. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

487. Health Care Management. A capstone course to study the administrative processes 
of America's health care industry including institutional infrastructure, governance sys- 
tems, financial systems, personnel systems, quality controls, nursing and clinical serv- 
ices, and marketing. The course integrates prior study in health care, management, 
accounting, and economics. Students will develop problem solving skills and an appro- 
priate management style. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

John D. Grigsby, assistant professor of business administration. 
J.D., Duquesne University. 

A CPA and CFP, Grigsby has more than twenty-five years of professional experience 
in public accounting, corporate accounting, government accounting, and the practice of 
law. He has been teaching at the collegiate level since 1985. He will teach courses in 
business law, ethics, and accounting. His research interests are in the areas of tax pol- 
icy, financial statement fraud and accounting ethics, and small business taxation. 

Joel A. Kline, associate professor of business administration and digital communications. 
M.J.P.R.A., Temple University. 

Kline co-owned a marketing and technology firm and his chief interests are in new 
media and business technology. He is accredited in public relations (APR) by the Pub- 
lic Relations Society of America and is pursuing his doctorate in technical communi- 
cations and rhetoric through Texas Tech University. He also serves as the director of the 
interdisciplinary Digital Communications Program. 

Robert W. Leonard, professor of business administration. 
M.B.A., The Ohio State University. 

Leonard has been a management consultant for 20 years, working with over 300 or- 
ganizations. He has received numerous state and federal grants for his work with non- 
profit organizations and has owned his own nonprofit training corporation since 1986. 



56 Business and Economics 2007-2008 Catalog 



He has completed all doctoral coursework at The Ohio State University in organiza- 
tional behavior and social psychology. 

Leon E. Markowicz, professor of business administration. 
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Markowicz is a communications consultant and a uriter for the Lebanon Daily News. 
His research includes investigating the relationships among communications, the effec- 
tiveness of an organization, and leadership. He serves on the executive board of the Noth- 
eastem Association of Business, Economics, and Technology, is a member of the editorial 
staff of the Journal of the Northeasters Association of Business, Economics and Tech- 
nology, and is a judge and workshop presenter for the International Society of Poets. 

R.Anthony Maynard, assistant professor of economics. 
Ph.D., Un ivers ityofTenn essee. 

Maynard's interests include international economics, developmental, environmental 
and natural resource economics, international finance, and international trade. He has 
published in the Journal of Economic Issues, and he also serves as a referee for Eco- 
logical Economics and History of Economic Review. 

Neil Perry, assistant professor of economics. 

Ph. D., La Trobe University. 

Perry's research interests include enviroimiental economics with specialization in the 

economics of biodiversity conservation, game theory, mathematical economics, and 

environmental taxation. He has published in the Journal of Economic Perspectives and 

serves as a referee for Ecological Economics and Histoiy of Economic Review. 

Barney T. Raff ield III, professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., Union Graduate School. 

Dr. Raffield has been named a Fulbright Scholar to Ukraine at the State Academy of 

Management in Donetsk. He teaches marketing and international business and is also 

a faculty member for the M.B.A. program and consults with area businesses. 

David V. Rudd, professor of business administration. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., George Washington University. 

Rudd's research interests are in the application of marketing principles, especially di- 
rect marketing, to the problems of social service delivery. He teaches marketing courses. 

Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting. 
M.B.A. , Boston University. 

A CPA, Sanderson has professional experience in accounting, income tax, computer 
systems analysis and design. She teaches courses in financial and managerial account- 
ing, intermediate accounting, and government and not-for-profit accounting. 

Edward J. Sullivan, associate professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Sullivan has published articles in business and economic journals and specializes in 

monetary, macro and financial economics. He teaches courses in principles of finance, 

management science, money and banking, and economics. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 57 



Douglas C. Gautsch, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Gautsch works in logistical/transportation business development. He teaches courses in 

business and management. 

Joseph S. Anderson, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Anderson has extensive experience in health care fields and marketing. He teaches 

health care management, health care finance, and marketing courses. 

Karen M. Dielmann, adjunct instructor in business administration. 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania. 

Dielmann has extensive experience in human resource areas. She teaches human re- 
source management and diversity in the workforce courses. 

John A. Guerrisi, adjunct instructor in accounting. 

M.B.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Guerrisi has extensive experience in accounting and finance related functions. He 

teaches various accounting courses. 

Thomas J. Murray, adjunct instructor in business administration. 
M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Murray brings to the classroom extensive experience in project management and strate- 
gic planning. He teaches courses in computer applications, principles of business, in- 
ternational business, and strategic management. 

Mary A. Winnerling, adjunct instructor in health-care management. 

M.M., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Winnerling has extensive experience in the health-care field as a project coordinator and 
nurse manager. She teaches health care management, organization communications, 
and business management. 

Michael C. Zeigler, adjunct instructor in business administration. 
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Zeigler works for the college in the computer services department as director of client 
services. He teaches courses in management information systems and computer appli- 
cations. 



58 Business and Economics 2007-2008 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Chemistry Program 

Chemistry is the "central science" that provides the fundamental understanding 
needed for protecting our environment, maximizing the yield from limited natural re- 
sources, improving our health, and creating new materials for tomorrow's products. In- 
deed, chemistry is essential to understanding life itself. 

Career opportunities in chemistry are numerous and diverse. Many students enter ac- 
ademic, industrial or governmental laboratories where they find positions in environ- 
mental analysis, quality control, or research and development. Possibilities outside the 
laboratory include teaching, sales, marketing, technical writing, business and law. Many 
chemistry students continue their education in graduate school in chemistry or biochem- 
istry or in professional schools in the areas of medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine. 

The Department of Chemistry is located on the upper two floors of the newly reno- 
vated Neidig-Garber Science Center. Among the major scientific equipment holdings 
available to students are a superconducting nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer, 
a MALDI-TOF mass spectrometer, a liquid scintillation counter, an infrared spec- 
trometer, high-performance liquid chromatographic systems, UV-visible spectropho- 
tometers, a Raman spectrophotometer, a gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer, a 
chemisorption analyzer, and an atomic absorption spectrophotometer. Computing fa- 
cilities available to students in the department include 1 laptop computers in the Mo- 
lecular Modeling Laboratory. 

The department actively encourages students to discover the excitement and chal- 
lenge of laboratory research. Research programs are conducted during both the aca- 
demic year and the summer. Students are paid for summer research either from college 
funds or from external grants that faculty receive to support their projects. 

Two degrees are available to those interested in chemistry and one for those inter- 
ested in biochemistry. The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is the more demanding of 
the two degrees in chemistry and is certified by the American Chemical Society. This 
degree has a required research component and is recommended for students who wish 
to become practicing chemists or enroll in graduate school. Other students opt for the 
standard Bachelor of Science, majoring in chemistry. 

The major in biochemistry is offered jointly with the Biology Department. For the 
major program and course descriptions in biochemistry, see page 45. 

The chemistry department also participates in the 3+2 Engineering Program and di- 
rects the chemical engineering track. For details, see Cooperative Programs on page 25. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degrees: Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science with a major in chem- 
istry. 

Majors: {B.S. in Chemistry) CHM 111, 112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216,222,230, 
305, 306, 307, 308, 31 1, 312, 321, 322, 41 1; BCMB 421; three credits from CHM 414- 
498 or 590 or BCMB 422; four credits ofCHM 510; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112 
(63-64 credits). 

(B.S., major in chemistry) CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306, 
307, 308, 311,312, 321, 322; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112; (50-51 credits). 

Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 59 




Minor: CUM 111, 112, 113, 114; 12 credits from CHM 213, 214, 222, 305, 306, 31 1, 
312,41 1 or BCMB 421, 422; three credits from CHM 215, 216, 307, 308, 321, 322 or 
BCMB 430. 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in chem- 
istry must take BIO 111, 112; BCMB 421; CHM 360 and 21 credits of education 
courses, including EDU 1 10 and SED 430, 43 1 and 440. 

Courses in Chemistry (CHM): 

100. Introduction to Chemistry. An introduction to the principles of chemistry includ- 
ing mathematical tools, atomic structure, stoichiometry, elementary concepts of equi- 
librium, bonding, and organic chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Laboratory 
experience included. 4 credits. Students who have received credit for CHM 1 1 1 may not 
take CHM 100. 

109. Chemical Skills. A step-by-step approach to solving chemical problems. Topics in- 
clude the application of mathematical tools in introductory chemistry and techniques 
for finding the proper approach to solve problems. The course is designed to be taken 
concurrently with CHM 111.1 credit. 

777, 112. Principles of Chemistry I, II. An introduction to chemistry for the science 
major. First semester topics include atomic and molecular structure, chemical reac- 
tions, calculations involving chemical concentrations, gas laws and bonding. Second se- 
mester covers kinetics, acids and bases, equilibrium, oxidation-reduction chemistry, 
thermodynamics, electrochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: one year of 
high school chemistry or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

113, 114. Introductory Laboratory I, II. Laboratory courses to accompany 1 1 1 and 
1 12. Experiments cover stoichiometry, gas laws, quantitative analysis, equilibrium, elec- 
trochemistry, chemical synthesis, and the use of computers for collecting data. Students 



60 Chemistry 



2007-2008 Catalog 



are introduced to instrumentation including infrared, UV-visible, and atomic absorption 
spectrometers. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 111 for CHM 113 and CHM 1 12 for 
CHM 114. 1 credit per semester. 

213, 214. Organic Chemistry I, II. An introduction to the principles of organic chem- 
istry. The focus of the course is on the structure of organic molecules and how the struc- 
ture of various functional groups affects their reactivity. The concepts of reactivity, 
structure and mechanism are applied to organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 
credits per semester. 

215, 216. Organic Laboratory I, II. An introduction to the practice of classical organic 
chemistry and modern instrumental organic chemistry. The techniques of organic syn- 
thesis are taught along with instrumental methods including infrared, nuclear magnetic 
resonance, and mass spectrometry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 14 and CHM 
2 1 3 for CHM 2 1 5 and CHM 2 1 4 for CHM 2 1 6. 1 credit per semester. 

222. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. The application of elementary principles of 
chemistry to provide a basis for understanding the physical and chemical properties of 
the elements. Topics include periodicity, acidity or basicity of metal cations and oxoan- 
ions, precipitation reactions, oxidation-reduction chemistry, and the structures of solids. 
Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits. 

230. Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory. Students will be exposed to a number of ad- 
vanced synthetic methods including inert atmosphere manipulations, high vacuum and 
temperature dehydrations, mixed solvent crystallizations, and photochemical transfor- 
mations. Writing process. Corequisite: CHM 222. 1 credit. 

305. Analytical Chemistry. Topics for this course include statistical methods; activity 
and activity coefficients; chemical equilibria involving complex systems; volumetric 
analyses including acid/base, precipitation, redox, and compleximetric titrations; prin- 
ciples of electrochemistry, potentiometry, electrogravimetry, coulometry, and voltam- 
metry. Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161. 3 credits. 

306. Instrumental Analysis. Basic types of chemical instrumentation and their appli- 
cations in analytical chemistry are examined. These include gas and liquid chromatog- 
raphy; infrared, UV-VIS, fluorescence, atomic absorption, and plasma emission 
spectrophotometry; nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry; and radio- 
chemical methods. Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161.3 credits. 

307. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Volumetric, spectrophotometric, and electro- 
chemical methods are applied to the analysis of unknowns. Prerequisite or corequisite: 
CHM 305. 1 credit. 

308. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Chemical instrumentation is utilized in analyt- 
ical method development and analysis. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 306. 1 credit. 

311, 312. Physical Chemistry I, II. The study of chemical systems from a molecular 
perspective. Basic concepts of quantum chemistry applied to atomic and molecular 
structure. Thermodynamic laws and functions applied to mechanical, thermal, and ma- 
terial equilibrium in gases, liquids, and solids. Also included are electrochemical sys- 
tems, as well as kinetic and transport processes occurring in gases, in solutions, and at 

Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 61 



solid surfaces. Prerequisites: CHM 112, MAS 1 6 1 , and PHY 1 04 or 1 1 2 for CHM 3 1 1 
and CHM 311 for CHM 3 12. 3 credits per semester. 

321, 322. Physical Laboratory 1, 11. Experimental study of the principles of physical 
chemistry. Work involves spectroscopy (IR, UVA^IS, fluorescence, Raman, and NMR), 
calorimetry, refractometry, conductivity, and viscometry applied to atomic and molec- 
ular structure, thermodynamics, phase and reaction equilibrium, and chemical kinetics. 
Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 3 1 1 for CHM 32 1 and CHM 3 12 for CHM 322. Writ- 
ing process. 1 credit per semester. 

360. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. A course designed for stu- 
dents seeking certification to teach chemistry in secondary education. Topics include 
evaluation of laboratory experiments, demonstrations, textbooks, and computer soft- 
ware. Prerequisites: CHM 112, 1 14. 3 credits. 

411. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of bonding theories, molecular struc- 
ture, spectroscopy and reaction mechanisms with special emphasis on transition metal 
complexes. Prerequisite: CHM 312. 3 credits. 

414. Advanced Organic Chemistiy. A study of advanced topics in the field of organic 
chemistry. The course covers mechanistic and synthetic chemistry with an emphasis 
on current and classical organic chemical literature. Prerequisites: CHM 213 and 214. 
3 credits 

421. Chemometrics. The application of multivariate statistics to experimental design 
and data analysis. Topics include experimental design, pattern recognition, calibration, 
optimization, signal processing, and peak resolution. Some familiarity with computers 
and chemical instrumentation is recommended. Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits 

510. Chemical Research. Chemical research conducted under the supervision of a fac- 
ulty member. This course introduces the students to the methods and analysis involved 
in research. A major written report and an oral presentation are required. Prerequisites 
or corequisites: CHM 305 and 31 1 and senior standing. 1 to 4 credits per semester. 

810. Computers in Chemistry. A hands-on study of the application of Macintosh com- 
puters to problems in the high school chemistry curriculum. Topics include word-pro- 
cessing, graphics, spreadsheets, applications of computer interfacing, molecular 
modeling, and the Internet. 3 credits. 

Course in Science (SCI): 

100. Introduction to Science. The study of scientific principles and experiments appli- 
cable to a person's everyday experiences. Student projects are selected from the areas of 
biology, chemistry and physics. The course is open to all students and is appropriate for 
those intending to teach elementary school. Laboratory experience included. 4 credits. 

Faculty 

Marc A. Harris, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Nevada, Reno. 

Research interests include the synthesis of macrocyclic azacrown and crown ether 

bipyridine analogues and their coordination complexes with Pt(II), Pd(Il), and Rh(I). 

62 Chemistry 2007-2008 Catalog 



These complexes are investigated for their host-guest interactions with both small al- 
kali metal cations and organic substrates. 

Anderson L. Marsh, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan; postdoctoral study, University of California, Berkeley. 
Physical Chemistry. Research interests are in the area of nanoscience. Model nanos- 
tructured catalysts are being prepared, characterized, and investigated in reaction stud- 
ies. Semiconductor nanocrystals are also being synthesized, characterized, and applied 
to problems of environmental and biological interest. 

Owen A. Moe Jr., professor of chemistry. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Purdue University; postdoctoral study, Cornell University. 
Analytical Chemistry/Biochemistry. Research interests in biochemistry involve eluci- 
dation of enzyme active site topography and function using enzyme kinetics, protein 
modification, and mass spectrometry. Research projects in analytical chemistry include 
studies of the solvent dependence of oxidation-reduction reactions of organic mole- 
cules and the applications of MALDI mass spectrometry to the study of proteins. 

Walter A. Patton, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University; postdoctoral study. National Institutes of Health. 
Research interests include the elucidation of structure- function relationships in pro- 
teins. Most recently his work focuses on the features of E. coli GMP synthetase that fa- 
cilitate ammonia transfer from a domain where it is synthesized to the domain in which 
it is utilized. His work integrates chemical, biochemical, and molecular biological meth- 
ods (e.g. polymerase chain reaction) to make designer proteins at the DNA level. Once 
expressed in bacteria, these proteins are purified in order to study their ftinction. 

Timothy J. Peelen, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; postdoctoral study, University of Wisconsin-Madi- 
son. 

Research interests focus on the development of asymmetric reactions catalyzed by sim- 
ple organic molecules (organocatalysts). The reaction mechanisms of organocatalyzed 
reactions are studied by using kinetics and by structural analysis of reaction interme- 
diates. 

H. Anthony Neidig, professor and chairperson emeritus. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

Recipient of the Chemical Manufacturers' Association College Chemistry Teacher 
Award in 1 970 and the E. Emmet Reid Award for excellence in teaching in a small col- 
lege in 1978. Neidig 's pursuits include the development and publication of laboratory 
experiments for introductory chemistry. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, lecturer in chemistry. 
B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

Johnston is focusing her efforts on the development of science curricula for the ele- 
mentary school classroom and on instructing those studying to teach in the elementary 
school. 



Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 63 




CITIZENSHIP EDUCATION PROGRAM 

The College offers a program for students seeking certification to teach Citizenship 
Education in the secondary schools. The program includes three required components: 
the Citizenship Education core, the secondary education core, and a major in one of the 
following disciplines: history, political science or economics. Graduation requirements 
for any of these majors are noted in this catalog under the appropriate department. There 
is no major in citizenship education. NOTE: The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has 
also reinstated a social studies certification. The College anticipates that it will reinstate 
this ceertification program. Dr. James H. Broussard is the coordinator of the Citizen- 
ship Education Certification Program. 

Program Requirements: 

Citizenship Education core courses: ECN 101, 102; HIS 103, 105, 125, 126, 202; PSC 
110, 130, 210, an upper division course in American government (PSC 330 State and 
Local Politics recommended); and either HIS 360 or PSC 360. (36 credits). 

Secondly Education core courses: EDU 1 10, SED 280, 430, 431, 440. 22-24 credits. 
Students must conform to state guidelines that require two math courses and an Eng- 
lish or American literature course in addition to the general education requirements. 
Students must apply to the certification program after completing at least 48 credits 
(including the math and English courses) with a 3.0 grade point average and must main- 
tain that average in order to proceed to student teaching and certification. 

Major courses: history, political science, or economics. (39^0 credits). 



64 Citizenship Education 



2007-2008 Catalog 



DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAM 

The Digital Communications Program explores the fundamental elements of com- 
munication, business, design, and technology. The program fosters critical reasoning 
and learning so graduates have the ability to evolve as quickly as current technology. 

The program is interdisciplinary and combines classes from the art, business, Eng- 
lish, and computer science departments into one degree. After graduating with a B.S. 
in digital communications, the student is prepared to enter a wide range of technology- 
related positions in marketing, public relations, information technology, journalism, 
graphic design, Internet development, multimedia, and programming. 

The creation of content, both written and visual, remains at the heart of this subject. 
Students will study art, writing and marketing in the context of content creation for the 
New Media. Students will learn the theory behind the design of effective presentations 
and will employ existing multimedia technologies to create them. The techniques with 
which content is created, processed and delivered are found in the study of programming 
and computer science. Students in the program will choose a discipline related to the 
program and complete advanced coursework to form a cognate in that area. Students 
will also investigate and carefiilly consider the social, ethical, and legal ramifications 
of the information technology revolution. 

The program, designed to be interdisciplinary and integrative, emphasizes critical 
thinking, creativity and analysis, rather than specific applications and technologies. 
The General Education Program at the College, together with the courses in the stu- 
dents' cognate areas, will expose the students to the fundamental questions of how in- 
formation is created, processed, understood, and communicated in those disciplines. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in Digital Communications. 

Major Core: CSC 122, 245; DCOM 130, 230, 330, 430, 440; DCOM 255, 355; DCOM 
265, 365; DCOM 285, 385. 

In addition to the core, each major must select a concentration in design, business, com- 
munications, or computer science and take three additional courses from the concen- 
tration department. (48 credits.) 

Courses in Digital Communications (DCOM): 

130. Introduction to Digital Communications. A broad survey of the curriculum mak- 
ing up the Digital Communications major. This includes the authoring of content (text, 
visual, aural); designing presentations for that content; understanding the processes, 
components; and distribution of information technology; introducing the legal and eth- 
ical environments, and comprehending the integrative nature of design, business, com- 
munication and technology in society's culture. 3 credits. 

210. Graphic Design. An introductory studio/lecture course designed to increase visual 
literacy and vocabulary, develop design skills and present the creative possibilities of 
the computer as an art-making and editing tool. 3 credits. 

230. Information Law and Ethics. This course will examine the legal and ethical issues 
arising from the information age. Topics such as copyright, patent, privacy, security, 
libel, liability, and government regulation will be explored. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Digital Communications 65 



255. Fundamentals of Design. An introduction to the fundamental elements of art and 
design. Students work with graphic symbols, theories of visual perception, principles 
of composition, and color interaction in a variety of studio projects. 3 credits. [Cross- 
listed as Art 213.] 

265. E-Commerce. An exploration of the important technologies related to doing busi- 
ness on the Internet. Topics include e-commerce, advertising, customer support, and 
business-to-business applications. Emphasis on how businesses implement these tech- 
nologies, resource requirements, cost-to-benefit analysis. 3 credits. 

285. Writing for Digital Media. This course will provide students with the skills, the- 
ories of design, and experience to design viable digital media projects that meet spe- 
cific goals and target specific audiences. Prerequisite: DCOM 210, or permission. 
Usually offered fall semester. Writing process. 3 credits. 

345. Digital Video. This course introduces students to the basic principles and prac- 
tices of digital video creation and production. This course allows the student to build 
their digital video making skills by having them conceive, storyboard, film, edit, and 
author projects in DVD format. To complement their practical knowledge, the course 
gives the students theoretical understanding of how moving and time-based imagery 
function both conceptually and expressively. 3 credits. 

355. Digital Graphic Design. The course will focus on blending the creative and tech- 
nical aspects of developing electronic images. Students will apply traditional art meth- 
ods and techniques to the electronic canvas. Additionally, the course will serve to 
provide a historical perspective of electronic imaging and examine the limitations and 
possibilities of working in the electronic medium. 3 credits. 

365. Business of Information. An exploration of the way businesses utilize technology 
to operate effectively. The course will focus on how businesses generate, manage, store, 
and distribute information that is key to performance of business objectives. Topics 
will include Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Customer Relationship Management 
(CRM), Supply Chain Management (SCM), e-Marketing, and Business Intelligence. 
Prerequisite: DCOM 265, or permission. 3 credits. 

385. Multimedia. This course will reinforce and build upon the design skills, theories, 
and experience from Writing for Digital Media I, and focus on the production and post- 
production/development process. Prerequisite: DCOM 285, or permission. 3 credits. 

430. Capstone I. Capstone I teaches the theory and application of planning projects in 
the field of digital communications. The course covers principles of project manage- 
ment, research, and project strategy. Additionally, topics of professionalism, client in- 
terface, modes of communication, and collaborative group theory and practice are 
explored. The course prepares the student for Capstone II which is the practicum course 
for students to produce the actual project. 

440. Capstone II. Capstone II is a practicum class where students work on a project for 
external clients. Capstone II simulates the collaborative and interdisciplinary environ- 
ment of the field of digital communications. The course takes the integrative theory 
and skills from the four areas of concentration (visual, content, commercial, and tech- 

66 Digital Communications 2007-2008 Catalog 



nological) and builds upon theory and application explored in Capstone I to develop a 
multi-disciplinary team of students to deliver an appropriate project. 

485. Media Theory. This course explores the influence of technology on literary (writ- 
ten) culture, establishing a historical perspective on the way we produce, communicate, 
and receive cultural works and how different technologies influence the production, 
dissemination and reception of cultural artifacts. Prerequisite: junior standing or per- 
mission. 3 credits. 

495. Storytelling: Books to Video Games. From classic novels and poetry, to popular 
fiction, to hypertext/media, participants will explore how the art of storytelling changes 
with the medium in which the story is told. This course first focuses on close reading 
and analysis of literature, and then explores the aesthetic and theoretical implications 
and opportunities of hypertext/media that have created a rich new platform for the cre- 
ation of literary and artistic works. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission. This 
course fulfills an English 390 (Literature) requirement. It also meets an L5 require- 
ment in the General Education Program. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Joel A. Kline, assistant professor of business administration and digital conmiunica- 
tions. Director of the Digital Communications Program. 
M.J., Temple University. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, assistant professor of English and digital communications. 

Ph.D., Arizona State University. 

Grant D. Taylor, assistant professor of art and digital communications.. 
Ph.D. University of Western Australia. 

Scott F. Landis, adjunct instructor in digital communications. 
J.D., The Dickinson School of Law. 

Landis is a partner with the central Pennsylvania law firm of Barley Snyder, LLC, 
where he counsels clients in the areas of copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, soft- 
ware and technology licensing, Internet and e-commerce law, and general business 
issues. His clients range from individuals and small businesses to large multi-na- 
tional corporations. He teaches Information Law and Ethics. 

Jason Carl Say, adjunct instructor in digital communications. 
B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Say is the web technologies coordinator for the Good Samaritan Health System in 
Lebanon where he is responsible for all project management and development of web 
related initiatives. He also owns and operates his own web development and consult- 
ing company. He teaches project management to all seniors in the Digital Communi- 
cations Program, where the students are responsible for working directly with 
real- world clients and projects. 



Lebanon Valley College Digital Communications 67 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

The Department of Education certifies students in elementary, special education, 
English as a Second Language (ESL), and secondary education. 

Post-baccalaureate certification is also available for those who wish to become teach- 
ers or for those already certified who want to add elementary, special education, ESL, 
or a secondary certification area to an existing certificate. 

Certification in two or more areas of teacher preparation is possible; however, such 
certification requires meticulous attention to scheduling and may require additional se- 
mesters. Elementary education majors who, as freshmen, begin to pursue elementary, 
special education, or ESL certifications, will be able to complete them within their four 
years of study, unless they add other elements to their studies, such as pursuing an ad- 
ditional minor, double majoring, going abroad, etc. Careful and early scheduling can 
avoid misconceptions about such issues. 

The Education Department is intent on preparing well-rounded and qualified grad- 
uates who will exercise genuinely professional and personal leadership roles in the 
schools and communities where they will live and work. 

In accord with the regulations set forth in Chapter 354, General Standards for the In- 
stitutional Preparation of Professional Educators, the following criteria must be met by 
all candidates who seek teacher certification at Lebanon Valley College: 

I. Admission to teacher certification candidacy is neither automatic nor synonymous 
with admission to the College or to the major. 

II. All teacher candidates must be admitted to teacher certification candidacy by a 
formal and clearly delineated process that is distinct from admission to the College 
and/or to the major. 

III. Admission to teacher certification candidacy is contingent upon the completion 
of these criteria: 

(1) completion of a minimum of 48 college credits; 

(2) an overall GPA, after having completed 48 or more college credits, of 
at least 3.0; 

(3) completion of at least one English composition course; 

(4) completion of one English or American literature course; 

(5) completion of two college level mathematics courses; 

(6) passing scores on these PRAXIS Tests: PPST Reading; PPST: Writing; 
PPST: Mathematics. 

(7 ) completion of the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification 
Candidacy form, available from the major adviser. 

lY Those students who do not meet the above criteria may continue to pursue teacher 
certification, even though they are not and cannot be considered candidates for teacher 
certification until all of the above requirements have been met. 

V Once all of the above requirements have been met, the student must see his or her 
advisor to complete the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification Candidacy 
form. 



68 Education 2007-2008 Catalog 



VI. Students who are not formally admitted to teacher certification candidacy can- 
not student teach nor will they be able to be recommended for teacher certification 
upon graduation. 

VII. Students who have been formally admitted to teacher certification candidacy, but 
who afterward fall below the required overall GPA of 3.0, may continue in the program; 
however, they may not student teach unless and until they have achieved the required 
overall GPA of 3.0. 

VIII. Students must have the required overall GPA of 3.0 at the time of graduation 
in order to be eligible for recommendation by the college for teacher certification. 

Title II 

In accordance with state and federal regulations, Lebanon Valley College regularly 
reports the aggregate student data to the Pennsylvania Department of Education. The 
HEA - Title II 2005-2006 academic data (the last year of available data) shows the Ag- 
gregate - Basic Skills institutional pass rate for the 85 students taking the assessment 
to be 9 1 /92 or 99 percent, the Aggregate - Academic Content Areas (math, English, bi- 
ology, etc.) pass rate for the 92 students taking the assessment to be 90/92 or 98 per- 
cent, and the Aggregate -Teaching Special Populations (special education, ESL, etc.) 
pass rate for the 29 students taking the assessment to be 29/29 or 1 00 percent. Many fac- 
tors, such as the number of students in the program, number of tests required for li- 
censure, the number of licensure candidates who complete all required exams before 
graduation, and the number of teacher certification candidates who actually take the li- 
censure exams, affect the overall College scores. 

Education Program 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major or minor in general education. 

Courses in Education (EDU): 

110. Foundations of Education. A study of the legal, social, historical and philosophi- 
cal foundations of American education correlated with a survey of the principles and 
theories of influential educators. Includes required weekly field practicum (two hours per 
week minimum). Limited to any student desiring teacher certification in any content 
area with an approved PDE certification program or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

140. Educational Technology and Instructional Media. An introduction to the educa- 
tional technologies used in the classroom based on the Pennsylvania Science and Tech- 
nology Standards. Among the topics covered are computer hardware, peripherals, and 
operating systems; multimedia production; software evaluation and use; web page eval- 
uation and construction; and ethical and societal issues related to the use of technology. 
Prerequisites: freshman or sophomore education majors or other certification candi- 
dates with permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

310. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to 
current research and practices concerning the range of exceptionalities in children. The 
course includes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Var- 
ious resource personnel are invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a 

Lebanon Valley College Education 69 



required weekly field experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of ex- 
ceptional children. Prerequisites: limited to any student desiring teacher certification in 
any content area with an approved PDE certification program or permission of the in- 
structor. 3 credits. 

450. Curriculum and Instruction for the Young Adolescent. The course will examine 
the historic and philosophic contexts of middle level education and current issues af- 
fecting middle schools including the specific characteristics of young adolescents, de- 
velopmentally appropriate curriculum, instruction and assessment, the guidance and 
teaching roles of middle school teachers, cultural diversity and communication with 
parents and the public. Prerequisite: Limited to teacher certification candidates or per- 
mission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Elementary Education (Teacher Certification) Program 

The Education Department is committed to preparing elementary education majors 
who have a thorough grounding in the disciplines they will teach within the context of 
a strong liberal arts foundation. The program includes intensive training in the content 
and methodologies of all elementary school subjects. 

The field-centered component in the program requires extensive and carefully se- 
quenced opportunities to work with teachers and children in a variety of school set- 
tings during all four years of preparation for teaching. The Education Department has 
established strong relationships with local public, parochial and private schools. Majors 
spend an average of two hours per week each semester in various classrooms, observ- 
ing teachers and children, aiding, tutoring, providing small-group and whole-class in- 
struction, and completing tasks on increasingly challenging levels of involvement. 
Student teacher candidates spend the semester immediately preceding the student teach- 
ing semester with their assigned cooperating teachers. Seniors spend the fall semester 
in full-time student teaching with cooperating teachers who have been carefully cho- 
sen for that role. Additional opportunities are provided for our students to work in nurs- 
ery schools, child care centers, middle schools, and in classes for exceptional children. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in elementary education. 

Major: Elementary education majors must take: EDU 1 10, 140, 310; ELM 130, 220, 
230 250, 271, 332, 344, 362, 371, 372, 401 or ART 120, 499; HIS 125; two college-level 
mathematics courses, an English composition course, and an American or British lit- 
erature course; PSY 180 (52-56 credits). 

Note: Students may graduate with the BS degree without completing student teaching. 
Students who are pursuing teacher certification must also complete 1 2 credit hours of 
ELM 440 Student Teaching in addition to completing all requirements for the major in 
Elementary Education. 

Courses in Elementary Education (ELM): 

130. Science I. A survey of basic science concepts in earth and space science, physi- 
cal science (physics and chemistry), biological science and environmental/ecological 
studies based on the study of the Lithosphere/Biosphere relationships of physical ge- 
ography. The basic science concepts and their content are derived from the Chapter 48 

70 Education 2007-2008 Catalog 



Pennsylvania K-12 Academic Standards of Science and Technology, Environmen- 
tal/Ecological Education and Geography, the National Geography Standards, the Coun- 
cil of Social Studies Strands, and the National Geographic's Six Themes of Geography. 
Attention will be given to such concepts as the solar system; solar energy: representa- 
tions of the earth's movement; landforms, soils, and biome regions; processes that form 
and change the earth's surface; biogeography - flora and fauna, ecosystems, ecology, 
and environmental influences. Students explore, through different modes of authentic 
and formal assessment, media and technology and hands-on activities, the impact of sci- 
ence, technology, environmental/ecological education and geography have on their lives. 
Prerequisite: Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits 

220. Music in the Elementary School A course designed to aid elementary education 
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, 
singing, using notation, listening, movement and creative applications. Limited to educa- 
tion majors or permission of instructor. [Cross-listed as Music Education 220.] 3 credits. 

230. Science II. A survey of basic science concepts in earth and space science, physi- 
cal science (physics and chemistry), biological science and environmental/ecological 
studies based on the study of the Lithosphere/Biosphere relationships of physical ge- 
ography. The basic science concepts and their content are derived from the Chapter 48 
Pennsylvania K-12 Academic Standards of Science and Technology, Environmen- 
tal/Ecological Education and Geography, the National Geography Standards, the Coun- 
cil of Social Studies Strands, and the National Geographic's Six Themes of Geography. 
Attention will be given to such concepts as the atmosphere/ocean connection, 
weather/climate and climate regions of the earth, the chemical and physical impact of 
the hydrosphere/atmosphere on the lithosphere and biosphere and the environmen- 
tal/ecological influences of the hydrosphere/atmosphere on the lithosphere and bios- 
phere. Students explore, through different modes of authentic assessment and formal 
assessment, media and technology and hands-on activities, the impact that science, 
technology, environmental/ecological education and geography have on their lives. Pre- 
requisite: Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits 

250. Mathematics in the Elementary School. A study of basic preschool to sixth grade 
mathematical concepts with major emphasis on the NCTM and Pennsylvania Academic 
Standards for Mathematics, the integration of media and technology, writing across the 
curriculum, student assessments and exceptional children. Attention is given to the de- 
velopment of hands-on teaching activities, simulations and experiences which can be 
utilized effectively with any classroom population. Limited to education majors or per- 
mission of instructor. 3 credits. 

277. Literacy and Literature I. A course that will focus on the growth and development 
of the young, emergent reader. The course foundation will be supported by both a bal- 
anced literacy approach and the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading, Writing, 
Speaking and Listening. Stressing the importance of early intervention, students will 
explore a variety of strategies, methods and assessments to teach reading supported by 
research. These include, but are not limited to phonological awareness, letter recognition, 
sound symbol relationships, vocabulary development, kid writing and inventive spelling. 
Prerequisite: Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Education 71 



281-286. Field Practicum in the Elementary School. Supervised weekly field expe- 
riences (two hours per week minimum) in appropriate school settings. Prerequisite: 
permission. 1-3 credits. 

332. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. A study of basic concepts in 
general science, earth and space science, physical and biological science, and environ- 
mental studies based on the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Science and Tech- 
nology. The course emphasizes the experiential nature of science in the elementary 
classroom with special attention to materials, media and technology, writing across the 
curriculum, authentic assessment, exceptional children, and methodologies appropriate 
for kindergarten through sixth grade students. The course integrates a multidisciplined, 
whole language approach to teaching physical and environmental science. Prerequi- 
site: Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. ~^ 

344. Health Education in the Schools. Provides the background information and skills 
teachers need to implement comprehensive school health education. The course in- 
cludes information on the six categories of risk behavior identified by the Center for 
Disease Control and Prevention and the Permsylvania Academic Standards for Science 
and Technology. The course examines the objectives of Healthy People 2000, the eight 
components in comprehensive school health, the Safe Schools Act, the National Health 
Education Standards, comprehensive school health programs, the 10 content areas of 
health education, and instructional strategies and materials appropriate to the teaching 
of health in today's schools. Attention is given to the ethical, moral and religious issues 
often associated with this area of the school curriculum. Prerequisite: Limited to edu- 
cation majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

362. Social Studies in the Elementary School. An examination of the content, meth- 
ods and role of social studies in the elementary school, beginning with early childhood, 
based on the 10 Social Studies Strands of NCSS and the applicable Pennsylvania Aca- 
demic Standards. The curriculum is examined from two vantage points: the daily lives 
of children as they relate to developing values and attitudes, and the planned study of 
people as they live and have lived in our world. The development of a teaching unit and 
the examination of learning resources are required. Prerequisite: Limited to education 
majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

371. Literacy and Literature II. A course that will focus on the growth and develop- 
ment of the beginning reader. The course foundation will be supported by both a bal- 
anced literacy approach and the PDE standards for reading, writing, speaking and 
listening. Stressing the importance of a strong foundation of phonics, vocabulary, flu- 
ency and comprehension, students will explore a variety of strategies, methods and as- 
sessments to teach reading supported by research. Students will also explore the types 
of writing, the writing process and conventional spelling instruction. As the writing 
process is taught, students will demonstrate the process by writing a 3000-word paper 
on a topic related to the course. The professor will conference with each student dur- 
ing the revising and editing stages of the process. ELM 371 is writing process. Prereq- 
uisite: ELM 271, limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 



72 Education 2007-2008 Catalog 




372. Literacy and Literature IIL A course that will focus on the growth and continued 
development of the developing reader as independent reading within the curriculum 
becomes necessary. The course foundation will be supported by both a balanced liter- 
acy approach and the PDE standards for reading, writing, speaking and listening. Stress- 
ing the importance of comprehension, students will explore a variety of strategies, 
methods and assessments to teach reading and writing across the content areas as sup- 
ported by research. This includes but is not limited to writing short stories and infor- 
mational pieces with an understanding of the stylistic aspects and conventions of 
composition. Prerequisite: ELM 271, 371, limited to education majors or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

40LArt in the Elementary School. Introduction to creative art activity for children in 
elementary school. Topics covered include philosophical concepts, curriculum, evalu- 
ation, and studio activity involving a variety of art media, techniques, and processes and 
are based on the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Art. Prerequisite: Limited to 
education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Each student spends an entire semester in an area school under 
the supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors or students 
who are seeking certification and have been admitted to teacher certification candidacy 
status. A cumulative grade point average of 3.0 is required to student teach. Prerequisites: 
EDU 110, 140, 310; HIS 125; PSY 180; ELM 130, 220, 230, 250, 271, 28X, 332, 344, 
362, 371, 372, 401 and permission of the Education Department faculty. 12 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Education 73 



499. Senior Seminar. Special topics related to current concerns in education are re- 
searched and presented by the students in the course. Issues related to teaching and to 
further professional growth are explored. Teams of students are required to do exten- 
sive research in an approved topic and to make a computer-based, multimedia presen- 
tation of that research to the class. Prerequisite: Limited to senior elementary education 
majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Secondary Teacher Certification Program 

Students pursuing secondary teacher certification are prepared for teaching by com- 
pleting an intensive program in the departmental major(s) of their choice in conjunc- 
tion with a carefully sequenced professional education component within the Education 
Department. Both the major program and the professional education component are 
completed within the context of a strong foundation in the liberal arts. 

Departmental majors may seek certification in art, biology, chemistry, English, 
French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, social science, and citizenship edu- 
cation. 

Candidates are provided with opportunities to observe and to teach in junior high, 
middle school, and high school settings prior to the full-time student teaching semes- 
ter. Cooperating teachers are selected through a process involving College faculty, sec- 
ondary school personnel, and the student teachers, thus assuring the most beneficial 
placements possible. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in education for those interested in secondary teaching. Students 
complete the requirements in their chosen major and the designated professional edu- 
cation courses. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: art, bi- 
ology, chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, psychology 
[social science] and social studies [citizenship education].) 

Secondary' Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must meet 
all Chapter 354 requirements, complete the approved program in the chosen major and 
21 credits in education courses, consisting of EDU 1 10, SED 430, SED 431 and SED 
440. SED 280 or SED 43 1 must be taken in the fall or spring semester immediately pre- 
ceding the student teaching semester. SED 280 should be taken at least twice prior to 
SED 440. 

Courses in Secondary Education (SED): 

280. Field Practicum in the Secondary School. Supervised field experiences in ap- 
propriate school settings. Designed to offer practical experiences for prospective sec- 
ondary teachers. Prerequisites: permission. 1-3 credits. 

430. Practicum and Methods I. A study of the basic principles and procedures for mid- 
dle school and secondary school classroom management and instruction. Prerequisites: 
EDU 110; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior status; approval of the in- 
structor; must be taken prior to SED 43 1 or SED 440. 3 credits. 



74 Education 2007-2008 Catalog 



431. Practicum and Methods II. A continuation of the basic principles and procedures 
for middle school and secondary school classroom management and instruction. Pre- 
requisites: EDU 110; SED 280, 430; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior 
or senior status; approval of the instructor; must be taken prior to SED 440. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Students spend the entire semester in an area school under the 
supervision of a cooperating teacher. Prerequisites: A cumulative grade point average 
of 3.0 and admission to teacher certification candidacy are required. (See Education De- 
partment III 1-7.) EDU 1 10; SED 430, 431; open to seniors or students seeking certi- 
fication only. 

Note: t is strongly recommended that SED 430/431 be completed before taking SED 
440. Under no circumstances should other courses be taken during the student teach- 
ing semester except for SED 43 1 , if it has not been taken in the semester immediately 
preceding the student teaching semester. SED 43 1 or SED 280 (1 credit for four hours 
per week in an assigned classroom with a cooperating teacher) should be taken in the 
semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester. 

Special Education Certification Program 
Cognitive, Behavior, Physical/Health Disabilities (CBP/HD) 

The Special Education Program consists of five sequential courses and operates in 
conjunction with the Elementary, Music Education, or Secondary Education Programs. 
Students complete a full sequence of course work in their majors in addition to their spe- 
cialized course work in special education. Student teaching experiences are provided in 
two settings: one in a regular school setting and the second in a special education set- 
ting. Program graduates are certified to teach in regular elementary, music education, 
or secondary school programs and in special education programs for students with men- 
tal retardation, learning disabilities, behavior disorders, autism, orthopedic impair- 
ments, or multiple disabilities, grades K through 12. 

Students pursuing special education certification must at the same time be seeking 
either elementary, music education, or secondary teacher certification. Special educa- 
tion certification cannot be taken apart from one of these other areas. 

Post-baccalaureate candidates who already have a currently valid teaching certificate 
may apply for admission to the special education program. Each candidate's credentials 
will be reviewed on an individual basis to ensure adequate preparation for admission 
to the special education program. 

Each course in the program includes mandatory weekly field experiences in a spe- 
cial education setting over the course of the entire semester. One half of the student 
teaching semester will be completed in a special education setting. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in special education. Students complete the requirements in their ma- 
jors and in the chosen area of certification relative to that major and the required courses 
in special education. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: art, biol- 
ogy, chemistry, elementary, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, music edu- 
cation, physics, psychology [social science] and the social studies [citizenship education].) 

Lebanon Valley College Education 75 



Courses in Special Education (EDU): 

310. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to 
current research and practices concerning tlie range of exeptionalities in children. The 
course includes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Var- 
ious resource personnel are invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a 
required weekly field experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of ex- 
ceptional children. Prerequisites: limited to students enrolled in PDE approval certifi- 
cation programs or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

311. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included Set- 
tings I. Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the learning needs 
of exceptional students, preschool through grade 12. The development and application 
of curricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the strengths and 
needs of students with various needs will be developed and applied in real settings. All 
areas of the various kindergarten through grade 12 curricula, as well as life skills in- 
struction, will be addressed. Includes a required weekly field experience in a special ed- 
ucation setting. EDU 31 1 is writing process. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310. 3 credits. 

312. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included Set- 
tings II. Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the learning needs 
of exceptional students, preschool through grade 12. The development and application 
of curricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the strengths and 
needs of students will be developed and applied in real settings. All areas of the various 
kindergarten through grade 12 curricula will be addressed. Includes a required weekly 
field experience in a special education setting. Prerequisite: EDU 1 10, 3 1 0, 3 1 1 . 3 cred- 
its. 

313. Managing Instructional and Behavioral Components in Special Education and 
Included Classrooms. The absolute necessity of knowing how, when, why and the what 
of dealing effectively with students who have special learning needs will be addressed 
in this course. Ways of observing, of recording and of responding to student behaviors 
will be developed. Intervention strategies will be studied and evaluated. Classroom 
management will be analyzed and reflectively applied. Includes a required weekly field 
experience in a special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310, 311, 312. 3 
credits. 

314. Assessment, Evaluation, and Response Strategies for Students with Exception- 
alities. Special education professionals need to use caution in the assessment process 
and in making educational decisions. There continues to be a need to understand the 
consequences of labeling and segregating individual students. This course will address 
the assessment process in light of current research and legislation concerning special 
education, with attention to recent state and federal legislation and revised mandates. 
This course also focuses on curriculum based assessments and performance based as- 
sessments used to evaluate the rate and quality of student learning and the effectiveness 
of teacher instruction on an ongoing basis. Includes a required weekly field experience 
in a special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 1 10, 310, 31 1, 312, 313. 3 credits. 



76 Education 2007-2008 Catalog 



English as a Second Language (ESL) 

The ESL Program consists of four sequential courses and operates in conjunction 
with the Elementary, Music Education, or Secondary Education Programs. Students 
complete a fiill sequence of course work in their major in addition to their specialized 
course work in ESL. Program graduates are certified to teach in regular elementary, 
music education, or secondary programs and are qualified to apply for Program Spe- 
cialist Certification for ESL. 

Students pursuing ESL program specialist certification must at the same time be 
seeking either elementary, music education, or secondary teacher certification. ESL 
certification cannot be taken apart from one of these other areas. 

Post-baccalaureate candidates who already have a currently valid teaching certificate 
may apply for admission to the ESL program. Each candidate's credentials will be re- 
viewed on an individual basis to ensure adequate preparation for admission to the ESL 
program. Each course in the programs with the exception of EDU 320 includes field 
experience in an ESL or inclusive setting. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in ESL. Students complete the requirements in their majors and in 

the chosen area of certification relative to that major and the required courses in ESL. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: art, biol- 
ogy, chemistry, elementary, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, music ed- 
ucation, physics, psychology [social science] and social studies [citizenship education]). 

Courses in ESL (EDU) 

320. Foundations of Language. This course will introduce to students the foundations 
of language, including syntactic, lexical, phonetic, phonological, and morphological 
components, with a focus on the English language. It will also review and discuss major 
theories of first and second language acquisition. Prerequisites: course restricted to el- 
ementary or secondary certification candidates, in-service teachers seeking a Program 
Specialist Certification for ESL, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

EDU 324. Teaching ESL/Materials Development. A course that focuses on the teach- 
ing of English to speakers of other languages. Specifically, the course explores the mul- 
tidimensional nature of the teacher as a learner of teaching, the contexts within which 
teaching occurs, and the activities and content of secondary language teaching and 
learning. Throughout the semester students engage in a range of theoretical, pedagog- 
ical, and reflective activities. The course includes a required two-hour-per-week field 
experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of the ESL student. Prerequi- 
sites: EDU 320, course restricted to elementary or secondary certification candidates, 
in-service teachers seeking a Program Specialist Certification for ESL, or permission 
of instructor. 3 credits. 

EDU 328. Assessment and Performance. An assessment course with an emphasis on 
developing and using varieties of multiple assessments for levels/stages of language 
proficiency, acquisition, and social and subject matter learning. Students become fa- 
miliar with current Pennsylvania Department of Education approved assessments. The 
course exposes students to school support services for ESL students such as: "intake" 
or initial screening, LEA systems for intervention for ESL students "at-risk" of leam- 

Lebanon Valley College Education 77 



ing problems and Instructional Support Teams (1ST). School support policies for the 
protection of ESL students in 1ST or team staffings and LEA models for providing in- 
struction in inclusive settings are also presented and discussed. This course will also ex- 
amine support services that actively recruit culturally and linguistically diverse (CLD) 
families for helping to develop and assist in these services. Models of program evalu- 
ation using PDE approved assessment instruments for ESL students will be explained. 
The course includes a required two-hour-per-week field experience in local programs 
designed to meet the needs of the ESL student. Prerequisites: EDU 324, course re- 
stricted to elementary or secondary certification candidates, in-service teachers seek- 
ing a Program Specialist Certification for ESL, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

EDU 332. Cultural Awareness - Language, Culture and the Classroom. The course 
provides important connections between theory and practice. This course also examines 
the impact of culture and cultural adjustment on learning for ELLs. The course addresses 
these many questions: What cultural differences most impact students' learning? What 
is the link between culture and language? Why learn about culture? What questions 
should teachers be asking about students' cultures to understand multicultural students 
better? How can we help students adjust to our culture while learning language and 
academics in schools? What do teachers need to know about the cultural adjustment 
process and why? How can we respect cultural diversity, encourage students to maintain 
first culture and language while still adjusting to their new culture, without denying our 
own US culture in the process? Is it really necessary for an ESL or classroom teacher to 
be knowledgeable about other cultures? What does an ESL teacher need to know about 
world cultures that will enhance his/her teaching skills and classroom management? 
What do ESL/EFL students need to know about each others' cultures? This course will 
explore answers to these questions, with a focus on intercultural communication, creat- 
ing understandings between people of different cultures, backgrounds and communica- 
tion styles. Topics will include socioculture, psychocultural, and environmental 
influences on language and communication, and how teachers can utilize this knowl- 
edge to make instruction of multicultural children more effective and enjoyable by cap- 
italizing on diversity. Parameters for understanding culture, the acculturalization process, 
exploring various cultures, understanding multicultural children, and creating multicul- 
tural learning communities will also be topics for consideration. Students investigate the 
technology and resources available for the teaching of ESL. Applications of "best prac- 
tices" to classroom settings are an integral component of the course. The course includes 
a required two-hour-per-week field experience in local programs designed to meet the 
needs of the ESL student. Prerequisites: EDU 324, EDU 328, course restricted to ele- 
mentary or secondary certification candidates, in-service teachers seeking a Program 
Specialist Certification for ESL, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Susan L.Atkinson, professor of education. 
Ed.D., Temple University. 

She teaches educational methods courses in mathematics, science, and social studies 
and supervises student teachers. She is the College liaison with the Pennsylvania Geo- 
graphic Alliance, the Pennsylvania Council for the Social Studies, and the Middle States 

78 Education 2007-2008 Catalog 



Council for Social Studies. She is also advisor to the Student Pennsylvania State Edu- 
cation Association (SPSEA). 

Cheryl L. George, associate professor of education. 
Ph.D., University of North Texas. 

She serves as the director of special education, teaches courses in special education, and 
is the departments liaison with special education administrators and teachers in the in- 
termediate units and in the school districts of the surrounding areas. She supervises 
student teachers and is the advisor to the Student Council for Exceptional Children. 

Donald E. Kline, associate professor of education. Chairperson. 
Ed.D., Lehigh University. 

He teaches courses in educational technology and supervises student teachers. He 
serves as the director of instructional design and technology in the department and pro- 
motes the integration of the computer and other instructional media in all phases of 
teacher preparation. He is the College liaison with the Pennsylvania Department of Ed- 
ucation, Pennsylvania Science Teachers Association and the National Science Teachers 
Association. 

Dale E. Summers, professor of education. 
Ed.D., Ball State University. 

He teaches senior seminars and courses in educational foundations and elementary so- 
cial studies, and supervises student teachers. He maintains a particular interest in spe- 
cial education for students with behavior disorders at both the elementary and secondary 
levels. He serves as the College and department liaison with the Lebanon County Cham- 
ber of Commerce. 

Linda L. Summers, assistant professor of education and director of field experiences. 
M.A., Ball State University. 

She oversees course-required field experiences and supervises student teachers. She 
teaches courses in language arts, social studies, and health education. 

Karen Walker, assistant professor of education. 
Ed.D., Bowling Green State University. 

She teaches courses in educational foundations and secondary methods and supervises 
student teachers. Areas of interest include middle-level education, how students at that 
age learn and respond to the world around them, and how to meet the needs of every 
student through the utilization of brain-based learning research, differentiated instruc- 
tion, learning styles, and multiple intelligences. 

M. Jane Yingling, assistant professor of education. 

Ph.D., Marywood University. 

She serves as assistant to the director of special education. She teaches courses in both 

special education and elementary education, oversees required field experiences, and 

supervises student teachers. Her areas of interest include working with children with 

mild to moderate learning disabilities, inclusion, brain-based learning and resiliency, 

and literacy. 



Lebanon Valley College Education 79 



DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

English Program 

The major in English introduces students to the humanistic study of language. While 
English majors may choose to concentrate in literature, communications, theater or sec- 
ondary education, the basis for all concentrations is the study of literature. All majors 
learn the skills of clear, concise and correct expression as well as of effective collection, 
organization and presentation of material. Such study prepares the student for graduate 
work in literature or communications, or for professional study in such fields as law and 
theology. Graduates of the Department of English also are prepared to work in journal- 
ism, teaching, editing, public relations, publishing, advertising, theater, business, and 
other professions. 

Independent Study: Juniors and seniors with a minimum 2.00 GPA, who wish to study 
an in-depth topic that is not covered in any offered courses, may choose to take an in- 
dependent study. For every semester hour of credit, the student must complete at least 
45 clock hours of time working on what should ultimately result in a final formal doc- 
ument. Students are responsible for completing the necessary application forms, which 
are available in the registrar's office, and finding a professor to oversee their progress. 

Students may enroll in a maximum of three credit hours per independent study in any 
one semester. A maximum of six credit hours in independent study may be used toward 
the graduation requirements. 

Departmental Honors: English majors with a minimum 3.50 GPA at the end of their 
junior year also may choose to apply for departmental honors in conjunction with an in- 
dependent study. Details are available from the department chairperson. 

The English Department offers minors in literature, communications, and theater. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in English. 

Major: Core requirements: ENG 120 ; three from 221-229 (at least two of the three 
must be from 221-226); 321; 341 or 342 (18 credits). Students must choose one of the 
concentrations below in addition to the core. 

Literature concentration: Three additional survey courses (ENG 221-229); 370; three 
from among 330, 350, 390-literature, 420, 421 (21 credits). 

Communications concentration: ENG 099, 140; five additional communications 
courses, at least two of which must be at the 300 level (201 or 202, 210-218, 310-315, 
380, 390-communications); at least three credits of 400 (21 credits). 

Theater concentration: ENG 201-204; three credits of 301 ; two additional drama-related 
courses from among the following: 330, 341 or 342, 350, 390-literature, 400 (2 1 credits). 

Secondary Education concentration: One additional survey course from ENG 221-229 
(the total of four surveys must include at least three from 221-226); two from among 
201, 213, and 218; three from among 330, 350, 370, 390-literature, 420, 421; and 360 
(21 credits). 

To be certified by the state, secondary education concentrators must also complete EDU 
110; SED 280, 430, 43 1, and 440 (minimum cumulative GPA 3.0, as required by PDE). 



80 English 2007-2008 Catalog 



Minor (Literature): ENG 120; 221 or 222; two from 225-229; two additional 300 or 
400-level literature courses (18 credits). 

Minor (Communications) : ENG 120, 140, 221 or 222; three additional communica- 
tions courses (201-218, 310-315, 380, 390-communications) (18 credits). 

Minor (Theater): ENG 120; one from 201 or 202, or three credits of 301; 203 or 204; 
341 or 342; six additional credits to be selected in consultation with the student's ad- 
viser (18 credits). 

Courses in English (ENG): 

099. Internship Portfolio. A formal collection of the student's completed communica- 
tions-oriented work, to be submitted to the department as part of the student's formal 
request to take ENG 400 (Internship). The portfolio must include a minimum of seven 
examples of communications-related work, three of which must be submissions to La 
Vie Collegienne, the campus newspaper. Offered every semester. credits. 

777, 772. English Communications I, 77. Both semesters help the student find her or 
his own voice within the demands and expectations of public expression. Both courses 
emphasize the development of clear, organized and rhetorically effective written prose. 
112 also emphasizes speaking, reading and research skills. Prerequisite for 112: 1 1 1, 
FYS 100 or permission of chairperson. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Literature. An introduction to literary genres and to the basic 
methodology, terminology and concepts of the study of literature. Usually offered every 
semester. 3 credits. 

140. Introduction to Mass Communications. An introduction to career-oriented uses 
of language and to the skills used universally by reporters, editors, advertising copywrit- 
ers, public relations personnel and technical writers. Usually offered every semester. 3 
credits. 

201. Introduction to Acting. The development of skills in speech and movement through 
the use of theater games and improvisations. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

202. Advanced Acting. An exploration of the relationship between the actor and the 
text through script analysis and the performance of scenes and mononlogues. Usually 
offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

203. Stagecraft: Technical Skills. Instruction in the mechanics of backstage theater 
operations, including lighting as well as set and property construction. Usually offered 
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

204. Theater Production and Performance. Instruction in all aspects of producing and 
performing a full-length play. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

210. Management Communications. The development of writing, speaking and lis- 
tening skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 1 12, or permission 
of the instructor. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

213. Journalism. The development of the basic skills of journalistic writing such as 
interviewing, covering meetings, gathering and reporting news and writing features ac- 

Lebanon Valley College English 8 1 



cording to standard formats and styles. The course also covers legal and ethical aspects 
of journalism. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 112, or permission of the 
instructor. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

214. Creative Writing: Poetry. A workshop in writing poetry. Usually offered alternate 
fall semesters. 3 credits. 

215. Creative Writing: Fiction. A workshop in writing short fiction. Usually offered al- 
ternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

216. Technical Applications in Writing. The development of writing, speaking and il- 
lustrating skills to convey specialized, often technical information to a non-technical au- 
dience. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 112 or permission of the instructor. Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

218. Oral Communication. Introduction to informative, persuasive and other types of 
oral communication, with emphasis on the student's own performance as well as the 
judgment of others' performance. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

221. Survey of American Literature I. A survey of selected major American authors 
from the colonial period to about 1900. Writing process. Usually offered every semes- 
ter. 3 credits. 

222. Survey of American Literature II. A survey of selected major American authors from 
about 1900 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered every semester. 3 credits. 

225. Survey of English Literature I. A survey of selected major English authors from the 
Middle Ages to about 1800. Writing process. Usually offered every semester. 3 credits. 

226. Survey of English Literature II. A survey of selected major English authors from 
about 1800 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered every semester. 3 credits. 

227. World Literature I. A survey of selected major writers from earliest literate history 
to about A.D.I 000. This course includes literature from western Europe and non-west- 
em cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

228. World Literature II. A survey of selected major writers from about A.D. 1000 to 
about 1800. This course includes literature from western Europe and non- western cul- 
tures. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

229. World Literature III. A survey of selected major writers from about 1800 to the 
present. The course includes literature from Europe and Russia, as well as non-western 
cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

301. Acting Lab. A workshop that meets once a week to explore specific issues in act- 
ing; course content changes every semester. Usually offered every semester. 1 credit. 

310. Advanced Journalism. Enhancement of basic journalistic skills by reading and 
writing longer investigative and feature articles. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 
213. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 



82 English 2007-2008 Catalog 



312. Writing for Radio and TV.lhQ development of the basic skills of writing news and 
features for broadcast media. Editing and rewriting press association dispatches, gath- 
ering local news, recording interviews, and preparing newscasts and feature programs. 
Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

313. Advertising Copy and Layout. Principles and techniques of copywriting; selec- 
tion and presentation of sales points; creative strategy in production of layouts. Usually 
offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

314. Public Relations. Purposes and methods of modern public relations as practiced 
by business and industry, organizations and institutions, trades and professions. Plan- 
ning of promotional campaigns. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission of the instruc- 
tor. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

315. Editing. Editing theory and exercises in copyreading, rewriting and headlining. 
Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission of the instructor. Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

321. History and Grammar of the English Language. An examination of the evolu- 
tion of English phonology, morphology, syntax and vocabulary, including current con- 
ventions and usage. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

330. Literary Genres. A study of one of the various forms of literature, such as the 
narrative poem, the lyric poem, the novel, the short story, drama, film, the essay, biog- 
raphy, and autobiography. The genre will vary from semester to semester. May be re- 
peated for credit when involving a genre that the student has not previously studied. 
Writing process. Prerequisite: Eng 120 or a 200-level survey (221-229). Usually offered 
every semester. 3 credits. 

341. Shakespeare I. A concentrated study of early Shakespearean drama, especially 
the comedies and the histories. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level 
survey (221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

342. Shakespeare II. A concentrated study of late Shakespearean drama, especially the 
tragedies and the romances. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level sur- 
vey (221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

350. Major Authors. Intensive study of one or two major literary figures. Subjects have 
included Chaucer, Eliot, Faulkner, Frost, Joyce, Milton, Morrison, O'Connor, Woolf, 
and Yeats. The authors will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for credit. 
Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey (221-229). Usually of- 
fered fall semester. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of English in Secondary Schools. The teaching of writing and liter- 
ature in the junior high and high school classroom, exploring literary, pedagogical, and 
composition theory as they apply to actual teaching practice. Writing process. Prerequi- 
sites: ENG 120 and EDU 1 10. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

370. Literary Theory and Its Applications. Consideration of fundamental questions 
such as the definition of literature, the value of literature, and the validity of the liter- 
ary canon. Provides an introduction to a variety of critical approaches to literary inter- 
Lebanon Valley College English 83 



pretation, on both a theoretical and practical level. Prerequisite: ENG 120. Usually of- 
fered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

380. Politics and the Mass Media. Investigation of the impact of the mass media on the 
political process and vice versa. Exploration of the history of the interaction between 
politics and media, and how emerging technologies are changing the face of political 
communication in the United States. Prerequisites: One of the following: ENG 140; 
HIS 125, 126, 127; PSC 100, 1 10, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience, on or off campus, related 
to the student's career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Gener- 
ally limited to juniors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 
ENG 099; permission of the chairperson; application form from registrar's office must 
be completed prior to registration. 1-12 credit hours. 

420. African American Literature. An examination of African- American literature as 
a lens through which students may more clearly view the ways that African Americans 
have contributed to, been influenced by, appropriated and transformed notions of Amer- 
ican identity, specifically conceptions of freedom, quality, gender, sexuality, religion, 
class, and literature. This course includes the study of slave narratives, fiction, poetry, 
and/or drama. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. Prerequisite: ENG 120, or per- 
mission. 3 credits. [Cross listed with AMS 420] 

421. Literature by Women. An investigation of the ways in which women from a broad 
diversity of cultural backgrounds respond to and reshape a tradition of literature that has 
typically been gendered as masculine. Exploration of the effects of culture, ethnicity, 
class, sexuality, and religion on women's writing. Special emphasis on the history and 
construction of gender roles, power, and sexuality. Usually offered alternate fall se- 
mesters. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or permission. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Philip A. Billings, professor of English. Acting chairperson. 
Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

He teaches courses in world and American literature as well as poetry and fiction writ- 
ing. His publications include poems and articles in various magazines as well as three 
books of poems. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, professor of English. 
M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She teaches courses in travel writing, magazine writing, creative nonfiction, and envi- 
ronmental literature. Experienced in journalism, public relations, and freelance writing, 
she has published one book and numerous articles and essays in national magazines. 

Laura G. Eldred, visiting assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

She teaches courses in American, British, and Irish literature, mass communications, 

film, and arts criticism. She has a special interest in postcolonial theory and literature, 

and has published on the horror genre in film and literature. 



84 English 2007-2008 Catalog 



Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English. 
Ph.D., Boston University. 

He teaches courses in American literature, American studies, Greek myth, and gram- 
mar. He has been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published on Amer- 
ican cultural criticism and 20th-century poetry. Serving as director of general education, 
he supervises the first-year seminars. 

Walter E. Labonte, instructor in English. Supervisor of interns. 

M.A., Northeastern University. 

He serves the department as supervisor of interns and director of the College Writing 

Center. He teaches courses in writing, literature, management communications, and 

the teaching of English in the secondary schools. He is a published writer. 

Mary K. Pettice, associate professor of English. 
Ph.D., University^ of Houston. 

She teaches courses in journalism, creative writing, and English and American litera- 
ture. Experienced in the newspaper and publishing worlds, she has also published po- 
etry and short stories. 

Kevin B. Pry, associate professor of English. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Dramaturge for local theater companies, he teaches courses in acting, world literature, 

dramatic literature, and theater production. He also advises Wig and Buckle, the student 

drama club. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, assistant professor of English. 
Ph.D., Arizona State University^ 

He teaches courses communications, digital communications, and British literature. 
His interests include interactive media and narrative, mulit-media design, and 1 8th and 
19th century British literature. He currently serves as assistant editor of the Interna- 
tional Design Media and Arts Association Journal. 

Catherine M. Romagnolo, assistant professor of English. 

Ph . D. , University ofMaiyland. 

She teaches courses in American literature, women's literature, literary theory, and var- 
ious forms of writing. She has published on topics such as American literature and nar- 
rative theory and is working on a project on narrative beginnings. 

Rachel Luckenbill, visiting instructor in English. 
M.A., Villanova University, 2005. 

Frances S. Seeger, lecturer in English. 

M.A., M.B.A., American University. 

Experienced in major market television production and writing, she teaches courses in 

broadcast journalism, mass communications, public relations, and documentary film. 

She also serves as advisor oi La Vie Collegienne, the student newspaper. 



Lebanon Valley College English 85 



DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

Our language programs have three aims: to develop fluency in the basic communi- 
cation skills, to provide an understanding of the cultural heritage of the people who use 
the language, and to understand language as the fundamental medium by which hu- 
mankind thinks and interacts. 

The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in 
a variety of fields: teaching, diplomatic and government service, world trade, business, 
and social service. For many of these careers the study of a language is often combined 
with majors in other disciplines. 

The department encourages students to avail themselves of the College's opportu- 
nities for travel and study, particularly Lebanon Valley College programs in Cologne, 
Germany; Montpellier, France; Salamanca, Spain; Buenos Aires, Argentina; and Peru- 
gia, Italy. 

The Department of Foreign Languages offers majors in French, German, and Span- 
ish, secondary teacher certification in French, German, and Spanish; Italian at the el- 
ementary level; as well as minors in French, German, and Spanish. 

Teacher Certification 

In addition to majoring in a language, students seeking certification to teach a second 
language must take FLG 360 and 21 credits in education courses, including EDU 1 10 
and SED 430, 43 1 and ELM or SED 440. 

360. The Teaching of Foreign Language in Schools. A comprehensive study of mod- 
ern teaching methods, with emphasis on practicing basic classroom skills for elemen- 
tary through secondary school level instruction. Prerequisite: FRN 202, GMN 202, or 
SPA 202. 3 credits. 

French Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in French. 

Major: 27 credits in French above the intermediate level including FRN 340 and at 
least 6 credits 400-level writing process courses. For teaching certification, FLG 360 
is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in French above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conver- 
sation and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Montpellier, France, is designed for students with varying abilities in 
French. This program is located at the University of Montpellier in southern France 
near the Mediterranean Sea. Students are placed in courses at a level appropriate to 
their skills. All courses are in French. 

Courses in French (FRN): 

101, 102. Elementary French I, II. Introductory courses in French. Aimed at develop- 
ing basic communicative proficiency in French, and offering insights into French-speak- 
ing cultures. 3 credits. 



86 Foreign Languages 2007-2008 Catalog 



201, 202. Intermediate French 1, 11. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
French course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills — lis- 
tening, speaking, reading and writing — and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures 
of French-speaking people. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken French. Discussions on a 
wide range of topics related to French life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: FRN 
202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Intensive practice in written French. De- 
velopment of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on con- 
temporary French writing and issues. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business French. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
France and French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of French. A course in phonetics and phonology designed to help 
students acquire standard pronounciation and intonation. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. French Culture and Civilization. An overview of French and Francophone cul- 
tures, history, and geography, with special focus on current issues. Taught in French. 
Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

360. Cultures and Civilizations of Francophone Countries. This course explores the 
cultures and civilizations of Francophone countries outside of France, countries where 
French is one of the languages spoken and where it is the main vehicle of literature and 
culture. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of French lit- 
erature from the 9th to the 16th centuries. Works from the medieval epic and courtly ro- 
mance through Renaissance philosophical essays. Development of advanced 
communicative skills through literature will be promoted. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or 
equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

420. French Literature of the 17th and the 18th Centuries. A study of the spirit and 
principal authors of French Classicism (with a special emphasis on the theater of 
Comeille, Racine, and Moliere) and the main ideological currents of the 18th century, 
with a special emphasis on the writers of the Enlightenment and their role in the tran- 
sition from the old to the new regime (Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot, Rousseau, 
I'Abbe Prevost, Marivaux). Prerequisite: FRN 202. Writing process. 3 credits. 

430. French Literature of 19th Century. A study of the main ideological and literary 
currents of the 19th century; Romanticism, Realism, and Symbolism. Emphasis on the 
works of Flaubert, Balzac, Zola, Maupassant, Baudelaire, and others. Prerequisite: FRN 
202. Writing process. 3 credits. 

440. French Literature of the 20th and 21st Centuries. A study of contemporary so- 
ciety as reflected in the literary evolution from Proust to the Nouveau Roman and 
Theatre de I'Absurde. Such writers as Giraudoux, Anouilh, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, 



Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 87 



lonesco and Becket will be studied. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. Writing 
process. 3 credits. 

450. Modern Theater and Poetry of France. A study of theater and poetry of the 19th 
and 20th centuries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

German Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in German. 

Major: 27 credits in German above the intermediate level, including GMN 340 and at 
least 6 credits in 400 level writing process courses. For teaching certification, FLG 360 
is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in German above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conver- 
sation and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Cologne, Germany, allows students to complete a full year of interme- 
diate German in one semester. Students also enroll in a German reading course or 
courses in German civilization taught in English. 

Courses in German (GMN): 

101, 102. Elementary German I, II. Introductory courses in German. Aimed at devel- 
oping basic communicative proficiency in German. Also offers insights into German- 
speaking cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate German I, II. A continuation of the first-year courses. Aimed 
at building students' proficiency in all four language skills — listening, speaking, read- 
ing and writing — and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of German-speak- 
ing people. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

203, 204; 303, 304; 403, 404. Language and Culture I, II. An immersion course on 
three levels offered in Cologne, Germany. German in context with a grammar review, 
practical exercises and discussion of cultural issues. Placement determined in Cologne. 
Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken German. Discussions on a 
wide range of topics related to German life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: 
GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

301. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Intensive practice in written German. De- 
velopment of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on con- 
temporary German writing and issues. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Germany Today. Explores key issues in present-day German society. Prerequisite: 
GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business German. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
Germany and German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 
credits. 



Foreign Languages , 2007-2008 Catalog 



330. German Short Fiction. A reading course in the Cologne program for the inter- 
mediate student. Study of short texts to develop more advanced skills and introduce 
the techniques of literary analysis. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of German. A course in the comparative phonetics and phonology of 
English and German designed to help students acquire standard pronunciation and in- 
tonation. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. German Culture and Civilization. An overview of German culture, history, and 
geography. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. Readings in German. Works of fiction and nonfiction selected to explore a par- 
ticular topic or theme. Students may repeat this course for credit. Prerequisite: GMN 
202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

460. Lyric Poetry. A study of German song from Minnesang to contemporary rock. In- 
f volves both texts and music as appropriate. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. Writ- 
I ing process. 3 credits. 

I Italian Program 

I The department offers elementary Italian on campus and elementary and intermediate 

1 Italian through our program in Perugia, Italy. 

f 

I Courses in Italian (ITA): 

101, 102. Elementary Italian, I, II. Introductory courses in Italian. Seeks to develop 
basic communicative proficiency in Italian and provide insights into Italian-speaking 
: cultures. 3 credits. 

Spanish Program 

; Degree Requirements: 

■ Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in Spanish. 

Major: 30 credits in Spanish above the intermediate level; at least 9 credits must be in 
400-level writing process courses. At least 15 credits must be obtained at LVC. The 30 
credits must include SPA 340, SPA 300 (or two language courses in Salamanca), SPA 
310 (or a composition course in Salamanca), SPA 350 (or a combination of two courses 
in Salamanca, SPA 390, History of Spain; SPA 390, Spanish Art; SPA 390, Music and 
Traditions of Spain), SPA 360. 

Minor: 18 credits in Spanish above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conver- 
sation and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Spain is located in the university city of Salamanca. Students take 
courses in Spanish language, history, civilization, economics, and art at the Colegio de 
Espaiia. In Argentina, our program is offered in cooperation with the Fundacion Jose 
Ortega y Gasset in Buenos Aires, which provides Spanish language courses at the be- 
ginning, intermediate, and advanced levels. Students may also enroll in courses taught 
in English. 



Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 89 




Courses in Spanish (SPA): 

101, 102. Elementary Spanish I, II. Introductory courses in Spanish. Aimed at devel- 
oping basic communicative proficiency in Spanish. Also offers insights into Hispanic 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate Spanish I, II. Begins with a review of material typically cov- 
ered in a first-year Spanish course followed by further development of proficiency in 
all four language skills listening, speaking, reading and writing. Also aims to enhance 
students' knowledge of the cultures of Hispanic peoples. Prerequisite: SPA 102 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

211. Spanish for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation. An introduction to the basic 
conversational and medical/technical vocabulary needed to communicate with Spanish- 
speaking patients. [Cross listed as PHY 710.] 2 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken Spanish. Discussions on a 
wide range of topics related to Spanish and Latin American life and contemporary so- 
ciety. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Discussion of more complex grammatical 
structures. Intensive practice in written Spanish. Development of advanced writing 
skills through composition assignments based on contemporary issues. . Prerequisite: 
SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

320. Business Spanish. A study of the language of business and business practices. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 



90 Foreign Languages 



2007-2008 Catalog 



340. The Sounds of Spanish. A course in phonetics and phonology designed to help stu- 
dents acquire standard pronunciation and intonation. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equiva- 
lent. 3 credits. 

350. Spanish Culture and Civilization. An overview of Spanish culture, history and ge- 
ography, with special focus on current issues. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 
credits. 

360. Latin-American Cultures and Civilizations. An overview of Latin American cul- 
tures, history and geography, with special focus on current issues. Prerequisite: SPA 
202 or equivalent. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

370. Techniques of Translation and Interpretation. Studies methods of translation and 
interpretation. Oral and written texts will be used to work both from Spanish to Eng- 
lish and English to Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of the out- 
standing works of the period. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 
credits. 

420, Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. A study of the major works of the period. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

430. Spanish Literature of the 1 8th and 19th Centuries. Readings from the Enlight- 
enment in Spain and an examination of the major works of romanticism and realism. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

440. Spanish Literature of the 20th and 21st Centuries. A study of the literary move- 
ments of the century, starting with the Generation '98 and modernism. Prerequisite: 
SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

450. Latin-American Literature of the 20th and 21st Centuries. A study of the im- 
portant writers of the century, with emphasis on recent developments. Prerequisite: SPA 
202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

460. The Age of Discovery. An examination of native cultures before 1492, the arrival 
of Spanish explorers and their effect on these native populations. Foreign Studies. Pre- 
requisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Jean-Marc Braem, assistant professor of French. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Braem teaches courses on all levels of Francophone language, culture and civilization. 

He has written on censorship in French literature and the instructional use of films in 

French. 

Rick Chamberlin, assistant professor of German and French. 
Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

Chamberlin teaches courses at all levels in both French and German. His areas of re- 
search are German and French medieval literature, as well as the literary relations be- 
tween the 20th-century German literature and culture. 

Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 9 1 



Ivette Guzman Zavala, assistant professor of Spanish. 

Ph.D., Rutgers University. 

Guzman Zavala, a native of Puerto Rico, teaches Spanish language courses at all lev- 
els. She pursues research interests in Latin America and the Hispanic Caribbean. Her 
conference presentations and publications chiefly involve the representation of child- 
hood and motherhood in literary texts and the visual arts. She is painter as well as a lit- 
erary scholar and her works have been featured in solo and group exhibitions. 

Diane M. Iglesias, professor of Spanish. 

Ph.D., City University of New York. 

Iglesias teaches courses in Spanish language, culture, civilization, and literature, and 

also foreign language teaching methodology. She has published articles and presented 

numerous papers on Spanish Peninsular literature, teaching methodology, and multi- 

culturalism at international conferences. 

Lori Oxford, assistant professor of Spanish. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

Oxford teaches Spanish courses at all levels. Her research interests center on 20th cen- 
tury Hispanic American literature and culture with an emphasis on contemporary Cuban 
narrative and film. She has presented her work at several conferences and has forth- 
coming publications in these areas. 

Alberto Centeno-Pulido, lecturer in Spanish. 
M.A., University of Georgia. 

Centeno-Pulido teaches Spanish language classes. His research is in Spanish linguis- 
tics with a focus on syntax. He is presently completing a dissertation studying the struc- 
ture of nominal phrases and adjectival placement in Spanish and Catalan. 

James W. Scott, professor of German. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Scott teaches German and courses in the culture, civilization and literature of German- 
speaking countries. His most recent scholarly presentations have ranged from Kafka's 
short fiction to cabaret in the GDR and communicative testing. At present he is prepar- 
ing a new translation of Iwein, an Arthurian epic by Hartmann von Aue. 

Theresa Bowley, adjunct instructor in French. 

M.A., Middlebwy College. 

Bowley teaches French language at the elementary and intermediate level. 

Rita M. Gargotta, adjunct instructor in Spanish and Italian. 

M.A., West Chester University. 

Gargotta teaches Italian language at the elementary level, and Spanish at the elemen- 
tary and intermediate level. 

Barbara Nissman-Cohen, adjunct instructor in French. 

M.A., Montclair State College. 

Nissman-Cohen teaches French language at the elementary level. 



92 Foreign Languages 2007-2008 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF 
HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 

As disciplines, history and political science are closely related. Many students 
choose a double major or a major/minor combination. Others combine a history or po- 
litical science major with a major or minor in fields such as economics, foreign lan- 
guages, philosophy or religion, English, or business. Students in these majors also may 
choose to work towards certification in Citizenship Education. 

History Program 

By examining human behavior in the past, the study of history can help people bet- 
ter understand themselves and others. Students of history also learn how to gather and 
analyze information and present their conclusions in clear, concise language. 

An undergraduate degree in history can lead to a career in teaching at the college or 
high school level, law, government, politics, the ministry, museums and libraries, jour- 
nalism or editing, historical societies and archives, historical communications, or a 
number of other professions. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in history. 

Major: History 101, 250, 499; four 3 credit 100 level courses. Two upper division (200 
level or above) non-U.S. electives; four additional electives; two of the six upper divi- 
sion electives must be at the 300 level. 37 credits. 

Secondary Education Concentration: Students shall successfully complete the history 
major plus HIS 360, The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. Stu- 
dents shall also complete the Citizenship Education core, a second math course, an 
English or American literature course, and 21 credits of secondary education courses 
including EDU 110, SED 280, 430, 431, and 440. Students apply to the certification 
program after completing at least 48 credits (including the math and English courses) 
with a 3.0 grade point average, and must maintain that average in order to be certified. 

Minor: HIS 101 and 250; four 3-credit, 100-level courses. Three upper division elec- 
tives, one of which must be at the 300 level, one of which must be non-U.S. 22 credits. 

Historical Communications Program 

The History Department offers a historical communications program in conjunc- 
tion with the English Department, described on page 80. The major in historical com- 
munications is an interdisciplinary program that provides the opportunity for interested 
students to engage in a comprehensive study of both history and communications and 
their interconnectedness. The program is designed to prepare students for professional 
research, writing and editing positions in such fields as radio, television, motion pic- 
tures, cable, popular history magazines, theatrical history, and oral history. Lebanon 
Valley College is one of the very few colleges to offer such a major. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in historical communications. 

Major: HIS 101, 250, 400. Four three credit 100 level courses. Three upper division 
electives, one at the 300 level, two non-U.S. Also: ENG 140 and ENG 213. Three ad- 
Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 93 



ditional electives drawn from ENG 210, 216, 218, 310, 312, 313, 314, 315. DCOM 
130, 210 or approved special topics courses. 43 credits. 

Courses in History (HIS): 

101. History Workshop. This course is designed for beginning history majors and any 
other students taking a course in history. In this course, students will develop the ana- 
lytical skills appropriate for writing history papers. Students will work on developing 
thesis statements, writing comparatively, developing cause and effect, thinking chrono- 
logically, and citing properly. Prerequisites: Students must be enrolled in another his- 
tory course concurrently. 1 credit. 

103. The Ancient World: The Dawn of Civilization to the Fall of the Han and Roman 
Empires. A study of the development of civilizations from the development of human civ- 
ilizations to the end of the first era of empire building in India, China, and the Mediter- 
ranean. Topics include the river valley civilizations of Mesopotamia, Egypt, India, and 
China; the formation of great philosophies and religious traditions in Asia and Greece; 
and the first empires in the Mediterranean world, India, and China. 3 credits. 

104. The Second Age of Empires: World History from the Fall of Rome to the Mon- 
gol Invasions. A study of the second phase of empire building in world history, span- 
ning the period from the fall of Rome in 476 to the end of the Middle Ages in Europe 
and the end Mongol domination in Asia and Russia by 1450. Topics will include the 
Byzantine Empire; the gradual recovery of Europe after the fall of Rome; the renewal 
of China under the T'ang and the Song Dynasties; the Islamic dynasties in the Middle 
East, Africa, India, and China; and the Mongol invasions. 3 credits. 

105. Europe Encounters the World. This course is a survey of modern history, from 
1400 to the present. The course will focus on one of the most important aspects of mod- 
ern history, the processes of colonization and decolonization. The course is framed by 
three main areas of inquiry. First students explore why it was the Europeans who ex- 
panded over the globe from 1500 to 1900. The second theme is the cultural encounter 
that resulted from European expansion. The final section of the course deals with the 
twentieth century. The following themes are covered: colonial resistance, the three- 
world order, and globalization. 3 credits. 

125. United States History to 1865. The major events and developments in America 
from Columbus to the Civil War, with emphasis on the creation of a distinctive Amer- 
ican society from the interaction of different cultures, ethnic groups, and ideas. Major 
themes include the transformation of European cultural ideas in colonial America and 
the impact of republican ideology, democratization, and the spread of the market econ- 
omy between the Revolution and the Civil War. 3 credits. 

126. United States History Since 1865. American history from 1865 until the present. 
Students learn about important themes in recent history such as law and order, native 
land rights, protest movements, foreign policy and its critics, and the rise of corporate 
power and its economic and political consequences. 3 credits. 

202. Historical Geography. A study of the various geographic regions of the world and 
how the natural environment has influenced historical and cultural development. Pre- 

94 History and Political Science 2007-2008 Catalog 



requisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

205. Early Modern Europe. Selected themes in the cultural, religious, economic, so- 
cial, and political history of Europe from the end of the fourteenth century to about 
1715. After a brief survey of the late Middle Ages, the course will then address focus 
on the Renaissance, Reformation, age of discovery, and finally state-making in the sev- 
enteenth century. Through the examination of these themes the course will chart the 
shift in the geographic centers of power in early modern Europe from the Mediter- 
ranean to Northern Europe and the Atlantic seaboard. Writing process. Prerequisites: 
Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

206. Revolution and Nationalism. The course will chart the ways in which the French 
Revolution and the industrial revolution in Europe shaped the political, economic, social, 
cultural, and intellectual development of Europe in the nineteenth century. The major 
themes of the course include the development of the political ideologies that emerged as 
a result of the French Revolution, industrialization, nationalism, the development of class 
societies, gradual democratization in parts of Europe, the beginning of the women's 
movement, challenges to liberalism, and finally, the causes of World War I. Writing 
process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

207. Europe in the 20th Century. An introduction to the main political, social, eco- 
nomic, and intellectual developments in twentieth-century Europe. The major themes 
of the course include the experience of the two world wars; the development of fascist 
and communist regimes under Lenin and Stalin, Mussolini, and Hitler; the weakness of 
the western democracies after World War I; the Holocaust; the Cold War; the Commu- 
nist Bloc; the end to colonialism; the European Union; the development of the welfare 
state; and the new nationalism. Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

208. Great Britain from 1688 to the Present. Selected themes in British history from 
1688 to the present. The course will begin with the Glorious Revolution of 1688 so as 
to establish the background for an ongoing discussion of Great Britain's parliamentary 
tradition. Great Britain's industrial revolution, the rise of a working class, and the pol- 
itics of labor will constitute another set of related themes. The course will also explore 
Victorianism and cultural developments in the nineteenth century. Other major topics 
will include British imperialism, the impact of two world wars, and the relationships 
among the component parts of the United Kingdom (Ireland, Scotland, Wales, and Eng- 
land). Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the in- 
structor. 3 credits. 

210. The History of Modern France, 1750 to the Present. A study of French history 
from 1750 to the 1980s. The course provides an overview of the political, social, eco- 
nomic, and cultural history of France from the late eighteenth to the late twentieth cen- 
tury. The course will address a variety of themes from the standpoint of France's place 
in European history as a whole but also in terms of the uniqueness of the French expe- 
rience. Some of the themes covered by the course will include: France's revolutionary 
tradition; the development of a democratic society; the French pattern of gradual in- 
dustrialization; the persistence of the French peasantry; the socialist movement and 
syndicalism; the evolution of the radical right; imperialism; French communism; in- 

Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 95 



tellectual movements in literature, philosophy and the arts; France and Europe in the 
post-war period; women in French society; and the role of minorities in France. The 
course will also examine the ways in which these themes relate to issues confronting 
contemporary France. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the in- 
structor. 3 credits. 

212. History of Modern Germany. An introduction to the historical, political, social and 
intellectual background of modem Germany. Discussion topics include the Congress 
of Vienna, the 1 848 revolution, the first unification in 1 87 1 , the Weimar Republic, Na- 
tional Socialism and the division of Germany after World War II. Special attention will 
be paid to the unification process since 1989 and Germany's role in international pol- 
itics. Offered in the Cologne program. 3 credits. 

217. Women in Modern Europe, 1750 to the Present. An exploration of the position of 
women in Modem Europe from 1750 to the present. The course focuses around the 
tensions between women's difference and demands for equal treatment as this theme has 
played out through history. The course will begin with a discussion of gender in history 
and then proceed to examination of women in pre-industrial Europe, the French Revo- 
lution, the industrial revolution, nineteenth-century reform movements, feminism and 
the suffrage movement. Twentieth century themes include the "new" woman, women in 
communist Russia and under the fascist regimes, the impact of two world wars on 
women's roles, the welfare state, and finally, contemporary feminism. Writing process. 
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

226. Age of Jefferson and Jackson. How the old republican ideal of a virtuous agrar- 
ian society struggled to confront the new age of economic modernization, social di- 
versity and sectional tension. Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or 
permission of the instmctor. 3 credits. 

230. American Electoral Politics. This course uses the current presidential election as 
a case study from which students can analyze the history of American parties and elec- 
tions. The course will use political science concepts such as realignment and dealign- 
ment to study the rise and fall of the various "party systems" in American history, and 
will attempt to place the current presidential election within its historical context. Pre- 
requisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. [Cross-listed 
as Political Science 230.] 

240. American Military History. An analysis of American military institutions fi"om 
Old World tradition to the post-Persian Gulf era with emphasis on the U.S. Army. Pre- 
requisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

242. The African-American Experience. Survey of African-American history from the 
origins of slavery until the present. The course develops several inter-related themes 
such as slavery, protest movement and civil rights, economic history, and blacks in Penn- 
sylvania. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

245. Women in America. The role and status of women in American society from the 
colonial period to the present. It emphasizes the ways that women's paid and unpaid 
labor has shaped their status and role in the family, society, and the economy. Prereq- 
uisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

96 History and Political Science 2007-2008 Catalog 



250. The Historian 's Craft. An introduction to the basics of historical research and 
writing. The most important goal of the course is to help students produce a clearly 
written research paper, with footnotes and a bibliography. A primary source paper and 
other writing assignments will prepare the students for the achievement of this goal. 
Class discussion will revolve around analysis of various types of primary sources, sec- 
ondary sources, journal articles, issues of interpretation, and research methods. The 
course will also include several research trips to libraries, archives, historical societies, 
or local history collections. Writing process. Prerequisites: at least one of the follow- 
ing: History 103, 104, 105, 125, 126 or 127; or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

251. History and Historians. The first half of this course covers the lives and ideas of 
the great historians from ancient times to the modern world; the second half of the 
course covers recent interpretations of American history. Prerequisites: at least one of 
the following: History 103, 104, 125, or 126; or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

273. African History. A survey of African history from the origins of humanity until the 
present. Students learn more about the modem period, particularly the effects of the 
slave trade, colonialism, and neocolonialism on Africa. Special emphasis is given to 
the genocides in the Congo Free State at the end of the nineteenth century and in 
Rwanda at the close of the twentieth. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore stand- 
ing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

274. Colonial Latin America. Latin America from its prehistory to the end of inde- 
pendence movements in the 1820s. Topics will include early civilizations such as the 
Maya, Aztec, and Incas; the confrontation between the Amerindians and the European 
colonizers; the development of Latin American societies under Portuguese and Span- 
ish rule; slavery; the colonial economy; and finally, independence movements. Foreign 
studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

275. Modern Latin America. Latin American civilization from the emergence of inde- 
pendent states, relationships with the United States and the modem regional distinc- 
tions. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 
3 credits. 

303. Seminar on the History of South Africa. A seminar on the history of South Africa 
from the 1600s until the end of apartheid in the early 1990s. Topics include early col- 
onization, conflicts between European settlers and natives and between the English and 
the Afrikaaner republics, the development of capitalism, the dynamics of black South 
Africans under apartheid, and the bloody struggle for and against national liberation in 
the early 1990s. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Junior standing or permission of the in- 
stmctor. History 273 is recommended. 3 credits. 

304. Seminar on the History of Brazil. A study of the history of Brazil from the colo- 
nial period through the present day. The primary focus will be on the period from the 
arrival of the Portuguese Court in 1 808 until the "abertura," or re-democratization of 
the 1980s. Some of the topics that will be covered in the course include: 1) the histor- 
ical development of the Brazilian nation-state and 2) the development of a Brazilian 
"national" culture. Thus recurrent themes will include political organization and par- 
ticipation, economic growth and development, nationalism, authoritarianism and re- 
Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 97 



democratization, social organization and stratification, cultural production, and race 
relations. Foreign Studies. Prerequisites: Junior standing or permission of the instruc- 
tor. History 274 or 275 is recommended. 3 credits. 

310. Seminar on World War I. This course provides an in-depth study of World War I. 
The topics covered include the causes of the war; the military history of the war; the so- 
cial, economic, and cultural changes that resulted; the terms and consequences of the 
peace; and the ways in which the memories of the war were constructed. Although the 
course will focus on Europe where most of the war was fought, students will also ex- 
amine the impact of the war on Russia and Europe's overseas colonies. Writing process. 
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and one prior history course or permission of 
the instructor. 3 credits. 

312. The American Revolution. An in-depth study of why Americans declared their in- 
dependence and how they won the Revolution and worked to build a republic in a hos- 
tile world of monarchies. Particular attention is paid to major issues on which historians 
of the period disagree. Writing process. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and 
one prior history class or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

315. Civil War and Reconstruction. A study of how sectional divisions over slavery 
led to a bloody war and a bitter postwar effort to reshape Southern society. Writing 
process. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and one prior history class or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 3 credits. 

330. The Ruling Class. This course offers students a chance to explore the origins, his- 
tories, institutions, and current practices of the American aristocracy. Students will learn 
about how the very rich families that currently enjoy enormous hereditary wealth ob- 
tained and maintain their fortunes. Students will also investigate the histories and cur- 
rent policies of the institutions that protect and promote the wealthy such as corporations, 
the stock market, and government. 3 credits. [Cross listed as American Studies 330.] 

360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the second- 
ary level. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of historical 
pedagogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, teaching tech- 
niques, the uses of technology, and student motivational techniques. Required for all his- 
tory majors seeking citizenship education certification. Does not count towards the 
major. Prerequisites: admission to the Citizenship Education Program. [Cross-listed as 
Political Science 360.] 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience related to student's work, research interests, or grad- 
uate school plans. A journal and paper in addition to field work are required. Students 
may take up to 6 credits per semester and up to 12 credits during the summer. Prereq- 
uisites: Junior or senior status; overall GPA of at least 2.5; completion of registration 
forms; approval of internship site by student's advisor prior to registration; approval of 
department chair. 3-12 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar in History. Focus on a theme in history such as World War I, the 
industrial revolution, or the Enlightenment. These topics will be approached from a va- 
riety of perspectives (economic, political, or social for example) and from the view- 

98 History and Political Science 2007-2008 Catalog 



point of many national histories. Class meetings will include discussion of course read- 
ings, research methods, and the historiography related to the theme of the course. Stu- 
dents will write a research paper on some aspect of the course topic utilizing a variety 
of primary and secondary sources and present their research to the class. Prerequisites: 
Senior history majors or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Political Science Program 

Political scientists study government institutions and the political systems related to 
them. Students who major in political science take courses to give them a thorough un- 
derstanding of the American political system, the political systems of other nations, 
and international politics. Twenty-four of the 39 credits in this major are taken in core 
requirements, and the remainder consist of elective credits chosen by students in ac- 
cordance with their interests. 

A degree in political science opens the door to a wide variety of careers. Political sci- 
ence majors have become lawyers, high school and junior high school teachers, college 
professors, journalists, law enforcement officers, business people, consultants, lobby- 
ists, and government officials. The political science major is an integral component of 
the Pre-law, Criminal Justice, and Citizenship Education programs. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in political science. 

Major: ECN 101, 102; PSC 100, 1 10, 210, 242, 345, 370; one course from PSC 497, 
498 or 499; five additional elective courses in political science (39 credits). 

Minor: PSC 100, 110, 210, 242, 345 and one elective course in political science (18 
credits). 

Law and Society Minor 

The Political Science Department offers a law and society minor which can be taken 
alongside any major at LVC. The minor is an interdisciplinary program that introduces 
students to the American legal system through a study of the United States Constitution 
and its normative and political context. The program is expected to be of particular use 
to those students who intend to apply to law school. An internship and a capstone sem- 
inar in legal foundations are required for this minor. 

Degree Requirements: 

Minor: PHL 120; PSC 315, 316, 400, 497; and either PHL 215 or PHL/PSC 345 (18 

credits) 

Courses in Political Science (PSC): 

100. Introduction to Political Science. This course is designed as a broadly-based in- 
troduction to the discipline of political science. It will acquaint students with the con- 
cepts, structures, trends, and belief systems that form the basis of political activity 
throughout the world. Those taking the course will leave with an enhanced under- 
standing of the multiple ideologies, institutions, issues, and actors that shape and drive 
politics. 3 credits. 

110. American National Government. This course provides a survey of key develop- 
ments, institutions, and issues in American politics. Topics include the ideas that shaped 

Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 99 



the original American political system, the presidency; Congress and federal courts; 
the operation of political parties and interest groups; domestic and foreign policy de- 
bates; and contemporary issues such as civil rights and affirmative action. 3 credits. 

142. Statistics and Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantita- 
tive and qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to 
interpret and understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method ap- 
plied to data analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential 
statistics, and the statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. 
Students will also design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-col- 
lections project. [Cross-listed as Psychology 130.] 4 credits. 

160. The Political System of Germany. This course introduces students to the political 
system of Germany, with emphasis on actual daily political events and the current po- 
litical climate in Germany. Both foreign and domestic issues will be discussed, includ- 
ing topics such as the European Union, disarmament, unification, the environment and 
Neo-Nazism. Class time is divided between lecture and discussion of readings. Offered 
in the Cologne Program. 3 credits. 

210. Comparative Politics. This is an introduction to the study of comparative poli- 
tics: the comparison of political systems in order to understand how and why these sys- 
tems fiinction differently. The course is built around three fundamental questions: What 
is comparative politics? What kinds of phenomena do we compare? What are the major 
theoretical approaches that guide our studies? We also examine distinctions between 
the "developing" and the "developed" worlds, and between authoritarian and demo- 
cratic political regimes. Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of the in- 
structor. 3 credits. 

277. The Developing Nations. A survey of the developing nations of Latin America, 
Asia, Africa, and the Middle East. This class explores why some countries are "devel- 
oped" and others not. The course examines some of the major explanations for devel- 
opment, both economic and political. Following an overview of each of the developing 
regions, the class will analyze some of the major issues facing developing nations today. 
Topics include democratization, religion and politics, ethnic conflict, women and de- 
velopment, and revolution. Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of the in- 
structor. Writing process. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

272. Politics of Latin America. The course is designed as an introduction to Latin Amer- 
ican politics. We focus on two major trends that have characterized the region through- 
out its post-independence history: episodic waves of political democratization and 
democratic breakdown, and a common but changing series of economic systems. We 
also examine the political role played by the military, the quest for political equality 
among various groups in society, and the evolving political and economic relationships 
between Latin American states and the U.S. 

230. Electing the President. This course uses the current presidential election as a case 
study from which students can analyze the history of American parties and elections. 
The course will use political science concepts such as realignment and dealignment to 
study the rise and fall of the various "party systems" in American history, and will at- 

100 History and Political Science 2007-2008 Catalog 




tempt to place the current presidential election within its historical context. Prerequi- 
sites: sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. [Cross-listed as History 230.] 
3 credits. 

245. International Relations. This course is designed to introduce students to the study 
of international relations. The course hinges on a series of questions: Who are the prin- 
cipal actors in the international system? What are the theoretical ways of discerning why 
these actors do what they do? How has the international system evolved into its present 
form? What are the central issues confronting the international system? 3 credits. 

250. Public Policy Analysis. This course describes the public policy process and ana- 
lyzes various areas of substantive domestic policy at the national level. Topics covered 
include budgeting and taxation, education, health, welfare, and the envirormient. Pre- 
requisites: sophomore standing and PSC 1 10 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

260. The Presidency and Congress. This course will examine the Presidency and Con- 
gress as institutions and as policy-making agents of the federal government. It will 
focus on the necessary and frequently confrontational interaction between these two 
political branches of government with special emphasis on separation of powers doc- 
trine and constitutional law. Prerequisites: sophomore standing and PSC 110 or per- 
mission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

310. Comparative Political Institutions. Institutions are generally defined either as the 
structures of politics, or the rules of the political game accepted by all — or virtually 
all — important players. Traditionally, the most important of these political institutions 
are the constitution, the executive, the legislature, and the judiciary. In this course, we 
will examine major political institutions from a comparative perspective. We consider 
cases in both the developed and developing worlds. Prerequisites: junior standing and 
PSC 210 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



History and Political Science 101 



3 12. American Foreign Policy. This course offers a two-part examination of American 
foreign policy. The first part will be an extensive survey of U.S. foreign policy from its 
inception as a nation through today. A critical theme will be the U.S. tradition of uni- 
lateralism, not isolationism. The second part will examine the policy-making process 
itself, focusing on the multiple actors and cross-cutting interests that comprise U.S. for- 
eign policy decision-making. Writing process. Prerequisites: sophomore standing or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

315. Law and Government. This course uses key cases to study important doctrines es- 
tablished by the Supreme Court with respect to the structure and functions of the con- 
stitutional system (judicial, legislative and executive power and federalism). Students 
will also examine the Court's rulings concerning election law, voting rights, and consti- 
tutional protections of property rights and related contractual obligations. There is a par- 
ticular emphasis on various forms of textual interpretation used by individual justices to 
apply the Constitution in deciding cases and writing opinions. Prerequisites: sophomore 
standing or permission of the instructor. PSC 1 10 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

316. Civil Liberties and Civil Rights. This course uses key cases to study important 
doctrines established by the Supreme Court with regard to civil rights and civil liber- 
ties. Students will examine the Court's rulings concerning the establishment and free 
exercise of religion, protection of freedom of speech and of the press, privacy rights 
(abortion and sexual freedom), the rights of the accused in the criminal justice system, 
and the law governing racial or sexual discrimination. The course places particular em- 
phasis on various forms of textual interpretation used by individual justices to apply the 
Constitution in deciding cases and writing opinions. Prerequisites: sophomore stand- 
ing or permission of the instructor. PSC 1 10 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

320. Electoral Politics. The dynamics of the electoral process in the United States, with 
emphasis on the role of parties, public opinion and interest groups. Prerequisites: PSC 
1 10, sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

330. State and Local Government. Governmental institutions, characteristics of state 
and local political systems and the major inter-governmental problems in state and local 
relations with the federal government. Prerequisites: sophomore standing and PSC 110 
or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

345. Political Philosophy. Students in this course study the development of Western 
political thought from Classical Greece to modern times, examining the conceptual 
evolution of citizenship, civic obligation, and the nature of justice, and exploring the 
connection between moral and positive law in the western tradition. Prerequisites: jun- 
ior standing or permission of the instructor. Writing process. Disciplinary perspectives. 
[Cross-listed as Philosophy 345.] 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the second- 
ary level. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of historical 
pedagogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, teaching tech- 
niques, the uses of technology and student motivational techniques. Required for all 
political science majors seeking citizenship education certification. Does not count to- 

102 History and Political Science 2007-2008 Catalog 



wards the major. Prerequisites: admission to the Citizenship Education Program. [Cross- 
listed as History 360.] 3 credits. 

3 70. Research Methods in Political Science. This is an introduction to the design and 
evaluation of political research: formulating clear hypotheses, developing appropriate 
measures, an analyzing data using simple statistical methods and qualitative techniques; 
emphasizes clear exposition of arguments, interpretations, and findings. Prerequisites: 
junior standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience in law- or politics-related environment. Prerequisite: 
GPA of 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. Students taking more than 
six internship credits in political science please note: PSC 400 may count for no more 
than two elective courses in the PSC major. 1-12 credits. 

497. Seminar in Legal Foundations. This capstone seminar examines the historical 
and philosophical development of constitutional law in the United States; the seminar 
emphasizes the dynamic relationship between the law and moral and political philoso- 
phy. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and completion of PHL 215, PHL/PSC 
345 or PHL/PSC 342. Writing process. 3 credits. 

498. Seminar in U.S. Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science 
majors to pursue a research interest in U.S. politics within a broad topic area prescribed 
for each semester the seminar is given. Prerequisites: Major or minor in political sci- 
ence and junior or senior standing. Writing process. 3 credits. 

499. Seminar in World Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science 
majors and minors to pursue a research interest in politics outside the U.S. within a 
broad topic area prescribed for each semester the seminar is given. Prerequisites: major 
or minor in political science and junior or senior standing. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Philip J. Benesch, assistant professor of political science. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

He teaches courses in political philosophy, constitutional law and American govern- 
ment. His research interests include Socratic, Marxist, and modern democratic politi- 
cal theory, and the intersections of law and normative philosophy. He serves as the 
College's pre-law advisor and directs the minor in law and society. 

James H. Broussard, professor of history. 
Ph.D., Duke University. 

He teaches American history and historiography. His research and publications concen- 
trate on the Jefferson-Jackson era, the South, and American politics. He formerly served 
as executive director of the Society for Historians of the Early American Republic. 

Chris Dolan, assistant professor of political science. 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina. . 

He teaches U.S. politics and international relations is such areas as presidential politics, 

U.S. foreign policy, U.S. national security policy, relations between the executive and 

legislative branches, economic policy, and other related topics. He has written numer- 

Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 103 



ous articles and books, including such titles as The Presidency and Economic Policy, 
In War We Trust, and Striking First: Preventative Doctrine and the Reshaping of U.S. 
Foreign Policy. 

John Hinshaw, assistant professor of history. Chairperson. Director of the American 
Studies Program. 

Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University. 

He teaches courses on modern American history, black history, urban history, African 
history, world history, labor history, and specialized courses in race and ethnicity. He 
has written and edited books on the industrial revolution in world history, the steel in- 
dustry and steel workers in Western Pennsylvania, and the labor movement in the 
United States. 

Y}'i2int^.io\\nso\i, assistant professor of political science. 
Ph.D., University of Santa Barbara. 

She teaches introduction to political science, research methods, and lower-and upper- 
level courses in comparative politics, including Latin American politics, the politics of 
developing nations, and comparative political institutions. Her main research interests 
are democratization, the effects of globalization, and political communication. She spe- 
cializes in the politics of Latin America. 

Rebecca K. McCoy, associate professor of history. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

She teaches world civilization and specialized courses in European history. Her research 

focuses on the social, religious and political history of France from the 17th to the 19th 

century. Other teaching and research interests include the history of European women, 

20th-century Europe, and the development of nationalism and national identity. 

Florence Mae Waldron, visiting assistant professor of history. 
Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 

She teaches Latin American history, geography, U.S. history, focusing on the inter- 
sections among gender, race, ethnicity, and sexuality in the formation of identity 
throughout the Americas. She is working on two books, one on religious, gendered 
and national identities among French Canadians in New England and another on Ital- 
ians in Minnesota. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, adjunct instructor in history. 

M.A., Millersville University. 

He teaches American history. His research and teaching interest is on U.S. political his- 
tory for the period since 1928, with particular focus on the Roosevelt-Truman and 
Kennedy- Johnson administrations. Related fields of interest include social, cultural 
and diplomatic history for the period since 1945. He is completing a Ph.D. at Temple 
University. 

Michael A. Worman, adjunct professor of political science. 
Ph.D. Florida State University. 

His teaching interests include American politics, state and local government, and pub- 
lic policy. He brings long experience in state and local government and educational ad- 
ministration to the classroom. 

104 History and Political Science 2007-2008 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

The Lebanon Valley College Department of Mathematical Sciences has long ofifered 
a rigorous mathematics program within the context of a liberal arts education. The in- 
creasing national need for quantitatively prepared individuals makes our program even 
more attractive today. Actuaries, computer programmers, mathematics and computer 
science teachers, college professors, operations research analysts, and statisticians are 
in high and continuing demand. In addition, the mental discipline and problem-solving 
abilities developed in the study of mathematics are excellent preparation for numerous 
and varied areas of work and study. 

The department was cited in the Mathematical Association of America's 1995 pub- 
lication, Models That Work, for its exceptional program and for its service to students. 
It offers majors in actuarial science, computer science and mathematics; secondary 
teaching certification in mathematics; and minors in mathematics and computer sci- 
ence. 

Departmental graduates have earned doctorates in economics, physics, statistics, 
and computer science as well as mathematics. Other graduates have completed law 
school. Many graduates have earned the designation of Fellow of the Society of Actu- 
aries or of the Casualty Actuarial Society. 

Mathematical Sciences Department majors are active in student government, ath- 
letics, musical organizations, and other activities. The department is always well rep- 
resented in the list of students named to Who's Who in American Colleges and 
Universities. There are two active student clubs, the Math Club and the Student ACM 
Chapter. 

The Mathematical Science Department also directs the computer engineering track 
in the 3+2 Engineering Program. For details, see Cooperative Programs on page 25. 

Mathematics Program 

The Mathematics major is the cornerstone of the program in the Department of 
Mathematical Sciences. Each faculty member in the department has a doctorate in some 
area of mathematics. Operations research analyst, computer support consultant, com- 
puter analyst, and secondary school teacher are job descriptions of some recent grad- 
uates. Other graduates have chosen to use mathematics as preparation for graduate 
school in areas such as economics, management, operations research, and statistics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in mathematics. 

Major: MAS 099, MAS 111,1 12, 113, 1 14, 202, 222, 251, 261, plus five MAS courses 
numbered 200 or above, including at most one of MAS 266, 270 or ASC 385; at least 
four of MAS 311, 322, 325, 335, 371, 372, 390; and at least one of MAS 31 1 or 322. 
A 400 level ASC course may substitute for 335 and ASC 385 may substitute for MAS 
266 or MAS 270 (37 credits). 

Mathematics majors are advised to take at least one computer science course or have 
equivalent experience. 

Mmor.- MAS 161, 162, 222 and either 251 or 202; three courses from CSC 144 or MAS 
courses numbered 200 or higher. One ASC course may be substituted for one of the 

Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 1 05 



elective 200 or higher level math courses. (21 credits) 

Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the De- 
partment of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required by number 
in both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in mathe- 
matics must complete: a mathematics major including MAS 270, 322, 325, and MAS 
360:CSC 144; EDU 110; and SED 430, 431,440. 

Courses in Mathematics (MAS): 

099. Presentation Attendance. The aim of this course is exposure to mathematics be- 
yond the classroom curriculum. The course requirement is attendance at a minimum of 
six formal presentations on mathematical topics give at conferences, colloquia, or sym- 
posia at a minimum of two separate events (that is, a conference or event). Presentations 
should have a title and abstract and may be given by faculty or students; poster ses- 
sions do not count. credits. 

100. Concepts of Mathematics. A study of a variety of topics in mathematics. Many in- 
troduce modem mathematics and most do not appear in the secondary school curricu- 
lum. 3 credits. 

102. Pre-Calculus. A review of precalculus mathematics including algebra and 
trigonometry. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit for this course after complet- 
ing MAS 111, 161, or the equivalent. 

Ill, 11 2. Analysis I, II. A calculus sequence for department majors and other students 
desiring a rigorous introduction to elementary calculus. Prerequisite: placement testing 
or MAS 102; MAS 1 1 1 is a prerequisite for MAS 112. Corequisites: MAS 1 13, 1 14. 4 
credits per semester. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 1 12 and MAS 162. 

113, 114. Introduction to Mathematical Thinking I, II. An introduction to college 
mathematics for potential mathematical science majors. Prerequisite: placement testing 
or MAS 102. Corequisite: MAS 111, 112. 1 credit per semester. 

150. Finite Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical techniques used in quantitative 
analysis in business and economics. Topics include sets, linear relations, matrices, lin- 
ear programming, probability and interest. 3 credits. 

161, 162. Calculus I, II. A calculus sequence covering functions, limits, differentiation, 
integration and applications. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102. MAS 161 or 
MAS 111 is a prerequisite for MAS 162. 3 credits per semester. A student may not re- 
ceive credit for both MAS 1 12 and MAS 162. 

1 70. Elementary Statistics. An introduction to elementary descriptive and inferential 
statistics with emphasis on conceptual understanding. 3 credits. A student may not re- 
ceive credit for MAS 170 after completing MAS 372. A student may not receive credit 
for both MAS 170 and MAS 270. 

202. Foundations of Mathematics. Introduction to logic, set theory, and proof tech- 
niques. Prerequisites: MAS 251 or permission. 3 credits. 



106 Mathematical Sciences 2007-2008 Catalog 



222. Linear Algebra. An introduction to linear algebra including systems of equations, 
vectors spaces and linear transformations. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 261 . 3 cred- 
its. 

251. Discrete Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical ideas used in computing and 
information sciences: logic, sets and sequences, matrices, combinatorics, induction, re- 
lations and finite graphs. Prerequisites: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

261. Calculus III. Multivariate calculus including partial differentiation, multiple in- 
tegration, vector fields and vector functions. Prerequisites: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 
credits. 

266. Differential Equations. An introduction to ordinary differential equations. Pre- 
requisites: MAS 162 or 1 12. 3 credits. 

270. Intermediate Statistics. A more advanced version of MAS 170 intended for stu- 
dents with some calculus background. Similar to MAS 170 with more extensive con- 
tent. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 170 and MAS 270. 

311. Real Analysis. Convergent and divergent series, limits, continuity, differentiabil- 
ity and integrability; Fourier series. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

322. Abstract Algebra. Introduction to algebraic structures including groups, rings and 
fields. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

325. Geometry. Axiomatic development of absolute, Euclidean and non-Euclidean 
geometries. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

335. Operations Research. Introduction to some operations research techniques in- 
cluding linear programming, queuing theory, project scheduling, simulation and deci- 
sion analysis. Prerequisites: MAS 202 or 222 or 251. 3 credits. 

360. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools. A course to ensure prospective 
mathemaics teachers at LVC are knowledgeable and competent in the aspects of teach- 
ing that pertain specifically to the teaching of mathematics in Pennsylvania schools, as 
defined in the PDE Standards. Study of educational theories, research, and practices in 
the context of actual use of the same. Taught as a lab course. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 
222; junior standing; EDU 1 10. 3 credits. 

371. Mathematical Probability. A mathematical introduction to probability, discrete 
and continuous random variables, and sampling. Prerequisites: at least two of MAS 
222, 251, and ASC 281 or junior standing. 3 credits. 

372. Mathematical Statistics. An introduction to the mathematical foundations of sta- 
tistics including sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, linear models 
and multivariate distributions. Prerequisites: MAS 371. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 107 



Actuarial Science Program 

Actuaries are business professionals who use expertise in mathematics, economics, 
finance and management to define, analyze and solve financial and social problems. 
Actuaries are employed by insurance companies, consulting firms, pension/benefit con- 
sulting firms, large corporations, and federal and state government agencies. Actuarial 
credentials, which are earned after obtaining a bachelor's degree, result from complet- 
ing the rigorous education and examination program administered by either the Casu- 
alty Actuarial Society or the Society of Actuaries. 

The Actuarial Science Program at Lebanon Valley College was established in the 
1960s and is coordinated by Professor Hearsey, who is an Associate of the Society of 
Actuaries. With over 120 graduates working in the profession, including 51 fellows and 
32 associates, Lebanon Valley is recognized as having one of the leading undergradu- 
ate actuarial education programs in the East and the only ftill undergraduate program 
at a small liberal arts college. 

The College's actuarial curriculum is designed to help actuarial students prepare for 
the curricula of the professional actuarial societies including all 2005 and 2006 revi- 
sions. The program introduces students to material on the first four examinations in the 
Society of Actuaries and Casualty Actuarial Society examination programs. 

The rigorous standards of the program, including the required passing of at least 
one actuarial examination, has resulted in a nearly 1 00 percent placement record of 
Lebanon Valley College actuarial science graduates in professional actuarial positions. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science degree with a major in actuarial science. 

Mfl/o/v ASC281,385,481,andoneof471,472,482;CSC 144; MAS 111, 112, 113, 
1 14, 202, 222, 261, 371, 372; ECN 101, 102; ACT 161 (49 credits). The Course P/Part 
1 or Course FM/Part 2 examination of the Society of Actuaries/Casualty Actuarial So- 
ciety must be passed before senior standing is reached. 

Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the De- 
partment of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required by number 
in both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

Courses in Actuarial Science (ASC): 

281. Probability for Risk Management. An introduction to risk management in prop- 
erty/casualty and life insurance with emphasis on probability concepts. Prerequisite: 
MAS 112. 3 credits. 

385. Mathematics of Finance I. Measurement of interest, time value of money, annu- 
ities, amortization and sinking funds, bonds, capitalized cost, net present value, yield 
rates, yield curves, duration, and immunization. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

386. Mathematics of Finance II. Term structure of interest rates, forwards, swaps, op- 
tions, option pricing, and arbitrage. 

471. Regression and Time Series Analysis. An introduction to regression and time se- 
ries models with emphasis on economic applications. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits. 



108 Mathematical Sciences 2007-2008 Catalog 




472. Loss Distributions and Credibility Theory. An introduction to loss distributions 
and credibility theory with emphasis on actuarial applications. Corequisite: MAS 372. 
3 credits. 

481. Actuarial Mathematics I. Survival distributions, life insurance, life annuities, ben- 
efit premiums and reserves. Prerequisite: ASC 385. Corequisite: MAS 371. 3 credits. 

482. Actuarial Mathematics II. Multiple life and decrement models, expenses, indi- 
vidual and collective risk models, compound distributions, including applications. Pre- 
requisites: ASC 385, 481. 3 credits. 

Computer Science Program 

Computer science is the study of what can be done with machines. This discipline 
is part mathematics, part engineering, part philosophy, part linguistics, and part exper- 
imental science (without all the mess). 

Our computer science curriculum is distinguished primarily by two characteristics. 
The first is our emphasis on computer programming. Five of the required seven CS 
courses are primarily about programming, and programming plays an important role in 
most of the advanced courses. This emphasis develops strong analysis and problem- 
solving skills. 

The second characteristic of the computer science major is its decidedly mathemat- 
ical nature. Our students take 19 credits of mathematics (seven courses), more than is 
typical of undergraduate CS programs. This math foundation gives our students an an- 



Lebanon Valley College 



Mathematical Sciences 109 



alytical background that applies broadly in their CS coursework, helping them become 
better programmers and analysts. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in computer science. 

Major: CSC 143, 144, 221, 253, 282, 331, 332; two of 441 , 442, 448, 451, 452, 481, 
482; either 400 or 500; MAS 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 222, 251, 270; one of ENG 210, ENG 
216, BUS 285 (50 credits). 

Minor: CSC 143, 144, 221, 253, 282, and one CSC course numbered 300 or above; 
MAS 1 1 1 or 161 and MAS 1 12 or 162 or 270 (22 credits). 

Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the De- 
partment of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required specifically 
by number in both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

Courses in Computer Science (CSC): 

122. Programming for Applications. Topics include algorithms, data types, graphical 
user interfaces, objects, event handlers, and database programming. This course does 
not prepare students for more advanced computer science courses, but it does satisfy 
the core requirement in computer programming for Digital Communications majors. We 
will use Visual Basic. 3 credits. 

143. Introduction to Computer Science. A broad introduction to the field of computer 
science. Topics covered include history, algorithms and problem solving, logic, hard- 
ware design, and programming. Intended for first-year Computer Science majors and 
others intending to take programming courses. 3 credits. 

144. Introduction to Programming (with Java). Foundational aspects of computer pro- 
gramming. Algorithms and data; control structures; the design of small programs. Class 
and object basics. Uses the Java programming language. 3 credits. 

221. C++ Language Primer. A 1 -credit, self-paced course in the basics of the C++ lan- 
guage. Revisits many of the topics from CSC 144 in this new language. Students will 
complete 5-10 short programming projects. Prerequisites: CSC 144 or permission. 1 
credit. Pass/fail only. 

245. Concepts of Networking and Database. This course has three distinct segments: 
1) principles of computer networks and the Internet, 2) database design concepts, and 
3) network database applications. Hands-on. Prerequisite: CSC 122 or 144 or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 3 credits. 

253. Computer Architecture. The design and organization of a computer's processor, 
instruction set, and memory. Assembly language, interrupts and I/O devices. Caching 
and pipelining. Prerequisite: CSC 143, 144. 3 credits. 

282. Data Structures. Implementing, using, and analyzing such abstract structures as 
lists, stacks, queues, and trees. The design of abstract data types in C++. Prerequisites: 
CSC 143, 144, 22 1.3 credits. 



110 Mathematical Sciences 2007-2008 Catalog 



331. Software Design I. A survey of modem techniques for designing complex software 
systems. Investigates both programming techniques and processes. Includes substantial 
programming projects that continue in CSC 332. Prerequisite: CSC 282. 3 credits. 

332. Software Design II. A continuation of CSC 33 1 . Must be taken in the semester im- 
mediately following CSC 331. Prerequisite: CSC 331. 3 credits. 

441. Operating Systems. Theory and practice of modern operating systems. Topics in- 
clude memory management, file systems, scheduling, concurrency, distributed 
processes, and security. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

442. Networks. Network design and implementation. Topics include layered network de- 
sign, types of hardware, low-level protocols, packets, frames, routing, security, and so 
on. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

448. Databases. The theory, structure and implementation, and application of modern 
database systems. Prerequisite: CSC 282. 3 credits. 

451. Theory of Programming Languages. Examines the design of computer pro- 
gramming languages and the tools that process them. Includes an examination of sev- 
eral current languages, and an introduction to the design and implementation of 
compilers. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

452. Artificial Intelligence. An introduction to the field of Al. Topics include expert sys- 
tems, goal-seeking algorithms, neural networks, genetic algorithms, computer vision, 
language recognition. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

481, 482. Advanced Topics in Computer Science I, II. Topics to be selected from cur- 
rent areas of interest and research in Computer Science. Prerequisites: CSC 282, MAS 
251.3 credits. 

Faculty 

Christopher J. Brazfield, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 
Ph.D., University of Oregon. 

Brazfield teaches mathematics and computer science. He oversees the department web 
site. His research interests are in the area of noncommutative algebra. He advises com- 
puter science and other department majors. 

J. Patrick Brewer, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Oregon. 

Brewer teaches mathematics. His graduate degree was earned in the area of algebra, and 

he is broadening his areas of expertise to include statistics and actuarial science. He is 

advisor for the Math Club. Professor Brewer advises mathematics and actuarial science 

majors. 

Michael D. Fry, professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

An avid practitioner of computer science and an accomplished mathematician. Trained 

as an algebraist, he has become a computer scientist as well with special interests in 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 1 1 1 



graphics, fractals, and applications of group theory. Professor Fry advises computer 
science majors. 

Bryan V. Hearsey, professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator, Actuarial Science 
Program. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 

Hearsey is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries (ASA) and an active member of the 
academic actuarial community. He serves as the Society of Actuaries liaison represen- 
tative to the Mathematical Association of America and is a member of the Joint 
CAS/SoA Validation by Educational Experience Administration Committee. Although 
his original mathematics interest was topology, his primary interests are now actuarial 
mathematics and finance. He advises actuarial science majors. 

David W. Lyons, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Lyons has broad mathematical interests in the areas of geometry, topology, algebra, and 
computer visualization. His current research is in mathematical physics in the area of 
quantum information theory. His pedagogical scholarship centers around the use of vi- 
sualization, particularly with animation, for teaching mathematical concepts. Away 
from the office, he is advisor and master instructor for the Taekwondo Club. 

Mark A. Townsend, professor of mathematical sciences. Chairperson. 
Ed.D., Oklahoma State University. 

Townsend is a winner of the Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching. Trained as a nu- 
merical analyst, he has developed a wide range of other interests including introductory 
computer science. He advises mathematics majors interested in secondary education. 

Kenneth F. Yarnall, associate professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator, 

Computer Science Program. 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina. 

Yarnall has interests ranging from pure mathematics to computer science to history and 

philosophy of science. Trained as an analyst, he teaches both mathematics and computer 

science. He advises computer science majors. He is the advisor for the Association for 

Computing Machinery student chapter, and he advises computer science majors. 

Timothy M. Dewald, adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 
M.Div, Andover Newton Theological School. 

Dewald is interested in the history of mathematics and enjoys teaching all students, es- 
pecially those with math anxiety. He teaches elementary statistics. He has won the 
Knisely Teaching Award. 



112 Mathematical Sciences 2007-2008 Catalog 



MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The Military Science Program adds another dimension to a Lebanon Valley College 
liberal arts education with courses that develop a student's ability to organize, motivate 
and lead. 

Participation in military science courses during the freshman and sophomore years 
results in no military obligation. Courses during these years orient students on the var- 
ious roles of Army officers. Specifically, these courses stress self-development: writ- 
ten and oral communication skills, leadership, bearing and self-confidence. 

Individuals who elect to continue in the program during the junior and senior years 
will receive a commission as a second lieutenant in the U.S. Army, the U.S. Army Re- 
serve, or the Army National Guard, upon graduation. Then they will serve three months 
to four years in the active Army, depending upon the type of commission. 

Options are available for those individuals who encounter scheduling conflicts or 
who desire to begin participation after their fi^eshman year. Contact the Military Science 
Department, 717-245-1221 or 888-356-3942, for ftirther information. Course instruc- 
tion is held at Millersville University. 

Program participants may take part in various enrichment activities during the aca- 
demic year: rappelling, rifle qualification, leadership exercises, land navigation, orien- 
tation trips, and formal social ftinctions. Program participants may also apply for special 
training courses during the summer: airborne, air assault schools, and cadet troop leader 
training. 

Scholarships: Army ROTC offers four-, three- and two- year scholarships, awarded 
strictly on merit, to the most outstanding students who apply. The scholarship is valued 
at $17,000 a year. In addition to paying all or part of your tuition, the scholarship of- 
fers a stipend of $250^00 a month plus $600 a year for books. All scholarship recip- 
ients remain eligible for financial aid. 

Corresponding Studies Program: Students participating in an off-campus study pro- 
gram in the United States or abroad may continue participation in either the Army 
ROTC Basic Course or Advanced Course and receive the same course credit and ben- 
efits as a student enrolled in the on-campus program. Scholarship students also are el- 
igible to participate. 

National Advanced Leadership Camp: The practicum consists of a five-week sum- 
mer training program at Fort Lewis, Wash. NALC stresses the application of military 
skills to rapidly changing situations. Participants are evaluated on their ability to make 
sound decisions, to direct group efforts toward the accomplishment of common goals, 
and to meet the mental and physical challenges presented to them. Completion of NALC 
is required prior to commissioning and is normally attended between the junior and sen- 
ior years. Participants receive room, board, travel expenses, medical care, and pay. 



Lebanon Valley College Military Science 113 



DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Students in the Department of Music may major in one of four areas: music, music 
business, music education, or music recording technology. Each student in the B.A. 
(MUS or MBS), B.M. (MRT), or B.S. (MED) programs is required to take a core of 
courses in music theory and music history. Each student also completes additional 
course work particular to his or her area of interest. 

Music Program 

Music majors will exhibit proficiency at the piano and in voice. To achieve these pro- 
ficiencies, students take MSC 5 10, 5 1 1, 5 12, and 513, and/or 520. Precise requirements 
for the proficiencies and the recital attendance requirement are found in the Department 
of Music Student Handbook, and in the courses-in-music section of this catalog. Music 
majors (except music business students) will be in at least one major ensemble (iden- 
tified as Marching Band, Symphonic Band, College Choir, Concert Choir, or Sym- 
phony Orchestra) each fall and spring semester. All students may earn up to 12 credits 
for ensemble participation. They will enroll in private study on their principal instru- 
ment/voice during each fall and spring semester. 

Students registered for private instruction in the department are not permitted to 
study in that instructional area on a private basis with another instructor, on or off cam- 
pus, at the same time. 

Degree Requirements: 

The Bachelor of Arts in music (B.A.) is designed for those students preparing for a ca- 
reer in music with a strong liberal arts background. Students in the jazz studies con- 
centration will take 530 private applied and 530 jazz studies starting in the second year 
each semester to fulfill this requirement. The theory/composition concentration stu- 
dents will take 530 private applied and 530 individual composition starting in the sec- 
ond year each semester to fulfill this requirement. Concentrations identified in the 
Department of Music Student Handbook include: piano, organ, voice, instrumental, sa- 
cred music, jazz studies, and theory/composition. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts in music (MUS). 

Majors: Core courses in three of the music degree programs are: MSC 099, 1 15, 1 16, 
117, 1 18, 215, 217, 241, 242, 246 and 328. MSC 530 for all degree candidates. In ad- 
dition, music majors will be in either MSC 601, 602, 603 or 604 each semester, ex- 
ceptions noted previously. 

Music (B.A.): Core courses plus: Piano concentration: MSC 216, 306, 316, 406 and 
600; Voice concentration: MSC 216, 233, 326 and 327; Organ concentration: MSC 216, 
316, 351, and 352; Instrumental concentration: MSC 216, 345, 403, 405 and 416; Sa- 
cred Music concentration: MSC 216, 347, 351 or 334, and 422; Jazz Studies concen- 
tration: MSC 201, 218, 416 and 500: Senior Project; Theory/Composition 
concentration: MSC 216, 315, 329, 416 and 500: Senior Composition Project. 

Minor: MSC 099 (two semesters), 101, and three music literature courses from among 
the following: 100, 200, 201, 202, 241, 242, or 343. Minors also take MSC 530 for 
four semesters and must participate in a music ensemble for four semesters. 



114 Music 2007-2008 Catalog 



Student Recital 

Student recitals are of inestimable value to all music students in acquainting them with 
a wide range of the best music literature, and in developing musical taste and discrim- 
ination. Performing in a recital provides the experience of appearing before an audience 
and helps to develop self reliance and confident stage demeanor. Students at all levels 
of performance ability appear on regularly scheduled student recitals depending on 
their performance readiness and in consultation with the private teacher. 

Courses in Music (MSC): 

099. Recital Attendance. Designed for music majors and minors and graded on a sat- 
isfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Music core course. credits. 

100. Introduction to Music. For the non-music major, a survey of Western music de- 
signed to increase the individual's musical perception. 3 credits. 

101. Fundamentals of Music. For music minors and non-music majors, an introduc- 
tion to the rudiments of music: notation, key signatures, theory, aural theory and so 
forth. 3 credits. 

110. Class Piano for Beginners. 1 credit. 

111. Class Guitar for Beginners. Student provides his or her own instrument. 1 credit. 

115. Music Theory I. A study of the rudiments of music and their notation. Harmoniza- 
tion of melodies and basses with fundamental triads. Analysis. Music core course. Pre- 
requisite: audition for admission or permission from instructor. 2 credits. 

116. Music Theory II. A study of diatonic tonal harmony, including all triads and sev- 
enth chords, nonharmonic material and elementary modulation. Music core course. 
Prerequisite: MSC 1 15 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

11 7. Aural Theory I. The singing and aural recognition of intervals, scales, triads and 
simple harmonic progressions. Music core course. Prerequisite: audition for admission 
or permission from instructor. 2 credits. 

118. Aural Theory II. A continuation of MSC 117, emphasizing clef reading, modal- 
ity, modulation and more complicated rhythmic devices and harmonic patterns. Music 
core course. Prerequisite: MSC 1 17 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

200. Topics in Music. Designed primarily for the non-music major, the course will 
focus on genre and period studies. 3 credits. 

201. Music of the United States. A historical survey of U.S. music emphasizing stylistic 
developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the present. In- 
cludes American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. Writing process. 3 credits. 

202. World Musics. A general introduction to musical styles, compositional practices, 
and aesthetics of specific people groups within the Americas, Asia, and Africa. It dis- 
cusses traditional, popular, and art music styles, and presents music intimately tied to 
value systems and social practice. Foreign Studies. 3 credits. 

215. Music Theory III. A study of chromatic tonal harmony, including secondary dom- 
inants, augmented sixth chords, tertian extensions, altered chords and advanced mod- 
Lebanon Valley College Music 115 



ulation. Music core course. Prerequisite: MSC 116 or permission of the instructor. 
2 credits. 

216. Music Theory IV. A study of 20th-century compositional techniques, including 
modal and whole-tone materials, quartal harmony, polychords, atonality, serialism and 
various rhythmic and metric procedures. Prerequisite: MSC 215 or permission of the 
instructor. 2 credits. 

217. Aural Theory III. A continuation of MSC 1 18, emphasizing chromatic materials 
and more complex modulations, chord types, rhythms and meters. Music core course. 
Prerequisite: MSC 1 18 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

218. Jazz Theory. A study of jazz theory, including notation, extended chords, impro- 
vision and practice. Prerequisites: MSC 115, 116, and 215. 2 credits. 

233. Diction. An introduction to the pronunciation of singer's English, German, French, 
Italian and Latin, utilizing the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required of voice con- 
centration majors, the course is open to other students with permission of the instruc- 
tor. 2 credits. 

241. History and Literature of Music I. A survey course in the history of Western 
music (in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic 
developments and illustrative musical examples, from early music through the Baroque 
era. Music core course. 3 credits. 

242. History and Literature of Music II. A survey course in the history of Western 
music (in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic 
developments and illustrative musical examples, from the classical period to the pres- 
ent. Music core course. 3 credits. 

246. Principles of Conducting. Principles of conducting and baton technique. Students 
conduct ensembles derived from class personnel. Music core course. 2 credits. 

306. Piano Literature. A survey of the development of the piano and its literature with 
emphasis on piano methods books and related materials. 2 credits. 

315. Counterpoint. Introductory work in strict counterpoint through three- and four-part 
work in all the species. 2 credits. 

316. Keyboard Harmony. Score reading and the realization of figured bass at the key- 
board, transposition and improvisation. The successful completion of a piano jury is 
required for admission to the course. 2 credits. 

326. Vocal Literature. A survey of solo vocal literature with emphasis on teaching reper- 
toire. Extensive listening is required. Students may have opportunities to perform the 
works studied. 2 credits. 

327. Vocal Pedagogy. This course prepares the advanced voice student to teach private 
lessons at the secondary school level. Students are expected to develop vocal exercise 
procedures, become familiar with suitable teaching repertoire and apply teaching pro- 
cedures in a laboratory situation. Selected writings in vocal pedagogy and voice ther- 
apy will be studied. 2 credits. 

116 Music 2007-2008 Catalog 



328. Form and Analysis I. A study through analysis and listening of simple and com- 
pound forms, variations, contrapuntal forms, rondo and sonata forms. Emphasis is 
placed primarily upon structural content. The course provides experience and skill in 
both aural and visual analysis. Music core course. Prerequisite: MSC 215 or permission 
of instructor. 2 credits. 

329. Form and Analysis II. An advanced course in analysis, focusing on the method- 
ologies and concepts of music design originated by the Austrian theorist Heinrich 
Schenker. Emphasis is placed on the appropriate use of symbols and terminology in 
the reading and construction of graphs of complete tonal compositions. Prerequisite: 
MSC 328 or permission of instructor. 2 credits. 

343. 20th Century Music. An advanced course in music history. Beginning with late- 
19th-century musical developments, the course continues chronologically through the 
20th century. Designed for music majors and interested non-majors who read music 
well. Prerequisite: MSC 242 or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

345. Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Emphasis on practical work with instru- 
mental groups. Rehearsal techniques are applied through individual experience. Pre- 
requisite: MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

347. Advanced Choral Conducting. Emphasis is on advanced technique with and with- 
out baton, score preparation, interpretation and pedagogy relating to choral organiza- 
tions. Prerequisite: MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

351. Organ Literature. A historical survey of representative organ literature from ear- 
liest times to the present day. 2 credits. 

352. Organ Pedagogy. Designed with a practical focus, this course surveys various 
methods of organ teaching. Laboratory teaching and selection of appropriate technical 
materials for all levels are included. 2 credits. 

401. Instrument Repair. A laboratory course in diagnosing and making minor repair of 
band and orchestral instruments. 2 credits. 

403. Instrumental Pedagogy. A survey of teaching materials that relate to the student's 
performance area. Students may be expected to apply teaching procedures in a labora- 
tory situation. 2 credits. 

405. Instrumental Literature. A survey of literature (solo and chamber) that relate to 
the student's performance area. 2 credits. 

406. Piano Pedagogy. A practical course that explores fundamental principles neces- 
sary to be an effective piano teacher. Subjects include practice techniques, memoriza- 
tion and the selection of appropriate technical materials for both beginners and 
advanced students. Laboratory teaching may be required of the student. 2 credits. 

416. Orchestration. A study of instrumentation and the devices and techniques for scor- 
ing transcriptions, arrangements and solos for orchestra and band, with special em- 
phasis on practical scoring for mixed ensembles as they occur in public schools. 
Laboratory analysis and performance. Scoring of original works. 2 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 1 1 7 



422. Church Music Methods and Administration. A course that acquaints students 
with the church music program. Includes the development of a choir program, meth- 
ods and techniques of rehearsal, budget preparation, and committee and pastoral rela- 
tionships. 3 credits. 

510. Class Piano Instruction I. First course in the sequence designed for music majors 
with minimal piano skills in preparing for piano proficiency. 1 credit. 

511. Class Piano Instruction II. Second course in the sequence designed for music 
majors in preparing for piano proficiency. Prerequisite: MSC 510 with a minimum of 
"C-" or better, or permission of instructor. 1 credit. 

512. Class Piano Instruction III. Third course in the sequence designed for music ma- 
jors in preparing for piano proficiency. Prerequisite: MSC 5 1 1 with a minimum of "C- 
" or better, or permission of instructor. 1 credit. 

513. Class Piano Instruction IV. Fourth course in the sequence designed for music ma- 
jors in preparing for piano proficiency. Prerequisite: MSC 512 with a minimum of "C- 
" or better, or permission of instructor. 1 credit. 

520. Class Voice Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal vocal experi- 
ence. Preparation for department voice proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

530. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments; additional 
fees apply). 1 credit. 

540. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments; additional 

fees apply). 2 credits. 

600. Accompanying. Under the guidance of a piano instructor the piano concentration 
student prepares accompaniments for recital performance. One credit per semester is 
given for one solo recital or two half recitals. A maximum of two credits, usually dis- 
tributed over the last three years, may be earned. 1-2 credit(s). 

Music Ensembles 

601. Marching Band. The principal band experience during the fall semester open to 
all students by audition. Performs for home football games. Practical lab experience 
for music education majors. One semester satisfies one unit of physical activity of the 
general education requirements. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

602. Symphonic Band. The principal band experience during the spring semester, open 
to all students by audition. The Symphonic Band performs original literature and 
arrangements of standard repertoire. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

603. Symphony Orchestra. Various symphonic literature is studied and performed. In 
the second semester the orchestra accompanies soloists in a concerto-aria concert and 
on occasion combines with choral organizations for the performance of a major work. 
Open to all students by audition. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 



118 Music 2007-2008 Catalog 



604. Concert Choir. 

Sec. 1. Open to all students by audition, the Concert Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large 
ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. College Choir. 

Sec. 2. Open to all students by audition, the College Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

605. Chamber Choir. Open to all students by audition, the Chamber Choir performs 
chamber vocal literature from madrigals to vocal jazz. 1/2 credit. 

610. Woodwind Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Clarinet Choir. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Woodwind Quintet. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 2. Flute Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4. Saxophone Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

675. Brass Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Brass Quintet. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Low Brass Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
Sec. 2. Tuba Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4 Trumpet Ensemble. 1/2 credit 

616. Percussion Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

620. String Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

625. Jazz Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Jazz Band. 1/2 credit. Sec. 2. Small Jazz Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

630. Chamber Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Guitar Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
635. Handbell Choir. 1/2 credit. 

Music Business Program 

The Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (B.A.) is a liberal arts-based music 
business curriculum that builds on the strengths of current programs in business and 
music. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (MBS). 

Music Business (B.A): MSC 099 (8 semesters); 115, 116, 117, 118, 201, 241, 242, 
510, 51 1, 512, 513, 520 (1 semester, or voice proficiency), 530 (8 semesters), a music 
ensemble (8 semesters); MBS 179 (4 semesters), 371, 372, 373, 400; ACT 161, 162; 
BUS 230, 285, 371, 380; and ECN 101 or 102. 

Courses in Music Business (MBS): 

MBS 1 79. Music Business Colloquium. A first-year through senior-level course for all 
music business majors. The class is a forum for speakers from the industry and return- 
ing summer MBS interns to discuss current events in the music industry. The class is 
the catalyst for the design and facilitation of the annual music industry conference 
(LVC-MIC) held each fall, market research, and the record label. Prerequisites: music 
business major or permission. 1 credit. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 1 1 9 



371. Introduction to the Music Business. This course examines how the music busi- 
ness operates, delving into a wide range of issues and areas, such as pubHshing, record 
labels, retail, distribution, agents and managers, and current issues in the industry. Writ- 
ing process. 3 credits. 

372. Music Copyright, Contracts, and Cash. An in-depth examination of publishing 
and recording contracts, music copyright law, and music licensing. Prerequisite: MBS 
371 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

373. Music Industry Entrepreneurship. This course for music business majors explores 
entrepreneurship in the music industry. The class revolves around the creation of a prac- 
tical music business and an accompanying detailed business plan that is submitted to a 
participating financial institution for review. Student teams also engage with actual music 
businesses to provide marketing, distribution, research, and other services. The class 
discusses techniques and practices of management, operations, marketing, and other 
skills needed to run a successful music business. Prerequisites: MBS 371 AND 372 
(taken in the sophomore year); BUS 340 and/or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Prerequisites: Completion of all program requirements and permission 
of the instructor. 3-12 credits. 

Music Education Program 

The Bachelor of Science in music education (B.S.), approved by the Pennsylvania 
Department of Education and accredited by the National Association of Schools of 
Music, is designed for the preparation of public school music teachers, kindergarten 
through grade 12, instrumental and vocal. Piano and voice proficiencies for the music 
education major prepare the candidate to meet the standards of the Pennsylvania De- 
partment of Education and are administered by competency jury. Students participate 
in student teaching in area elementary and secondary schools. In all field experiences, 
as well as the student teaching semester, each student is responsible for transportation 
arrangements. During the student teaching semester, the candidate is not required to reg- 
ister for recital attendance, private lessons, or an ensemble. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in music education (MED). 

Music Education (B.S.): Core courses plus: MED 136, 223, 227, 330, 331, 333, 334, 
335, 336, 441, 442; MSC 216, 316, 416; EDU 1 10; PSY 120 (recommended), 180; two 
college-level mathematics courses and one American or English literature course; and 
a 3.00 cumulative grade point average. Music education majors are permitted to regis- 
ter for only one half-hour lesson in their principle performance medium during the stu- 
dent teaching semester if they are preparing a recital. This is accomplished by petition. 

Courses in Music Education (MED): 

136. Survey of Music Education. A first-year field experience with a classroom com- 
ponent. 1 credit. 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education 
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instru- 



120 Music 2007-2008 Catalog 



ments, singing, notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. [Cross-listed 
as Elementary Education 220.] 3 credits. 

223. Brass Methods. A study of the brass family. Emphasis on pedagogical techniques. 
Mixed brass ensemble experience. 2 credits. 

227. Percussion Methods. A study of the percussion family. 1 credit. 

280. Field Practicum in Music Education. Optional supervised field experiences in ap- 
propriate settings. Required pass/fail. Prerequisites: EDU 1 10 and permission. 1-3 cred- 
its. 

330. Woodwind Methods. A study of the woodwind family. 2 credits. 

331. String Methods. A study of the string family. 2 credits. 

333. Methods and Materials, General Music: Elementary. A comprehensive study of 
general music teaching at the elementary school level, the philosophy of music educa- 
tion, varied approaches for developing conceptual learning and music skills, creative ap- 
plications, and analysis of materials. 3 credits. 

334. Choral Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, and approaches 
appropriate for choral and general music classes in grades 6-12. Writing process. 3 cred- 
its. 

335. Instrumental Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, philoso- 
phy, and methods applicable to the teaching of instrumental ensembles (including 
marching band) from elementary through high school levels. 3 credit. 

336. Music Education Field Practicum. Students are placed in schools one hour per 
week where they are involved in a teaching/learning environment. 1 credit. 

441. Student Teaching: Instrumental. Music education majors spend a semester in the 
music department of a school district under the supervision of cooperating teachers. 

Prerequisites: 

(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.00 during the first six semesters 
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 2003). 

(2) two college-level mathematics courses and one American or English litera- 
ture course. 

(3) successful completion of piano and voice proficiency juries. 

(4) completion of music core courses and MED 136, 223, 227, 330, 331, 333, 
334, 335, 336; MSC 216, 316, including field experiences, 345 or 347 and 
EDU 110. 

(5) approval of the music faculty. Students are responsible for transportation; the 
College cannot ensure that student teaching placement can be in a local geo- 
graphic area. 8 or 4 credits. 

442. Student Teaching: Vocal. Same as MED 441. 8 or 4 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 121 



Music Recording Technology Program 

The Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology (B.M.) is designed 
to prepare students for today's rapidly developing interactive media and music record- 
ing industries. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology (MRT). 

Music Recording Technology (B.M.): Core courses plus: MRT 1 77, 2 1 9, 277, 278, 373, 
374, 377, 400, 474; MBS 371; PHY 101, 102, 203, 212, 350; MAS 102 (or MAS 161). 

Courses in Music Recording Technology (MRT): 

177. Survey of the Music Industry. This course is intended to expose first-year MRT 
majors to the music industry overall and help them determine their choice of major. 
Class sessions will involve discussion, demonstration, and visits with MRT seniors who 
have completed their internships. 1 credit. 

219. Ear Training for Recording Engineers. Critical listening skills are developed 
through class demonstration and ear-training exercises. Specific skills include hearing 
and discriminating frequencies, levels, processing, phase, etc. while listening musically 
to various production styles. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 1 credit. 

277. Recording Engineering I. Fundamentals of the recording arts including basic 
audio signal and acoustics theory, recording consoles, microphone design and tech- 
nique, and signal processing. Students work in on-campus studios to complete lab as- 
signments and projects. Prerequisite: PHY 102 or permission. 3 credits. 

278. Recording Engineering II. Multitrack studio production techniques are further 
developed through class discussion, in-class recording sessions, and project assign- 
ments. Audio theory, processes, and issues are examined in-depth. Prerequisite: MRT 
277, MRT majors only. 3 credits. 

373. Electronic Music. An in-depth look at the history, use and development of elec- 
tronic music. Emphasis in MIDI, sequencing, transcription, sound design, synthesis 
techniques, sampling and studio production integration. Prerequisite: MRT 278 or per- 
mission of instructor. 3 credits. 

374. Digital Audio. An in-depth examination of the principles and applications of dig- 
ital audio in today's recording and interactive media industries. Topics discussed in- 
clude: digital audio fundamentals, recording and reproduction systems theory, 
computer-based recording and editing, and audio for CD-ROM; and other new media 
applications. Prerequisite: MRT 278 or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

377. Recording Engineering III. A continuation of MRT 277/278, this 3rd course in 
the recording engineering sequence focuses on stereo recording, surround recording 
and mixing, and mastering. The emphasis is on listening critically for mic placement, 
understanding hall acoustics, applying musical decisions during the recording process, 
exploring new directions in surround sound for music production, and developing a 
musical, artistic, and technical awareness of issues involved in mastering projects for 
commerical release. Prerequisite: MRT 278, MRT majors only. 3 credits. 



122 Music 2007-2008 Catalog 



400. Internship. Practical on-the-job experience provides students insight, exposure, 
and experience in an area of interest within the music/interactive media industry. Pre- 
requisites: MRT 373, 374, 377, and permission of the program director. 3 credits. The 
internship can be taken either in the last semester, in the summer between junior and 
senior years, or full-time in the last semester for 12 credits. A full-time internship, if all 
other coursework and music requirements are completed, allows students to relocate 
for the term. 

474. Music Production Seminar. Advanced issues of music production are discussed 
and practiced. These include musicality, client relations, engineering, budgets, etc. An 
individual emphasis is provided to help the student focus on these technical, artistic, or- 
ganizational and personal aspects. The course centers around completion of a major 
project. Prerequisite: MRT 374, 377, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Johannes M. Dietrich, associate professor of music. 

D.M.A., University of Cincinnati College-Consen'atofy of Music. 

Dietrich teaches violin, viola, the string methods course, principles of conducting, and 

advanced instrumental conducting. He directs the Lebanon Valley College Symphony 

Orchestra, coaches chamber ensembles, and performs solo recitals. 

Scott H. Eggert, professor of music. 

D.M.A., University of Kansas. 

Eggert teaches music theory, aural theory, counterpoint, orchestration, and composition. 

He is active as a composer and has premiered major works on and off campus. 

Eric Fung, assistant professor of music. 
D.M.A., The Juilliard School. 

Fung teaches applied piano and courses in music and aural theory. He regularly per- 
forms as a soloist and as an accompanist. 

Barry R. Hill, professor of music. Director of the Music Recording Technology Pro- 
gram. 

M.M., New York University., D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 
A member of the National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences and the Audio En- 
gineering Society, Hill is responsible for developing curriculum, maintaining the on- 
campus recording studios, and teaching courses in the MRT program. As a recording 
engineer, he has a long list of album credits, including several national chart-placing sin- 
gles; his knowledge of music technology has been employed in record production, con- 
cert performances, theater sound design, theme park shows, system installations, 
workshops, and seminars. For fun, he teaches a graduate course, entitled Psychology of 
Music Teaching and Learning, for the Master of Music Education Program at LVC. 

Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Coordinator of music education, she teaches music education methods courses, arranges 

and supervises music student teaching, and advises the campus MENC: The National 

Association for Music Education student chapter. 

Lebanon Valley College Music 123 



Rebecca C. Lister, assistant professor of music. 

D.M., Florida State University. 

Director of vocal studies, Lister teaches applied voice, vocal literature, pedagogy, and 

diction. 

Mark L. Mecham, professor of music. Chairperson. 

D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

His doctorate is in choral music, and he has experience in choral conducting, music 

education, and voice. Conductor of the Lebanon Valley College Concert Choir and 

Chamber Choir, Mecham also serves as adjudicator, clinician and consultant. 

Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, associate professor of music. 
D.M.A., University of Iowa. _^ 

Moorman-Stahlman teaches private organ and piano lessons, organ literature, organ 
pedagogy, and sacred music courses, and coordinates class piano instruction. She directs 
the handbell choir, performs frequently in solo organ recitals, and advises the Sigma 
Alpha Iota chapter. 

Renee Lapp Norris, assistant professor of music. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

A musicologist by training, Norris teaches the music history sequence, American music 

history, topics courses, and form and analysis. 

Victoria Rose, instructor in music. 

M.M. Towson State University. 

Teaching applied and class voice. Rose is an active recitalist and oratorio soloist in 

Central Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, and Baltimore. In 2003-2004, she will direct the 

College Choir. 

Jeff Snyder, associate professor of music, assistant director of the music recording 
technology program. 
M.S., Kutztown University. 

He has designed curricula and presented seminars in audio recording and MIDI for 
several artists, public schools, colleges, universities and technical schools. He has pro- 
duced, engineered and been a session player on 20th century and commercial jingles, 
songs and recordings. 

Thomas M. Strohman, associate professor of music. Acting chairperson. 
M.M., Towson State University. 

He is responsible for woodwind studies and jazz studies and directs the jazz ensem- 
bles. A founding member of the jazz ensemble Third Stream, he has recorded for Co- 
lumbia Artists. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, professor of music. 

D.M. A., University of Iowa. 

Sweigart teaches applied piano and courses in keyboard harmony, form and analysis, 

and piano pedagogy. He regularly performs as a soloist and as an accompanist. 



124 Music 2007-2008 Catalog 



Susan Szydlowski, director of special music programs. 

B.A., Colby College. 

She has pursued graduate studies at Temple University. 

Michelle L. Barraclough, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., The Catholic University of America. 

Teacher of applied flute, Barraclough also directs the Flute Ensemble and teaches flute 

literature and pedagogy. 

Beverly K. Butts, adjunct assistant professor of music. 
M.M., Michigan State University. 

A well-known soloist, orchestral musician, and teacher in the region. Butts teaches ap- 
plied clarinet, clarinet literature, and pedagogy courses. 

Marie- Aline Cadieux, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

D.M.A., Ohio State University. 

Visiting artist and active recitalist, Cadieux teaches applied cello. 

Cheryl L. Campbell, adjunct instructor of music. 
M.M., Westminster Choir College of Rider University. 
Campbell teaches class and applied piano. 

Christopher D. Campbell, adjunct assistant professor of music. 
D.M.A., Shenandoah Conservatory of Shenandoah University. 
Music educator and performer, Campbell teaches applied instrument. 

John E. Copenhaver, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., West Chester University. 

Music educator and performer, Copenhaver teaches applied trumpet. 

James A. Erdman II, adjunct instructor in music. 

Retired solo trombonist, "The Presidents Own" United States Marine Band, Washing- 
ton, D.C. He teaches low brass instruments and is founder and director of the Lebanon 
Valley College Low Brass Ensemble. He performs on the trombone and appears na- 
tionally as a soloist and clinician. 

Suzanne D. Fox, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., University of Miami. 

A well-known music educator and performer in the region. Fox teaches French hom.cE 

Emily Y. Frantz, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M.T., Temple University. 

A professional music therapist and performer, Frantz teaches applied oboe. 

Ai-Lin Hsieh, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

D.M.A., University of Maryland. 

Active cello recitalist, Hsieh teaches the fundamentals of music course. 

Linda W. Hummel, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Music educator and vocal performer. Hummel teaches Introduction to Music. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 125 



Robin Lilarose, adjunct instructor in music. ... 

B.S., Elizabethtown College. 

An active performer in regional orchestras and chamber ensembles, Lilarose teaches ap- 
plied flute. 

James E. Miller, adjunct instructor in music. 

A member of the jazz ensemble Third Stream, his teaching specialty is string bass and 

electric bass. He has played with several regional symphonies in the area. 

Joseph D. Mixon, adjunct assistant professor of music. 
M.M., Combs College of Music. 

He is a professional guitarist in the tri-state area and teaches private lessons, class gui- 
tar, guitar ensemble, and jazz theory. 

RobertA.Nowak, adjunct assistant professor of music. ^ 

M.M., Universit}' of Miami. 

He teaches percussion and directs the Percussion Ensemble. 

Andrew Roberts, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.M., Berklee College of Music. 

A well-known composer, arranger, keyboardist, and music director in the region, 

Roberts teaches jazz studies. 

Josh Tindall, adjunct instructor of music. 

B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Tindall teaches class and applied piano. 

Joe Trojcak, adjunct instructor in music recording technology. 
B.A., West Chester University. 

Trojcak owns Progressive Enterprises Sound Studios, a facility that provides audio pro- 
duction for music, corporate, and political clients. He has taught one of the MRT record- 
ing classes, is a seminar speaker for the program, and hosts many of our interns. 

Craig Underwood, adjunct instructor in music recording technology. 
B.M., Lebanon Valley College. 

Tom Volpicelli, adjunct instructor in music recording technology. 
B.A., Gettysburg College. 

A member of NARAS and AES, Volpicelli teaches the capstone Music Production Sem- 
inar course for the MRT program. He is CEO and president of The Mastering House, 
Inc., and has a long track record in the recording industry (notably live recording and 
mixing for the King Biscuit Flower Hour productions). His company offers mastering, au- 
thoring, production, and programming for multimedia and Internet-based applications. 

Julia P.Wagner, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.A., Ithaca College. 

A professional bassoonist, Wagner plays with several regional symphonies. 

Michael Wojdylak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

D.D.S., University of Maryland. 

Wojdylak directs the College choir and teaches private voice lessons. 

126 Music 2007-2008 Catalog 




PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Although the College does not offer a major in physical education, two units of phys- 
ical education are required for graduation. The program encourages attitudes and habits 
of good health, while developing physical capacities and skills that will enrich life. 

Courses in Physical Education (PED): 

102. Aerobic Exercises. A combination of exercise and dance steps in rhythmic move- 
ments. The course promotes the value of a total fitness program, including diet and 
weight control and heart rate monitoring. 

113. Bowling. Instruction in the techniques, etiquette, history and method of scoring. 
About eight weeks will be spent in league play. 

122. Fitness. Examination of varied programs for fitness, with emphasis on diet and 
weight control, cardiovascular efficiency, strength improvement and flexibility training. 

123. Weight Training. This course is designed to educate the students to the proper 
techniques of weight training and different programs for both now and the future. 

124. Personal Training. Designed to teach participants how to analyze their current 
fitness level and create a safe and effective personal training program. Each individual 
will learn about their exercise and health history, muscular strength and endurance fit- 
ness, cardio-respiratory fitness, flexibility and body composition. 

725. Golf. Instruction in the techniques, tactics, rules and etiquette of golf 

755. Racquetball. Instruction in the tactics, techniques and different forms of compe- 
tition used in racquetball. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Physical Education 127 



137. Tae Kwon Do. Introduction to basic stances, blocks, strikes, and kicks with appli- 
cations to self defense. 

146. Tennis. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics, with extensive practice in 
singles and doubles. 

148. Rugby. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics of Rugby. Students must at- 
tend 14 hours of practice and are required to play a total of 160 minutes during games. 

160. Swimming. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction. 

762. Water Exercise. Includes water- walking, water running and other aerobic water ex- 
ercises for swimmers and non-swimmers. Utilizes water as resistance to improve 
strength and cardiovascular endurance. 

168. Life Guarding. The primary purpose of the American Red Cross Lifeguarding 
program is to provide lifeguard candidates and lifeguards with the skills and knowl- 
edge necessary to keep the patrons of aquatic facilities safe in and around the water. 
After successfully completing the requirements of the course, students will be certi- 
fied in: 

Lifeguarding (3 year certification) 

First Aid (3 year certification) 

CPR for the Professional Rescuer ( 1 year certification) 

169. Water Safety Instructor. This course is designed to provide students with the skills, 
knowledge and experience needed to become certified to teach the following Red Cross 
Swimming and Water Safety courses: 

Infant and Preschool Aquatics Program (IPAP) 
Levels 1 through 7 Learn to Swim Progression 
Basic Water Safety 
Emergency Water Safety 
Water Safety Instructor Aide 

190. Varsity Sports. Participation in an intercollegiate varsity sport or cheerleading. 

Students shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected from a list 
of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education requirement by 
taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one physical ed- 
ucation unit waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season of a 
varsity sport, one semester of marching band, one semester of women's rugby, or one 
semester of military science (Army ROTC cadets only). Students must sign up for the 
varsity sport course during the semester of their sport or activity. 

Faculty 

Edward J. Russell, program director. 

B.A., University of New Hampshire. 

He is the coach of the ice hockey team and the director of the physical education 

program. 



128 Physical Education 2007-2008 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Health Science Program 

This curriculum shall only be completed by students enrolled in the six-year Doc- 
tor of Physical Therapy (DPT) program. At the end of four years of study, students en- 
rolled in the DPT program will receive a Bachelor of Science in health science. In order 
to proceed into the professional phase of the DPT program, students must maintain: 
(1 ) a minimum cumulative 3.0 GPA in all coursework; (2) a minimum cumulative sci- 
ence GPA of 2.5 (the required biology, chemistry, physics, anatomy, and physiology 
courses), and (3) no individual science grade lower than a C (2.0). Science courses may 
be repeated only once to meet the GPA requirement. All required courses must be taken 
for a grade except for PHT 310 and PHT 460 which are pass/fail. See the Physical 
Therapy Handbook and Clinical Education Manual for detailed grading information. 
Departmental students not meeting the GPA requirements at the end of the third year 
may complete their senior or fourth year requirements and graduate with the health sci- 
ence major but may not continue into the professional (graduate) phase. 

Required pre-professional course work includes completion of the general education 
program and major requirements including 1 8 credit hours in a cognate discipline or 
minor of choice. In fulfilling the cognate repuirement, students must take at least two 
courses at the 300-level or higher. 

Doctor of Physical Therapy degree requirements can be found on page 171. 

Lebanon Valley College s Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Program is accred- 
ited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health science. 

Major: mo 111, 112, 113, 114, 222;CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; PHY 103, 104; MAS 
170 or 270, or PS Y 130; PSY 111 or 112;S0C 1 10 or 120; PHT 311, and a choice of 
PHT 412 or SOC 324. (44 total credits.) credits). 

No minor is offered in health science. 

Courses in Health Science (PHT): 

202. Comparative Health Care Professions and Systems. An independent study course 
to be completed while enrolled in the Study Abroad Program. Students compare the 
health care system in the visited country with the complex system present in the United 
States of America. Writing process. 3 credits. 

310. Medical Terminology. This is a self-directed course where students learn the ter- 
minology, medical word structure, and abbreviations utilized by physical therapists and 
other health care providers. 1 credit. 

311. Fundamentals of Anatomy. This course is designed to introduce students to the 
basics of human anatomy. The course will cover human muscle origins, insertions, and 
actions as well as describing in depth systemic anatomy of the skeletal, circulatory, 
respiratory, renal, reproductive, and nervous systems. The course will use a traditional 
lecture format and a weekly laboratory session using ADAM computer imaging 
anatomy software. Prerequisite: BIO 1 12 and permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Physical Therapy 129 



402. Professional Issues of Physical Therapy Practice I. Introduces professional-phase 
students to key professional, ethical, and practice issues, including communication. 3 
credits. 

404. Professional Issues of Physical Therapy Practice II. Continued study of profes- 
sional ethical and practice issues, and patient care documentation. Theories of teaching 
and learning are introduced as a basis to understand the learning process and to inves- 
tigate patient education in physical therapy practice. 2 credits. 

411. Human Anatomy. Explores human neuromusculoskeletal, cardiovascular, pul- 
monary, and integumentary systems. Laboratory exercises include cadaveric dissec- 
tion. Prerequisite: GPA greater than 3.0. 5 credits. 

412. Psychosocial Aspects of Disease and Disability. A survey course of the psy- 
chosocial implications of illness and disability. Specific attention is given to cultural dif- 
ferences, adjustment models, family stress from caregiving, family violence, and normal 
grieving processes. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

414. Pathophysiology. Examines basic human pathology and medical principles, in- 
cluding, but not limited to, inflammation, infection, systemic conditions, diagnostic 
imaging, genetics, and clinical laboratory tests. 4 credits. 

416. Biomechanics and Kinesiology. Examines tissue and joint structure and function, 
and the mechanical principles involved in human motion. The laboratory portion will 
infroduce students to the basics of postural and gait assessment. Prerequisite: PHT 312. 
4 credits. 

418. Exercise Science. Examines skeletal muscle structure and function and cardio- 
vascular, respiratory, and neuromusculoskeletal physiology related to physical activity 
and exercise in general and special patient/client populations. Current methods of nu- 
tritional and physical assessment will be evaluated. 3 credits. 

420. Neuroscience. Examines the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system and 
introduces students to concepts of neural dysfunction. Laboratory sessions will con- 
centrate on neuroanatomy using wet brain dissection and atlas images. 2 credits. 

430. Musculoskeletal I. First of a two course sequence providing an in depth study of 
the evaluation, assessment, and treatment methods used in the management of muscu- 
loskeletal pathology and/or injury. This first component of the two course sequence 
will emphasize the upper and lower limbs, with an introductory component to the spine. 

4 credits. 

432. Clinical Examination. An introduction to the tests and measurements used by 
physical therapists in the clinical and research settings. Laboratory sessions will pro- 
vide the student with an opportunity to integrate concepts and apply the therapeutic in- 
terventions discussed in lecture. 4 credits. 

434. Clinical Interventions I. First of a two course sequence designed to instruct stu- 
dents in the use of therapeutic modalities to affect change in human tissues. Laboratory 
exercises include applying modalities, gait training with various devices, and thera- 
peutic exercise. 4 credits. 

130 Physical Therapy 2007-2008 Catalog 




450. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry Physical Therapy I. Provides a critical appreci- 
ation of basic science, clinical, and grounded theory research to the evolution of phys- 
ical therapy as an evidence based clinical health professional discipline. 2 credits. 

460. Clinical Education and Practice I. Four-week full-time clinical placement in a 
local ambulatory or out-patient setting where students begin to utilize skills and im- 
plement examination techniques in the clinical decision making process. 1 credit. 

Faculty 
Philip J. Blatt, assistant professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., University of Miami. 

He teaches neuromuscular physical therapy and neuromuscular rehabilitation. His re- 
search is focused on developing novel therapeutic approaches and investigating im- 
provements in functional outcomes in patients with visual-spatial inattention or neglect. 

Stan M. Dacko, associate professor of physical therapy. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Hahnemann University 

He teaches cardiopulmonary, advanced neuroscience, and differential diagnosis. His 

research interests are related to motor control and interventions for neurodegenerative 

diseases. 

Marcia Epler, associate professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

She teaches clinical examination, the musculoskeletal course series, and differential 

diagnosis. Her research interests include clinical and functional outcome and orthoses 

efficacy. Clinical practice areas include orthopedics and sports medicine. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Physical Therapy 131 



Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Director of clinical educa- 
tion. 

M.H.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches foundational professional issues courses and oversees the clinical educa- 
tion course series. Her interests include fall reduction, balance, and vestibular disorders. 

Victoria Marcliese, assistant professor of physical therapy 
Ph.D. Hahnemann University. 

She teaches pathophysiology and evidence based/critical injury. Her research inter- 
ests involve the investigation of exercise as an intervention and the development of 
fiinctional outcome measures for children with cancer. 

Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D. University of Iowa. '~^ 

He teaches the evidence based/critical inquiry physical therapy series. His research in- 
terests include outcome modeling using activity-based methodology and patient satis- 
faction. 

Kathryn N. Oriel, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ed.D., Idaho State University. 

She teaches Pediatrics and Health promotion. Her research interests are related to 

school-based physical therapy practice and infant/toddler development. 

Stacey A. Ruch, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches human anatomy, neuroscience, and pharmacology. Her research interests 

include the role of the lateral hypothalamus in taste-guided behaviors such as sodium 

appetite, conditioned taste aversion, and drug-induced avoidance. 

Kevin Basile, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
M.S., University of Delaware. 



132 Physical Therapy 2007-2008 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Physics Program 

Physics, the most fundamental science of the physical world, combines the excite- 
ment of experimental discovery and the beauty of mathematics. The program in physics 
at Lebanon Valley College is designed to develop an understanding of the fundamen- 
tal laws dealing with motion, force, energy, heat, light, electricity and magnetism, 
atomic and nuclear structure, and the properties of matter. 

Students major in physics as a preparation for professional careers in industry as physi- 
cists and engineers, and education as high school and college teachers. Other possibili- 
ties include technical writing, sales and marketing. Physics students can continue their 
professional training by going to graduate school in physics and engineering, or to other 
professional schools offering degrees in such fields as health physics and business. 

During the renovation of the Neidig-Garber Science Center, the Physics Department 
offices and laboratories are located on the basement level of Lynch. Students majoring 
in physics also have the opportunity to use equipment (e.g., electron microscope and nu- 
clear magnetic resonance spectrometer) maintained by other science departments. 

Students majoring in physics take advantage of close contact with faculty, work as 
paid laboratory assistants, pursue independent study or research/internships, and par- 
ticipate in the local chapter of the Society of Physics Students. Summer research op- 
portunities, supported by college funds or external grants, are available for physics 
students. 

The requirements for the physics major, like other majors at LVC, are designed so 
students can study abroad for one semester (typically in their junior or senior year). 
Hence, students can combine their study of physics with the richness of an interna- 
tional experience by participating in any college-wide study-abroad program (e.g., New 
Zealand Program). 

The Physics Department also directs the 3+2 Engineering Program. For details, see 
Cooperative Programs, page 25. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in physics. 

Major: PHY 111,1 12, (or 101, 102 or 103, 104 with permission), 21 1, 311, 312, 321, 
322, 327, 328 and four additional semester hours above 211; MAS 161, 162, 261 and 
266 or MAS 1 1 1, 1 12, 261 and 266 (43^7 credits). 

Minor: PHY 1 1 1, 1 12 (or 101, 102 or 103, 104), 211, plus 6 credits in physics above 
211; MAS 111 or 161 (21-23 credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Along with the major requirements, students seeking 
secondary certification in physics must take additional courses in education and the 
sciences. Contact the department for the courses required. 

Courses in Physics (PHY): 

100. Physics and Its Impact. A course that acquaints the student with some of the im- 
portant concepts of physics, both classical and modem, and with the scientific method, 
its nature and its limitations. The role of physics in the history of thought and its rela- 
tionships to other disciplines and to society and government are considered. The weekly 

Lebanon Valley College Physics 133 



two-hour laboratory period provides experience in the acquisition, representation and, 
analysis of experimental data and demonstration of the physical phenomena with which 
the course deals. 4 credits. 

101, 102. Fundamentals of Physics I, II. An introduction to the fundamental concepts 
and laws of the various branches of physics including mechanics, heat, sound, elec- 
tricity, magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure with laboratory work in 
each area. Emphasis and applications appropriate for music recording technology ma- 
jors. 4 credits per semester. Prerequisite: PHY 101 (or equivalent) for PHY 102. 

103, 104. General College Physics I, II. An introduction to the fundamental concepts 
and laws of the various branches of physics, including mechanics, heat, sound, elec- 
tricity, magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure, with laboratory work in 
each area. 4 credits per semester. Prerequisite: PHY 103 (or equivalent) for PHY 104. 

Ill, 112. Principles of Physics I, II. An introductory course in classical physics, de- 
signed for students who desire a rigorous mathematical approach to college physics. 
Calculus is used throughout. The first semester is devoted to mechanics and heat, and 
the second semester to electricity, magnetism, and optics, with laboratory work in each 
area. Prerequisite or corequisite: MAS 111 or 161.4 credits per semester. Prerequisite: 
PHY 1 1 1 (or equivalent) for PHY 1 12. 

120. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar system 
and the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a comprehensive 
review of the modem scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include the his- 
tory of astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of astro- 
physical systems including the solar system. Sun, other stars, and galaxies. Laboratory 
work required. [Cross-listed as Earth and Space Science 120.] 4 credits. 

203. Musical Acoustics. The study of wave motion, analysis and synthesis of waves 
and signals, physical characteristics of musical sounds, musical instruments, the 
acoustical properties of rooms and studio design principles. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 
104 or 1 12 or permission. 3 credits. 

211. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. An introduction to modern physics, including spe- 
cial relativity, the foundation of atomic physics, quantum theory of radiation, the atomic 
nucleus, radioactivity and nuclear reactions, with laboratory work in each area. Pre- 
requisite: PHY 102, 104 or 112, MAS 1 1 1 or 161 or permission. 4 credits. 

212. Introduction to Electronics. The physics of electrons and electronic devices, in- 
cluding diodes, transistors, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, switching circuits, 
and integrated circuits, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 
or 112, or permission. 4 credits. 

261. Introduction to Computational Physics. An introduction to the approximate nu- 
merical solution of physical problems with computers. The course focuses on problems 
from mechanics, electromagnetics, and quantum mechanics that are not analytically 
solvable. Topics include realistic projectile motion, planetary motion, and electromag- 
netic fields produced by charge and current distributions. Prerequisites: PHY 102, 104, 
or 112 and MAS 111 or 161. 3 credits. 

134 Physics 2007-2008 Catalog 



302. Optics. A study of the physics of Ught, with emphasis on the mathematics of wave 
motion and the interference, diffraction and polarization of electromagnetic waves. The 
course also includes geometric optics with applications to thick lens, lens systems and 
fiber optics. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

304. Thermodynamics. A study of the physics of heat, with emphasis on the first and 
second laws of thermodynamics. Applications of thermodynamics to physics and en- 
gineering are included. Elements of kinetic theory and statistical physics are developed. 
Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

311, 312. Analytical Mechanics I, II. A rigorous study of classical mechanics, includ- 
ing the motion of a single particle, the motion of a system of particles and the motion 
of a rigid body. Damped and forced harmonic motion, the central force problem, the 
Euler description of rigid body motion and the Lagrange generalization of Newtonian 
mechanics are among the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 1 1 and MAS 266. 3 cred- 
its per semester. 

321, 322. Electricity and Magnetism I, II. Theory of the basic phenomena of electro- 
magnetism together with the application of fundamental principles of the solving of 
problems. The electric and magnetic properties of matter, direct current circuits, alter- 
nating current circuits, the Maxwell field equations and the propagation of electro- 
magnetic waves are among the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 266. 
3 credits per semester. 

327, 328. Experimental Physics I, II. Experimental work selected from the areas of 
mechanics, AC and DC electrical measurements, optics, atomic physics, and nuclear 
physics, with emphasis on experimental design, measuring techniques and analysis of 
data. Prerequisite: PHY 21 1. PHY 328 is writing process. 1 and 2 credits per semester. 

350. Audio Electronics. A study of electronics as used in the audio and telecommuni- 
cations industries. Various principles of signals including frequency, bandwidth, mod- 
ulation and transmission are discussed. Studio maintenance and repair techniques are 
emphasized. Laboratory work included. Prerequisite: PHY 212. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Physics in Secondary Schools. A course designed to acquaint the 
student with some of the special methods, programs and problems in the teaching of 
physics in secondary schools. Required for secondary certification in physics. 1 credit. 

421, 422. Quantum Mechanics I, II. A study of selected topics in modem physics, uti- 
lizing the methods of quantum mechanics. The Schrodinger equation is solved for such 
systems as potential barriers, potential wells, the linear oscillator and the hydrogen 
atom. Perturbation techniques and the operator formalism of quantum mechanics are 
introduced where appropriate. Prerequisites: PHY 21 1 and MAS 266, or permission. 3 
credits per semester. 

428. Advanced Instrumentation. Theory of operation of the atomic force microscope, the 
scanning electron microscope and nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer. Through 
laboratory exercises and experimental work, students will learn the proper use and ap- 
plication of these instruments. Prerequisites: PHY 327 or permission (advanced students 
in the sciences or technical fields are encouraged to consider this course). 1 to 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Physics 135 




Faculty 
Michael A. Day, professor of physics. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

He has two doctorates: one in physics, one in philosophy. His pubHcations are in theo- 
retical physics (specializing in anharmonic solids), the philosophy of science, and the 
teaching of physics. Day also worked for Shell Oil as a geophysicist. He recently spent 
one year teaching in China. In 1999, he received the Vickroy Award for distinguished 
teaching. 

Barry L. Hurst, associate professor of physics. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His background in sputtering involves investigating the material ejected from ion-bom- 
barded surfaces using the technique of secondary ion mass spectrometry. Other inter- 
ests include electronics and experimental design. Recently, Hurst was awarded an 
National Science Foundation grant in atomic force microscopy. 

Scott N. Walck, associate professor of physics. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University; postdoctoral research, University of Rochester and Naval 
Research Laboratory. 

He enjoys mathematical physics and quantum mechanics. Walck studies quantum in- 
formation theory, particularly the theory of quantum entanglement, and collaborates 
with students in this research. The aesthetic appeal in mathematical descriptions of 
physical reality drives his interest in physics. 

Allen C. Boyer, adjunct instructor of physics 

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University. 

Thesis research was on superconducting properties of the metal tantalum. Served as 

the science coordinator for Manheim Township School District developing curricula 



136 Physics 



2007-2008 Catalog 



and laboratories. Interests include science education and inquiry oriented approaches 
to teaching physics. ^ 

Thomas G. Hollingsworth, adjunct instructor in physics. 

M.S., Gonzaga University. 

He is a retired U.S. Air Force command pilot with extensive experience in aviation. He 

manages a variety of the departmental outreach programs and is a member of the Her- 

shey School Board. His interests include secondary education, introductory college 

physics, and atomic force microscopy. 

W. R. Miller, Jr., adjunct professor of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

Experience includes industrial and university research and teaching in experimental 

solid state physics. Current interests including mathematical physics and the history of 

physics with an emphasis on Leo Szilard. 

Earth and Space Science Program 

Two courses in earth and space science are offered to acquaint students with the 
physical aspects of the world in which they live and to introduce them to earth and 
space science as a discipline. These courses are recommended for all students who wish 
to broaden their understanding of the world. 

Courses in Earth and Science (ESS): 

110. Principles of Geology. An introduction to the dynamic Earth and the interrelations 
of both the internal and external processes which shape it. This course offers an 
overview of the history and evolution of Earth in the context of plate tectonics. It ex- 
plores the nature of volcanoes, earthquakes, mountain building processes, weathering, 
erosion, and the various origins and compositions of Earth materials. Opportunities for 
hands-on inquiry are provided for the student in both the laboratory and in the field. 4 
credits. 

120. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar sys- 
tem and the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a compre- 
hensive review of the modern scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include 
the history of astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of 
astrophysical systems including the solar system. Sun, other stars and galaxies. Labo- 
ratory work required. [Cross-listed as Physics 120.] 4 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Physics 137 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

The Psychology Department at Lebanon Valley College seeks to foster the devel- 
opment of a thoughtful, flexible, and scientific approach toward human behavior, guided 
by critical analyses of empirical research. Our curriculum is a student-oriented, liberal 
arts program that prepares students, following graduation, for applied entry positions 
in the work force, or for graduate studies in a range of areas such as psychology, neu- 
roscience, social work, medicine, business, education, and law. The program allows our 
students to arrive at a thorough understanding of processes underlying behavior, with 
a broader goal of applying this knowledge to one's own life and society in general. This 
goal is consistent with the mission of the College, which is to enable "students to be- 
come people of broad vision, capable of making informed decisions and prepared for 
a life of service to others." 

The department offers students the benefits of a strong classroom-based traditional 
background in a variety of behavioral subdisciplines, along with providing opportuni- 
ties to become involved in the field of psychology in an applied manner. Many psy- 
chology majors gain practical knowledge through (1 ) participation in independent and 
collaborative research projects under the guidance and supervision of individual faculty 
members, as well as (2) our extensive internship program, which allows students to re- 
ceive college credit for work experience relevant to their particular interests within the 
field of psychology. Overall, the Department of Psychology at Lebanon Valley College 
offers the "best of both worlds": experiences and facilities usually associated only with 
larger universities, along with individualized instruction and advisement characteristic 
of small liberal arts institutions. 

Psychology Program 

The psychology program requires all majors to complete a minimum of 42 credits of 
psychology coursework. All majors initially complete several foundation courses, which 
include introductions to a vast array of subfields within psychology, as well as labora- 
tory-based exposure to the nature of research design and analysis. Students then com- 
plete courses within each of five critical psychological subdisciplines (human 
development, psychopathology, biopsychology, cognition, and social processes), which 
include additional, advanced, lab-based research. Finally, all majors complete an inte- 
grative capstone experience, which includes coursework surveying the history of psy- 
chology, as well as the completion of an individualized internship or research project. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychology. 

Major: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, 130, 199, and 443; one course from 325, 333, 347, 364, or 
379; one course from 400, 410, 420, or SED 440; an additional 6 PSY credits. Students 
must also complete one course from each of the following five core areas: biopsy- 
chology: 280, 285, 378; cognition: 250, 260, 363; human development: 230, 235, 324; 
social processes: 240, 245, 247, 255, 346; psychopathology: 265, 268, 270, 332. (42- 
52 credits). 

Minor: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, and 130; 6 credits at the 200-level or higher; 3 credits at the 
300-level. (23 credits). 



138 Psychology 2007-2008 Catalog 



Courses in Psychology (PSY): 

111. General Psychology I. This survey course examines the relationship between re- 
search and theory in the field of psychology. A brief review of the history of psychol- 
ogy allows students to understand the evolution of the discipline. The remainder of the 
course provides an overview of the basic research areas of psychology, including phys- 
iological psychology, sensation and perception, learning and memory, language and 
cognition, and human development. 3 credits. 

112. General Psychology II. This survey course examines the relationship between re- 
search and theory in the field of psychology, with emphasis on the field of applied psy- 
chology. Individual and societal influences on physical and psychological health will be 
examined. Topics will include psychological testing, personality theory, intelligence, 
motivation and emotion, social behavior, and psychological disorders and treatment. 3 
credits. 

120. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. An introduction to psychology as a 
science, emphasizing laboratory research. Students complete literature reviews, design 
and conduct a psychological experiment, perform data analysis and interpretation, and 
review scientific ethics. In addition, subdisciplines of psychology, and methodology 
specific to each, are explored. Writing process. 4 credits. 

130. Statistics and Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantita- 
tive and qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to 
interpret and understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method ap- 
plied to data analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential 
statistics, and the statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. 
Students will also design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-col- 
lection project. [Cross-listed as Political Science 142.] 4 credits. 

180. Child Development and Education. A survey of major ideas in child development 
and educational psychology, with an emphasis on classroom applications. Topics in- 
clude human development, intelligence, language, learning, memory, motivation, social 
and cultural contexts of development, and assessments. 3 credits. 

799. Sophomore Seminar. This course is designed to help clarify students' interests 
and long-term plans in the field of psychology. Topics include identifying the academic 
and interpersonal abilities necessary to become a successful student at the undergrad- 
uate level and beyond, reviewing the broad skills and values related to different careers 
in psychology, preparing students for the different elements of job searching and ap- 
plying to graduate school, exploring employment options in psychology available to 
individuals with bachelor's and graduate degrees, and reflecting on one's own skills/in- 
terests to develop a general career plan for their post-collegiate life. This is a pass/fail 
course for all students. 1 credit. 

230. Psychology of Adolescent Development. A study of the psychological character- 
istics and changes occurring during adolescence. Topics include psychological devel- 
opment, social influences, cognitive and intellectual development, identity and 
self-concept, sexual development, values, and transition to adulthood. Prerequisites: 
PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Psychology 139 



235. Psychology of Adult Development and Aging. A study of research, literature, and 
theories concerned with psychological change in the adult, from early adulthood to 
death. Current research methods and findings are covered in the areas of physical, cog- 
nitive, personality, and social changes in the adult years. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, or 130. 3 credits. 

240. Organizational Psychology. Psychological principles applied to organizational 
behavior. Topics include individual factors (personality, attitudes, perceptions), group 
dynamics, personnel selection and training, communication, leadership, ergonomics 
and organizational change. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

245. Personality. A study of the major theories of personality, with emphasis on psy- 
choanalysis, humanistic psychology, behaviorism, social learning, and trait theory. Pre- 
requisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. Writing process. 3 credits. 

247. Psychological Perspectives on Gender. This course is designed to address a broad 
spectrum of issues related to the psychology of gender. Of central importance is the 
examination of empirical findings related to gender differences and similarities in bi- 
ological, behavioral, cognitive, social, and emotional domains. The course will also in- 
volve a critical examination of the meaning of gender in the field of psychology and in 
the broader society. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

248. Health Psychology/Behavioral Medicine. This course is designed as an intro- 
duction to health psychology/behavioral medicine. It will consider the role of psychol- 
ogy in the health field, including medical settings. It covers the relationship between 
psychological factors and physical disease from predisposition through maintenance. 
The study of behavioral medicine will include treatment of stress and stress-related dis- 
orders, preventive health behaviors and factors related to adherence of treatment pro- 
grams. It also explores the psychological connections of pain and pain management, and 
how personal control is related to both health and the disease process. Prerequisites: 
PSY 111, 112, 120,or 130. 3 credits. 

250. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. Surveys structures and fiinctions of, and re- 
search strategies to examine, the various sensory systems with particular emphasis on 
the visual system. Physiological, psychological and philosophical aspects of percep- 
tion are discussed. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

255. Evolutionary Psychology. This course is an approach to psychology in which 
knowledge and principles from evolutionary biology are used to research the structure 
of the human mind. Topics will include the adaptive problems of survival, mating, par- 
enting, kinship, cooperation, warfare, and conflict between the sexes. Prerequisites: 
PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

260. Learning and Memory. This course explores various processes involved in knowl- 
edge acquisition, storage, and retrieval. Specific topics include associative learning 
mechanisms, the impact of reinforcement and punishment on behavior, generalization 
and discrimination, memory encoding, long-term memory storage and retrieval, mem- 
ory distortions, and the sources of individual differences in learning and memory. Pre- 
requisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 



140 Psychology 2007-2008 Catalog 



265. Abnormal Behavior and Experience. A study of mental, emotional and behavioral 
problems, including alcohol and drug abuse, brain disorders, criminal and psychopathic 
behavior, neuroses, psychophysiological reactions, psychoses, sexual deviations, sub- 
normal intelligence, and suicide. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

268. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. A study of the ways psychologists assist per- 
sons and groups. Particular attention is given to assessment, individual and group ther- 
apy, marriage and family counseling, and community psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 
111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

270. Forensic Psychology. This course will focus on three critical areas that fall under 
the umbrella of forensic psychology. First, students will be introduced to the area of 
legal psychology, including applied empirical research on issues important to the legal 
system such as eyewitness accuracy, police selection, jury decision making, and legal 
assumptions about human behavior relevant to the rights of defendants, victims, chil- 
dren, and consumers of mental health services. Second, the area of psychological ju- 
risprudence will be explored by studying efforts to develop a philosophy of law and 
justice based on psychological values. Third, students will be introduced to the con- 
cepts generally thought of as forensic psychology, such as criminal profiling, insanity 
defense, competence to stand trial, and child custody decisions. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 
or PSH 111. [Cross-listed as Sociology 270.] 3 credits. 

280. Introduction to Neuropsychology. This course serves as an introduction to the 
content areas and methodology of neuropsychology, the study of the relationships be- 
tween brain function and behavior. Topics include basic communication in the nervous 
system, organization and function of sensory and motor systems, hemispheric special- 
ization, localization of function, brain injury and plasticity, and issues associated with 
neuropsychological assessment. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

285. Introduction to Psychopharmacology. This course surveys the most commonly 
used substances to treat mental disorders, such as antianxiety, antidepressant, anti- 
psychotic, mood-stabilizer, psychostimulant, and cognitive enhancer medications. The 
course also discusses the brain and its most common neurotransmitters, how transmit- 
ting neurons send and receive electrochemical information, the pharmokinetics (me- 
tabolism and elimination) and pharmacodynamics (absorption, distribution, and effects) 
of each drug, as well as the action sites, side effects, and mechanisms of each drug. 
Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

290-298. Special Topics. 1-6 credits. 

324. Psychology of Child Development. This course provides a broad foundation for un- 
derstanding child development through an integration of practical, theoretical, and re- 
search orientations. Attention is given to both cultural and biological determinants of 
social, cognitive, physical, and emotional development, focusing on individual differ- 
ences as well as group similarities. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or per- 
mission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

325. Child Development Laboratory. The course will provide students with experience 
planning (including IRB approval), observing, measuring, and analyzing child behav- 
ior using the methods employed by developmental researchers. This is intended to sup- 
Lebanon Valley College Psychology 141 



plement the theory and research background they receive in PSY 324. Prerequisites: 
PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently 
enrolled in PSY 324. 1 credit. 

332. Psychological Testing and Assessment. An introduction to the principles of psy- 
chological measurement, methods of test design and construction, and applications and 
interpretations of existing psychological tests. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 
130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

333. Psychological Testing and Assessment Laboratory. Students will be given the op- 
portunity to experience how psychological tests are designed and evaluated. Each stu- 
dent will conduct a literature review on their selected topics, and then design, construct, 
distribute, and evaluate the validity/reliability of a psychological test instrument con- 
sistent with a research theme that will change every year. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 
332. 1 credit. 

346. Social Psychology. A study of the inter- and intra-personal relationships between 
individuals and groups, with emphasis on theories and research studies. The topics cov- 
ered may include attitude development and change, conformity, persuasion, person per- 
ception, attribution, attraction, and group processes. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 
and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

347. Social Psychology Laboratory. This course is intended to provide students with 
hands-on experience in the types of survey design, observational research, and lab- 
based experimentation consistent with group behavior, interpersonal relationships, and 
the interaction between social issues and popular culture. The course culminates in the 
presentation of data from students' original research within social psychology. Prereq- 
uisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 1 30; students must also have either completed or be cur- 
rently enrolled in PSY 346. 1 credit. 

360. The Teaching of Social Science in Secondary Schools. This course is designed 
for students seeking certification to teach social science courses (psychology, sociol- 
ogy, and anthropology) at the secondary school level. Under the supervision of College 
faculty, students will be responsible for preparing lecture and lab materials, teaching se- 
lected topics, and preparing, administering, and evaluating course assignments and 
exams. 1 credit. 

363. Cognitive Science. This course explores the human mind by integrating philo- 
sophical, psychological, and biological perspectives on the nature of thought processes. 
Specific topics discussed in this framework include attention, perception, conscious- 
ness, memory, language, reasoning, intelligence, and thought-related dysfunctions. Pre- 
requisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

364. Cognitive Science Laboratory. This is an advanced, hands-on seminar in cogni- 
tive science, which will allow students to explore a preferred interest in human think- 
ing via laboratory research. Students will review the literature on their chosen topic, 
design an experiment addressing this issue, and then collect and analyze the data from 
their experiment. The course culminates with an oral and written presentation of their 



142 Psychology . 2007-2008 Catalog 



research. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either 
completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 363. 1 credit. 

378. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological basis (substrates) of behav- 
ioral processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and per- 
ception, learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors, emotion and 
psychopathology. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the in- 
structor. [Cross-listed as Psychobiology 378.] 3 credits. 

379. Physiological Psychology Laboratory. Students will be introduced to methods 
used in the study of the nervous system and its influence on behavior. Lab work will in- 
clude collecting, analyzing, and reporting data from physiological studies, as well as 
sheep brain dissection and stereotaxic neurosurgery. In addition, students must complete 
an APA st>'le proposal for an individual research project. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 
378. 1 credit. 

400. Internship. This course focuses on practical and professional work experience re- 
lated to the student's work or research interests or graduate school plans. Internships are 
limited to off-campus sites only. Students should not take more than six credits per se- 
mester. This will be a pass/fail course for all students. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, 130, and at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher; overall GPA of at 
least 2.5; completion of departmental form; approval of internship site by student's ad- 
viser prior to registration. 1-12 credits. 

410. Independent Laboratory Research. This advanced seminar allows students to ex- 
plore their own research-based interests in psychology via the completion of a labora- 
tory experiment on a psychological topic of their choosing. Students will review the 
literature on their topic in an integrative manner, formulate a novel experiment that ad- 
dresses some aspect(s) of their chosen discipline, collect and analyze data for their ex- 
periment, and then present their findings in the form of a conference-style oral 
presentation and a complete APA-style research manuscript. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 
1 12, 120, 130, at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher, and a meeting 
with the course instructor prior to the start of the semester to begin discussing possible 
research topics. Students may enroll in a maximum of 3 credit hours per independent 
laboratory research in any one semester. A maximum of 6 credit hours in independent 
laboratory research may be used toward the graduation requirements. 3 credits. 

420. Independent Reading. This is an advanced seminar in psychological science, 
where all students will research topics on the same specified theme, selected by the in- 
structor (this theme will be different with each offering of the course). Students will pro- 
duce an integrative literature review of their issue and develop some conclusions about 
their topic, then present their insights in both oral and written forms. Prerequisites: 
PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher, and a 
meeting with the course instructor prior to the start of the semester to begin discussing 
possible research topics. 2 credits. 

443. History and Theory. A study of the history of psychology, including philosophi- 
cal precursors to psychology, early and modem schools of thought within psychology, 

Lebanon Valley College Psychology 143 



important trends, and famous psychologists. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, 
and at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Deanna L. Dodson, professor of psychology; associate dean of the faculty. 
Ph.D., University of Memphis. 

Her teaching interests are in psychobiology, experimental psychology, and general psy- 
chology. Her current research areas include hemispheric specialization and handed- 
ness, and developmental patterns in lateralization. She is a member of the Association 
for Psychological Science, Sigma Xi, and the Eastern Psychological Association. 

Michael Kitchens, assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Mississippi. 

His teaching interests include social psychology, the science of emotion, experimental 
psychology, and general psychology. His research interests focus on emotion regulation, 
self-regulation impairment or failure, and the consequences these processes have for in- 
terpersonal relationships. He is a member of the Association for Psychologicl Science 
and the Society for Personality and Social Psychology. 

Louis B. Laguna, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 

His teaching interests are in clinical psychology, psychopharmacology and forensic 
psychology. He supervises internship students and is a Pa. state-licensed clinical psy- 
chologist His research interests include psychophysiological processes of fear and a 
variety of topics in police and forensic psychology. He is a member of the Pennsylva- 
nia Psychological Association. 

Lou Manza, associate professor of psychology. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., City University of New York. 

His teaching interests include cognitive processes, research design and analysis, the 
history of psychology, and paranormal phenomena. His research interests focus on per- 
ceptual sets, and schema development/change, as applied to pseudoscientific beliefs. He 
is a member of the Association for Psychological Science, the Eastern Psychological 
Association, Division 2 of the American Psychological Association (Teaching of Psy- 
chology), Psi Chi, and an associate member of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry. 

Heather Mitchell, visiting assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Memphis. 

Her teaching interests include learning and memory, cognitive science, statistics, re- 
search methods, introductory psychology and psychology of language. Her primary re- 
search interests are discourse processes, humor studies, learning, tutoring, creativity, 
intelligence, and problem solving. She is a member of the International Society for 
Humor Studies, the Society for Text & Discourse, and the Association for Psychologi- 
cal Science. She is also the faculty advisor for the LVC chapter of Psi Chi (the national 
honor society in psychology). 



144 Psychology 2007-2008 Catalog 



Michelle Nieulescu, visiting assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., Temple University School of Medicine. 

Her teaching interests include physiological psychology, general psychology, experi- 

mentl psychology, and sensory and perceptual processes. Her research interests include 

the biology and psychology behind drug abuse and addiction. She is a member of the 

Society for Neuroscience and the Research Society on Alcoholism. 

Kerrie D. Smedley , associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 

Her teaching interests include general psychology, life span development, and the psy- 
chology of gender. Her research interests include cognitive aging, worry, and depres- 
sion across the adult years. She is a member of the Association for Psychological 
Science and the Human Behavior and Evolution Society, and is the faculty advisor for 
the Psychology Club. 

Jamie M. Bolton, adjunct lecturer in psychology. 

M.S., Millersville University. 

Her teaching interests are in clinical psychology, personality theories, psychopathol- 

ogy, social psychology, and child development and education. She is employed as a 

mobile therapist/behavior specialist consultant for children/adolescents by Philhaven 

BHRS in Mount Gretna, Pa. 

Richard J. Tushup, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His teaching interests are in experimental, neuropsychology and abnormal psychology. 

He is a staff psychologist at a local Veterans Administration hospital. 

Wayne David Schmoyer, adjunct lecturer in psychology. 

Psy.D., Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine. 

His teaching interests are in clinical psychology and neuropsychology. He is on staff 

at Riverside Associates., PC, in Harrisburg, PA. 

McKenzie L. Walker, adjunct lecturer in psychology. 
M.S., Millersville University. 

Her teaching interests are in developmental psychology, clinical psychology and ab- 
normal psychology. She is a mental health therapist at Philhaven Behavioral Health in 
Mount Gretna, PA. 



Lebanon Valley College Psychology 145 



DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 

Many majors in religion or philosophy go on to advanced study in graduate or pro- 
fessional schools and seminaries. Our graduates have pursued a wide variety of careers 
in education, law, ministry and business. A major in religion or philosophy may be com- 
bined with a major or minor in another subject. 

Religion Program 

The study of religion is designed to give students insight into the meaning of the re- 
ligious dimension of human experience. Course work in religion introduces students to 
the various historical and contemporary expressions of the Judeo-Christian heritage as 
well as to the diverse religious traditions of humankind. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in religion. 

Major: REL 1 10, 140, 201 or 202, 310; one course from 252, 253, 254 or 260; and five 
additional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 200-level courses and 
one in 300-level courses. (30 credits). 

Minor: REL 1 10, 140, 201 or 202; one course from 252, 253, 254, or 260; and two ad- 
ditional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 300-level courses. (18 
credits). 

Courses in Religion (REL): 

110. Introduction to Religion. An exploration of the many dimensions of religion as a 
central human experience: self and meaning, religious expression, religious knowledge, 
religion in its cultural context, and religion and the natural order. 3 credits. 

120. Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious expres- 
sion in America. Special emphasis will be given to issues of religious diversity. Cultural 
Diversity Studies. [Cross-listed as American Studies 120.] 3 credits. 

140. Encountering World Religions. This course examines the beliefs and practices of 
some of the world's major religious traditions and significant religious movements, fo- 
cusing predominantly on non-Christian or non-European traditions. The course will be 
oriented topically (ritual, theology, etc.), geographically (India, the Middle East, etc.), 
or thematically (religion in the modern world, religious encounters in history, etc.). 3 
credits. 

160. Religion and Ethics. A study of religion in its relation to moral values, both per- 
sonal and social, with emphasis on Christian ethics. 3 credits. 

201. Biblical Literature I. A study of the Hebrew scriptures (known to Christians as the 
Old Testament) and related literature, including their historical and social context. 3 
credits. 

202. Biblical Literature II. A study of the New Testament and related literature, in- 
cluding its historical and social context. 3 credits. 

230. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contem- 
porary religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith 

146 Religion and Philosophy 2007-2008 Catalog 



and culture; and interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. 
[Cross-listed as Philosophy 230.] 3 credits. 

251. Judaism. A survey of the development of Judaism and its contemporary teachings 
and practices. 3 credits. 

252. Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo- 
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and 
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 252.] 3 credits. 

153. Buddhism. A study of the development of Buddhism, including its teaching, prac- 
tice and influence as one of the great missionary religions. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese 
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism and Chi- 
nese Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. 
Foreign studies. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 254.] 3 credits. 

255. Islam. This course will introduce students to the historical origins and development 
of Islam. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

260. The Sacred and Society. A study of debates concerning the sacred origins of so- 
ciety in China, India and Western Europe. The course includes claims for divine sanc- 
tions for societal structures as well as opposing views. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

265. Myth and Metamorphoses. A study of God in a variety of cultures, including 
India, Egypt and Greece at periods when writers were adapting mythic traditions and 
formulating less poetic, more literally minded views of the divine. The course also ex- 
plores a variety of theoretical approaches to myth. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

310. History of Christian Thought. An examination of the history of Christianity and 
the development of Christian thought through the reading and discussion of primary 
works in Christian theology and philosophy. Writing process. 3 credits. 

313. The Search for Jesus. This course will examine ancient texts, contemporary com- 
mentaries, historical reconstructions, and artistic and literary depictions in its search for 
Jesus. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structures and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Writing 
process. [Cross-listed as Sociology 322.] 3 credits. 

327. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins 
of the cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course ex- 
amines developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adap- 
tation of those theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval 
views in the early modern period, and the development of new theories in recent times. 
Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 327.] 3 credits. 

332. Religion in Literature. A study of religious and moral issues in contemporary fic- 
tion, poetry and non-fiction. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 147 



333. Religion and Film. This course will introduce students to the basic history of film 
and film studies. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

338. Postmodern Philosophy and Theology. This course will trace the historical de- 
velopment of contemporary religious thought in the West, beginning with the period 
of the Enlightenment and extending into the present. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 338.] 
3 credits. 

339. Existentialism and Religion. This course will be a focused study of many of the 
main texts, thinkers, and themes in existentialist philosophy and theology. We will see 
how existentialist thinkers have engaged and reacted to both traditional philosophy and 
each other in their attempts to locate truth in the concreteness of experience rather than 
in the realm of ethereal and abstract ideas. 3 credits. [Cross listed as PHL 339.] 

340. One Nation Under God. This course explores the relationship between religion and 
politics in the United States. It will include an examination of the role religion played 
in the founding of our nation's democracy, the important separation between church 
and state that has been achieved over the course of our nation's history, and the ascen- 
dancy of the religious right in recent electoral politics. 3 credits. 

352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the 
early modern period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platon- 
ism. Topics include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's na- 
ture, the limits of reason and the role of faith in discussing God. [Cross-listed as 
Philosophy 352.] 3 credits. 

353. Visual Art and Religious Experience. An exploration of the way in which the vi- 
sual arts have come to embody religious experience in Native American, Buddhist and 
Abrahamic traditions. A series of comparative studies introduce students to socioreli- 
gious content in art and diverse impulses to worship. Writing process. Disciplinary per- 
spective. [Cross-listed as Art 353.] 3 credits. 

Philosophy Program 

The study of philosophy directly involves the student in the process of sharpening 
critical and analytical abilities. Philosophy courses examine some of the greatest peren- 
nial questions of values, knowledge, and reality and their relation to human nature. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in philosophy. 

Major: PHL 1 10, 120, 160, 301 ; at least two courses from 330-339; and five additional 
courses in philosophy. (30 credits). 

Minor: PHL 110, 160, 301; at least one course from 330-339; and two additional 
courses in philosophy. (18 credits). 

Courses in Philosophy (PHL): 

110. Introduction to Philosophy. Examination of major philosophical issues and the 
ways major philosophers have dealt with them. 3 credits. 



148 Religion and Philosophy 2007-2008 Catalog 



120. Basic Logic. An introduction to the rules of clear and effective thinking. Attention 
is given to the logic of meaning, the logic of valid inference and the logic of factual in- 
quiry. Main emphasis is upon deductive logic. Students are introduced to the elements 
of symbolic logic as well as to traditional modes of analysis. 3 credits. 

140. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States 
from colonial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James and Dewey. 
3 credits. 

160. Ethics. An inquiry into the central problems of values applied to human conduct, 
with an examination of the responses of major ethical theories to those problems. 3 
credits. 

215. Social Philosophy. An examination of some of the important philosophical issues, 
including the ethical and valuational, to be found in the social institutions of politics, 
law, government and religion. Writing process. 3 credits. 

220. Political Philosophy. A survey of the different Western philosophies and theories 
of government, ancient and modern, but especially since the 16th century. [Cross-listed 
as Political Science 220.] 3 credits. 

230. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contem- 
porary religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith 
and culture; and interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. 
[Cross- listed as Religion 230.] 3 credits. 

252. Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo- 
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and 
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. [Cross-listed as Religion 252.] 3 credits. 

254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese 
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism and Chi- 
nese Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. 
Foreign studies. [Cross-listed as Religion 254.] 3 credits. 

260. Business Ethics. An examination of ethics and values within the context of mod- 
ern corporate organizations. The course considers issues pertinent to corporate re- 
sponsibility, whistle-blowing, the profit motive, consumerism, bribery, conflict of 
interest and cost/benefit analysis. Some attention is given to classical ethical theories; 
a considerable portion of the course is devoted to case analysis. 3 credits. 

301. Major Authors. Intensive studies of individual great philosophers or principal 
schools. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. Writing process. 3 credits. 

321. Women in Philosophy. An exploration of women's philosophic voices in the de- 
velopment of Western philosophy. Writing process. 3 credits. 

327. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins 
of the cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course ex- 
amines developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adap- 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 149 



tation of those theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval 
views in the early modern period, and the development of new theories in recent times. 
Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. [Cross-listed as Religion 327.] 3 credits. 

334. The Enlightenment. An examination of the major thinkers and philosophical ar- 
guments from the Enlightenment period of Western philosophy. Writing process. 3 cred- 
its. 

336. 20th-century Philosophy. Examines representative American, British and Conti- 
nental philosophers from 1900 to present. Writing process. 3 credits. 

338. Postmodern Philosophy and Theology. This course will trace the historical devel- 
opment of contemporary religious thought in the West, beginning with the period of the 
Enlightenment and extending into the present. [Cross-listed as Religion 338.] 3 credits. 

339. Existentialism and Religion. This course will be a focused study of many of the 
main texts, thinkers, and themes in existentialist philosophy and theology. We will see 
how existentialist thinkers have engaged and reacted to both traditional philosophy and 
each other in their attemps to locate truth in the concretness of experience rather than 
in the realm of ethereal and abstract ideas. 3 credits. [Cross listed as REL 339.] 

345. Political Philosophy. Students in this course study the development of Western 
political thought from Classical Greece to modern times, examining the conceptual 
evolution of citizenship, civic obligation, and the nature of justice, and exploring the 
connection between moral and positive law in the western tradition. Prerequisites: jun- 
ior standing or permission of the instructor. Writing process. Disciplinary perspectives. 
[Cross-listed as Political Science 345.] 3 credits. 

349. The Holocaust: A Case Study in Social Ethics. This course examines the moral 
responsibility of institutions in German society, 1939-1945, for acquiescing to and per- 
petrating the state-sanctioned killing of European Jews and others. Writing process. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the 
early modern period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platon- 
ism. Topics include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's na- 
ture, the limits of reason and the role of faith in discussing God. [Cross-listed as 
Religion 352.] 3 credits. 

Faculty 

J. Noel Hubler, associate professor of religion and philosophy. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., The University of Pennsylvania. 

He specializes in philosophy of truth and knowledge, with an interest in both contem- 
porary issues and historical perspectives. He has studied cosmology and theories of 
matter from antiquity to the modern period. He is also the translator of Ezekiel for the 
New English Translation of the Septuagint, Oxford University Press. 



150 Religion and Philosophy 2007-2008 Catalog 



Jeffrey W. Robbins, assistant professor of religion and philosophy and American Studies. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

His area of specialization is in continental philosophy of religion. He is also interested 
in the relationship between religion, politics, and the forces of globalization. His teach- 
ing interests include contemporary religious thought, world religions, religion and cul- 
ture, and film theory. In addition to teaching courses in religion, he regularly teaches in 
the American Studies program and serves as the director of the college colloquium. He 
is the author of two books, Between Faith and Thought: An Essay on the Ontotheologi- 
cal Condition (2003), and In Search of a Non-Dogmatic Theology (2004), and editor of 
the forthcoming After the Death of God, with John D. Caputo and Gianni Vattimo. 

Noelle Vahanian, assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 
Ph.D., Syracuse Universit}'. 

Her area of specialization is at the crossroads of philosophical theology. Continental 
philosophy, and political theory. Her teaching interests include the history of philoso- 
phy, ethics, and philosophy and literature. She is the author of Theology, Language, 
and Desire: A Genealogy of the Will to Speak (2003). 

Robert Valgenti, assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 

Ph.D., Depaul Universit}'. 

He specializes in 1 9th and 20th century continental philosophy, hermeneutics, and Kant 

studies. His research has focused primarily on the relation of recent Italian philosophy 

to the history of German and French continental thought. He is the translator of two 

books forthcoming from SUNY Press: Luigi Pareyson s Truth and Interpretation, and 

Donatella Di Cesare s Utopia of Understanding. 

Paul M. Fullmer, adjunct assistant professor of religion 
Ph.D., The Graduate Theological Union 

Fullmer specializes in the New Testament with interests in the Gospel of Mark, ancient 
fiction, and Koine Greek. He is co-author of a series of workbooks entitled Read Greek 
by Friday. His teaching interests include biblical literature, world religions, and fresh- 
man writing. 

David W. Layman, adjunct assistant professor of religion. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

A specialist in the history of American religious thought, he teaches a variety of courses, 

including world religions, religion in America, and history of Christianity. 

Jonathan Terry, adjunct assistant professor of religion. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

A specialist in American religious history and religious expression in contemporary 

American culture. 

Warren K.A. Thompson, professor emeritus of philosophy. 

M.A., University of Texas. 

He teaches a course on the Holocaust. 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 1 5 1 



SOCIAL SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The College offers a program for students seeking certification to teach Social Sci- 
ence in the secondary schools. The program includes three required components: the 
Social Science core, the secondary education core, and a major in psychology. Gradu- 
ation requirements for this major are noted in this catalog under the department. There 
is no major in Social Science. Dr. Lou Manza is the coordinator of the Social Science 
Certification Program. 

Program Requirements: 

Social Science core courses: PSY 112, 180, 245, 324, 346 and 360; SOC 110, 120, 

210, 230, 240, and 362. (33 credits) 

Secondary Education core courses: EDU 1 10; SED 280, 430, 431, and 440. (22-24 
credits). 

Students must conform to state guidelines that require another math and an English or 
American literature course in addition to the general education requirements. Students 
must apply to the certification program after completing at least 48 credits (including 
the math and English courses) with a 3.0 grade point average and must maintain that 
average in order to be certified. 

Psychology (PSY) major courses: 111, 120, 130, 199, and 443; one of the following lab 
courses: 325, 333, 347, 364, or 379; one of the following (biosychology): 280, 285, or 
378; one of the following (cognition): 250, 260, or 363; one of the following 
(psychopathology): 265, 268, 270, or 332. (25 credits) 




152 Social Science 



2007-2008 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY 
AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Sociology Program 

The major in sociology gives students an understanding of human behavior. By ex- 
amining the social and cultural forces that shape our lives, students gain a richer un- 
derstanding of themselves and contemporary social issues. Sociology explores how and 
why people behave as they do as well as the effects of their behavior on others. In an 
economy that is moving from a manufacturing base to a service orientation, graduates 
in sociology are prepared to work in fields where an understanding of the dynamics of 
human relationships is important. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in sociology. 

Major: SOC 110, 311, 321, 499; 21 additional credits in sociology excluding intern- 
ships (33 credits). 

Minor: SOC 110, 311, 321; three elective courses in sociology excluding internships 
(18 credits). For criminal justice majors, the minor requires: SOC 110, 311, 321 and 
four electives that do not count toward the criminl justice major. 

Criminal Justice Program 

The criminal justice major is a multi-disciplinary approach to examining the pat- 
terns associated with various crimes, theories of crime causation, victimization and so- 
ciety's response to crime. The components of the criminal justice system, including law 
enforcement, the courts, and corrections, are analyzed. Study of the criminal justice 
system includes a critical approach to examining the goals and controversies associated 
with crime control policies. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in criminal justice. 

Major: SOC 110, 245, 278, 311, 331, 333, 499; PSC 110, 316; 6 credits of internship 
in Sociology, Political Science or Psychology; two courses from SOC 220, 271, 272, 
290 (topics in Criminology/Criminal Justice), SOC/PSY 270, PSC 415, or PSY 265. 
Total credits 39. 

Courses in Sociology (SOC): 

110. Introduction to Sociology. A study of the basic sociological perspective including 
the nature of society, the influence of culture, the development of the self and group dy- 
namics. Specific topics include deviance and social control, racism, sexism and poverty. 
3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Anthropology. Introduction to both physical and cultural anthro- 
pology including human evolution, human variation, and cross-cultural analysis and 
comparison. 3 credits. 

210. Social Problems. Contemporary social problems as seen through different ana- 
lytical perspectives. Problems covered include war and peace, pollution and environ- 



Lebanon Valley College Sociology and Criminal Justice 153 



mental exploitation, crime and delinquency, and emotional and physical illness. Pre- 
requisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

211. Urbanology. An analysis of the city as a unique form of social organization. From 
a multi-disciplinary perspective, the course presents the nature of urbanization and the 
impact of urbanism on contemporary society. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

220. Forensic Evidence. This course involves the application of scientific methods to 
solving crimes. The course will explore the many ways in which an offender leaves ev- 
idence behind at a crime scene and carries evidence away from that crime scene. A 
range of topics will be covered including, but not limited to: ballistics, DNA, finger- 
prints, tire prints, odontology and entomology. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

224. Native American Experience. A review of the development of Native American 
society, culture, politics, and economy from prehistory to the present with special em- 
phasis on the relationships between Native Americans and other immigrants to North 
America. 3 credits. 

226. Women's Issues, Women's Voices. An examination of women's contributions to 
the world, their roles in social institutions, and issues arising from their uniqueness and 
social situations. Topics will include images of women and their writings; biology and 
health; issues of sexuality and gender identity; and women's roles in the family, religion, 
education, and in the worlds of work and politics. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, 3 credits. 

230. Sociology of Marriage and the Family. An overview of marriage and the family 
focusing upon love, mate selection, alternative life styles, marital communication, con- 
flict resolution, parenting, divorce and widowhood. Utilizes a historical and cross-cul- 
tural perspective in addition to sociological analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

240. Diversity and Understanding. The major objective of this course is to help students 
become aware of the degree to which behavior (including one's own) is culturally de- 
termined. As we continue to move toward a global society with increasingly frequent 
intercultural contacts, we need more than simple factual knowledge about cultural dif- 
ferences; we need a framework for understanding inter-cultural communication and 
cross-cultural human relations. Through lecture, discussion, simulations, case-studies, 
role-plays and games, students will learn the inter-cultural communication framework 
and the skills necessary to make them feel comfortable and communicate effectively 
with people of any culture and in any situation involving a group of diverse back- 
grounds. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

245. Crime and Criminals. An examination of different types of crime including a 
broad range of violent crimes and property crimes. Profiling and criminal typologies 
will be explored. Specific crimes such as arson, kidnapping, stalking, and homicide 
will be studied. Case studies of prototypical offenders will be included. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110. 3 credits. 

257. Basic Interpersonal Relations Skill Processes. An introduction to the theory and 
skills of interpersonal relationships that are geared toward helping people resolve 
personal and social problems. The course features skill-building exercises as well as 



1 54 Sociology and Criminal Justice 2007-2008 Catalog 



linkage of theory and skills. Open to students of any major who have an interest in in- 
terpersonal relationships or counseling. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

252. Human Behavior in the Social Environment, An examination of the interrelation 
of biological, psychological and sociocultural systems and their effects on human de- 
velopment and behavior. A life span perspective is used to develop an understanding of 
the total person as he/she functions in relation to his/her environment at each stage in 
the developmental process. The impact of diversity in ethnic background, race, class, 
sexual orientation and culture in a pluralistic society will also be addressed. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

261. The Aged and Aging. An investigation of the process of aging and contemporary 
issues related to the elderly. Topics covered include Alzheimer's disease, retirement, 
stereotypes of the elderly and contributions of the elderly to society. Prerequisite: SOC 
110.3 credits. 

262. Race, Minorities and Discrimination. An examination of the patterns of struc- 
tured inequality in American society, including a variety of minority, racial, and ethnic 
groups. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

270. Forensic Psychology. This course will focus on three critical areas that fall under 
the umbrella of forensic psychology. First, students will be introduced to the area of 
legal psychology, including applied empirical research on issues important to the legal 
system such as eyewitness accuracy, police selection, jury decision making, and legal 
assumptions about human behavior relevant to the rights of defendants, victims, chil- 
dren, and consumers of mental health services. Second, the area of psychological ju- 
risprudence will be explored by stiidying efforts to develop a philosophy of law and 
justice based on psychological values. Third, students will be introduced to the con- 
cepts generally thought of as forensic psychology, such as criminal profiling, insanity 
defense, competence to stand trial, and child custody decisions. Prerequisite: SOC 110 
or PSY 111. [Cross-listed as Psychology 270.] 3 credits. 

271. Child Abuse. The study and analysis of child abuse in its various expressions with 
additional focus on physical and sexual abuse. Emphasis will be on models and theo- 
ries of causation, dynamics, treatment and research. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

272. Substance Abuse. An examination of the problems associated with substance 
abuse including a study of the prevalent myths concerning substance abuse, an explo- 
ration of the causes of substance abuse and an exploration of how it affects the indi- 
vidual, the family and society as a whole. In addition, the course will examine current 
methods of intervention and treatment. Prerequisites: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

278. Juvenile Justice. An examination of the causes and effects of juvenile delinquency, 
the juvenile justice system and treatment programs for the juvenile offender. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

280. Sexuality and Society. Study of human sexuality from psychosocial and cultural 
perspectives. The course will include an examination of such topics as developmental 
sexuality, gender roles, sexual communication, sexual orientation, coercive sex, sexu- 



Lebanon Valley College Sociology and Criminal Justice 155 



ally transmitted diseases, HIV, and religious and ethical perspectives on sexuality. Pre- 
requisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

311. Research Methods. A study of the basic concepts and skills involved in critically 
evaluating and carrying out social scientific research. Topics include values and ethics 
of research on human behavior, research design, interviewing and questionnaire 
construction. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, plus 9 credits of 200-level or above of sociology 
or permission. 3 credits. 

321. Social Theory. An intensive examination of the major sociological theorists and 
movements. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, plus 9 credits of 200-level or above of Sociology 
or permission. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structure and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Writing 
process. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. [Cross-listed as Religion 
322.] 3 credits. 

324. Medical Sociology. An examination of the societal bases of health, illness and 
health care. The course will include an examination of the three components of medi- 
cine: the patient, the medical professional and the health care organization. Specific 
topics will include: the role of the patient; doctor-patient relationships; the socialization 
of medical professionals; the hospital as a complex organization, cross-cultural com- 
parisons of health care and current topics of concern such as the AIDS epidemic, new 
technologies and social response to the terminally ill patient. Writing process. Prereq- 
uisite: SOC 1 10, plus 9 credits of 200-level or above of Sociology or permission. 3 
credits. 

331. Criminology. An examination of the causes of crime. The question of whether or 
not such victimless crimes such as pornography, prostitution and drug use should be 
considered crimes is explored. This is primarily a theory course for criminal justice 
majors. Writing process. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, SOC 245, and 6 additional credits in 
sociology and junior standing, or permission. 3 credits. 

333. Criminal Justice. A sociological, historical, and philosophical examination of 
punishment and the criminal justice system. Rights of the accused, victimology, pris- 
ons, and the death penalty are studied. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, 245, and 6 additional 
credits in sociology and junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

340. Group Structure and Dynamics. An overview of the theory and research on small 
group organization and process including issues related to leadership, effective com- 
munication in groups, conformity and influence. Application of basic principles to prac- 
tical situations. Exercises designed to improve group leadership and participation skills. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

557. Death and Dying. Exploration of the basic legal, medical, ethical and social issues 
related to contemporary understanding of death and dying. Examines the stages of 
dying, the grief process, euthanasia, suicide, the hospice movement and life after death. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 



156 Sociology and CriminalJustice 2007-2008 Catalog 



370. Adoption. This course will focus on populations involved in adoption, including 
birth parents, adoptees, foster and adoptive families and agencies, in both domestic and 
transnational adoptions. Special consideration will be given to recent policies and ve- 
hicles that have been put into place to facilitate the permanency placement of children. 
A consideration of ethics in adoption will be a central theme of the course. An exami- 
nation of cultural, economic and policy factors in countries involved in transnational 
adoption will be included. The health (both physical and psychological) and cultural is- 
sues of adoptees and services that address these will be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 
110 plus 6 hours of 200-level or above sociology courses or permission. 3 credits. 

382. Sociology of the Mass Media. Seminar on how society shapes the mass media 
and the effects of the mass media on individuals and society. Topics include propa- 
ganda, television violence and aggression, and advertising. Special attention is given to 
values and images portrayed by the mass media. Writing process. Prerequisite: SOC 
1 10, 12 credits of sociology, junior standing, or permission. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience for sociology or criminal justice majors. Seniors 
only. Prerequisites for criminal justice majors: SOC 245, 331, and 333. Prerequisites for 
sociology majors: SOC 31 1, 321, and 12 additional credits in Sociology courses num- 
bered 250 or above. 1-2 creidts. 

499. Senior Seminar. A critical analysis of selected themes and issues in contemporary 
sociology. Topics may vary. This course is conducted as a seminar requiring extensive 
student participation. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 plus SOC 31 1, 321, or 331 and 9 addi- 
tional credits in sociology. This course is for sociology majors and criminal justice ma- 
jors only. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Sharon O.Arnold, associate professor of sociology. Chairperson. 
M.A. University^ of Akron. 

Among her teaching interests are medical sociology, diversity, and intercultural com- 
munication. Her research interests include the development of a cross-cultural frame- 
work for medical care delivery, especially doctor-patient interactions and the culture and 
re-entry shock that persons experience who spend significant time abroad. 

Marianne Goodfellow, assistant professor of sociology. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Her areas of interest include social problems, sociology of the family, sociology of 

aging, sociology of work and sociology of gender roles. Her research has focused on 

issues of aging, rural homeless services, and domestic violence. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, professor of sociology. 

Ph.D., University of New Hampshire. 

Her areas of interest include criminology, criminal justice, mass media. She is interested 

in the use of cooperative learning techniques. 

Daniel Simpkins, lecturer in sociology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

His teaching specialty is in the area of anthropology. 



Lebanon Valley College Sociology and Criminal Justice 1 57 




GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Lebanon Valley College offers four graduate programs. These are the Master of Busi- 
ness Administration (MBA), the Master of Music Education (MME), the Master of Sci- 
ence Education (MSE), and the Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) programs. 

The Master of Business Administration Program is a multi-disciplinary program de- 
signed to prepare graduates for managerial responsibilities at various levels of busi- 
ness organizations. This program provides a strong theoretical foundation as well as 
operational expertise in the areas of finance, management, marketing, human resource 
management, and operations management. 

The Master of Music Education Program is designed to be completed over the course 
of three summers. Addressing the graduate education needs of K-12 music teachers (the 
program is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music), the curriculum 
includes experiences in foundations and principles of music education, research methods, 
music technology, and the psychology of music learning plus several elective choices. 

The Master of Science Education Program is designed primarily for elementary and 
middle school teachers, teaching in kindergarten through eighth grades, who want to en- 
hance their understanding of science principles as well as their ability to teach these con- 
cepts to their students. This program focuses on the "hands-on" or experiential learning 
of science. Teachers with minimal experience in science and the methodology neces- 
sary to teach science to their students, as well as those with a strong background in one 
area of science and the desire to complement it with comparable understanding of the 
other sciences, will benefit from this program. 

The Doctor of Physical Therapy Program is a six-year program of study for students 
who will receive a preliminary baccalaureate degree in health science after four years 
of course work. 



158 Graduate Academic Programs 



2007-2008 Catalog 



Graduate Program Policies and Procedures 

Academic Advising and Registration 

Graduate students should meet with their academic advisors prior to class registra- 
tion. The advisor will develop a graduation plan with the student. All course registra- 
tions require the advisor s approval. 

Veteran Registration 

The College meets all of the criteria of Veterans Education under the provisions of 
Title 38, United States Code, Section 3675. The graduate programs have been approved 
for payment assistance. Veterans pay the cost of tuition, fees, books and supplies directly 
to the College. Applicants having any questions concerning their veteran's benefits 
should contact the College's veterans' representative in the Financial Aid Office. 

Transfer Credit 

A maximum of 9 credits (a maximum of 6 core credits) may be transferred from an- 
other graduate program with the approval of the program director/coordinator and the 
registrar. No transfer credit shall be accepted if the grade earned at another institution 
was less than B. Students wishing to transfer credits may be asked to submit course 
outline, textbook used, and any reading materials, so proper credit may be given. 

Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for a graduate degree may not take courses concurrently at another 
educational institution without prior consent of the academic advisor and the registrar. 

Grading 

Student work is graded A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C and F. Candidates must maintain a 
grade point average of 3.00 with a maximum of two C grades in the program. 

In addition, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates work that is incomplete but oth- 
erwise satisfactory. It is awarded only for substantial reason and work must be com- 
pleted in the first eight weeks of the following semester, including summer session, or 
I will be changed to F. 

W indicates withdrawal from a course through the designated withdrawal date. 
" Thereafter, the appropriate letter grade will be assigned for the course. 

No graduate course may be taken pass/fail, except MSE 830 or MME 805/806. 

Review Procedure 

Every student's academic progress shall be reviewed at the end of each academic pe- 
riod by the academic advisor. Any student whose average falls below 3.00 or who earns 
a C or F in three or more credit hours may be placed on academic probation. A student 
on academic probation may be required to retake courses or correct other academic de- 
ficiencies and must achieve a 3.00 cumulative average within two semesters of being 
placed on probation. A student may repeat a maximum of two graduate courses with 
any given course being repeated only once. Students who fail to correct deficiencies 
may be dropped from the program. A student may appeal any decision of the Office of 
Graduate Studies and Continuing Education to the vice president and dean of the faculty. 

Course Withdrawal and Tuition Refund 

Any student who withdraws from courses for which he or she is registered must 
notify the Graduate Studies and Continuing Education Office. The effective date of 

Lebanon Valley College Graduate Academic Programs 1 59 



withdrawal is the date on which the student notifies the office. Failure to give notice of 
withdrawal will result in a grade of F. Notifying the instructor does not constitute offi- 
cial withdrawal. A refund schedule based on official withdrawal date is available on 
the GS and CE webpages. 

Time Restriction 

The maximum time for completion of a graduate program is seven years from the 
date of the admission letter. Students who have not earned the graduate degree during 
this period shall have their academic standing reviewed and may be asked to meet ad- 
ditional requirements in order to graduate. 

Academic Honesty 

Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dis- 
honesty will not be tolerated. For the first academic dishonesty offense, failure in the 
course is mandatory, and the faculty member is required to inform the program direc- 
tor/coordinator in writing. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student by the pro- 
gram director/coordinator explaining the consequences and the right of appeal. For the 
second offense, failure in the course and expulsion from the graduate program and Col- 
lege are mandatory. 

Address Changes 

Any change of address must be reported to the Office of Graduate Studies and Con- 
tinuing Education as soon as possible. 

Privacy of Student Records 

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1 974 (P.L. 39- 
380) Lebanon Valley College releases no student education records without written 
consent and request of the student or as prescribed by the law. Each student has access 
to his or her education records with exclusions only as specified by the law. 

Financial Aid 

Students may participate in the Stafford Loan Program. Graduate students should 
contact the Financial Aid Office at 717-867-6181 to discuss financial aid eligibility. 

Employee Tuition Reimbursement 

Students are encouraged to inquire about tuition reimbursement programs at their 
places of employment. Most employers of current students provide education subsidies 
of 50-100 percent of tuition. Students who participate in an employer reimbursement 
program may be eligible for the deferred tuition option. Some employers authorize the 
College to bill them directly. In this case, students must present billing authorization 
when they register. Information on direct bill and deferred tuition options can be found 
on the Graduate Studies and Continuing Education webpages. 

Withdrawal from Program and College and Readmission 

To withdraw from Lebanon Valley College, a graduate student must complete an of- 
ficial withdrawal form obtained from the academic advisor. To apply for readmission, 
a graduate student must have the written approval of the director of graduate studies and 
continuing education. 



160 Graduate Academic Programs 2007-2008 Catalog 



MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The MBA Program at Lebanon Valley College is a unique program that combines 
liberal arts studies with career preparation in the field of business administration. The 
multi-disciplinary nature of the curriculum includes standard MBA-level courses along 
with exposure to courses in executive communications, executive leadership, and cor- 
porate and organizational ethics. 

MBA Admissions 

Candidates for admission must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited college 
or university as well as the interest, aptitude, and ability to undertake graduate studies. 
All candidates must provide official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work, a 
completed application, and a current resume. Applicants have the option of reporting 
scores from the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) or of providing doc- 
umentation of at least three years of substantial managerial level professional experi- 
ence. Documentation must include two letters of reference from immediate supervisors 
and a personal statement of how the candidate will benefit from and contribute to the 
MBA program. Reporting a GMAT score is also optional for those applicants who 
achieved an undergraduate GPA of at least 3.25 or those who have completed advanced 
degrees (master's or doctoral level). All candidates must schedule a personal interview 
with the coordinator of the MBA program. 

Graduate admission is on a rolling basis; action usually will be taken within four 
weeks of receipt of all required documentation. Qualified candidates may register for 
up to two graduate classes while completing the application process. 

Graduation Requirements 

A candidate for the MBA degree must complete a minimum of 36 credits, of which 
27 must be earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are nine required core courses (27 
credits) and three electives of the student's choice (9 credits) for a total of 36 credits. A 
candidate must achieve at least a 3.00 cumulative average with a maximum of two C's 
within the 36 graduate credits to be certified for graduation. 

Prerequisites 

Prospective students must demonstrate that they have command of the undergradu- 
ate common body of knowledge, including finance, accounting, economics, market- 
ing, computer applications, statistics, and quantitative methods. Prerequisites can be 
satisfied by the completion of undergraduate courses, by a waiver for knowledge gained 
through life experience or by examination. 

Degree: Master of Business Administration. 

Graduate Core: ENG 825; LSP 835; MGT 805, 815, 820, 860, 895; PHL 830; PSY 810 
(27 credits) and three of the following ACT 875; ECN 865; MGT 800, 850, 855, 870, 
880; special topics (9 credits). Total of 36 credits. 

MBA Courses: 

ACT 875. Managerial Decision Making. Provides students previously exposed to 
managerial accounting principles with the essential tools and strategies managers need 
to develop data for making decisions related to pricing strategy; product expansion, 
discontinuance or redesign; performance measurement; resource allocation and man- 
Lebanon Valley College Master of Business Administration 1 6 1 




agement; merger and acquisition planning, and other types of managerial decisions. 
Stresses ways to avoid mistakes that result when internal decision-making is based on 
data developed for external financial reporting. Business topics covered include fi- 
nancial statement analysis, responsibility accounting, Economic Value Added (EVA), 
and Activity Based Costing (ABC). 3 credits. 

ECN 865. Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, small business, and 
acquisitions. Special attention to entrepreneurial behavior, sources of funding and ac- 
tual case studies in the development of new enterprises. 3 credits. 

ENG 825. Executive Communications. Organizational communication skills, empha- 
sizing writing, speaking and listening techniques. Interpersonal communication. Ex- 
plores and increases communication options on individual, group and organizational 
levels. (Must be one of the first 3 courses taken in the MBA program.) 3 credits. 

LSP 835. Executive Leadership. Theories and concepts of leadership. Examination of 
the forces in the leader-follower interaction. Analysis of the skills, behaviors, attitudes, 
and values of effective and ethical leaders and followers. Application of concepts, in- 
formation and experience to case studies. 3 credits. 

MGT 800. Quantitative Analysis. Surveys mathematical foundations of management 
science. The course includes a review of probability and statistical concepts that will be 
necessary to understand the quantitative techniques introduced in the course. A phi- 
losophy of problem solving will be introduced as well as system thinking and the use 



1 62 Master of Business Administration 



2007-2008 Catalog 



of models in problem solving. The course will provide the student with the quantitative 
tools to be applied to the problems and case studies in MGT 820, Operations Manage- 
ment. 3 credits. 

MGT 805. Financial Policy. A quantitative approach to managerial problems of long 
term financing, asset management, dividend policy, and ethics in the firm and market- 
place. Emphasis placed on the application of experience to class discussion based on 
the use of The Wall Street Journal . 3 credits. 

MGT 815. Marketing Management. Seminar focusing on issues in the interplay be- 
tween marketing and society including the ethics of selling, advertising, marketing re- 
search and the social responsibility of marketers. Prerequisite: ENG 825 strongly 
recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 820. Operations Management. Systems approaches to management of produc- 
tion and service organizations. Topics include design and control of operations, oper- 
ations strategy, product and process planning, quality management, human resources, 
scheduling and control, and materials management. Emphasis is on mathematical foun- 
dations and quantitative techniques of management science/operations research 
(MS/OR), related MS/OR tools and applications, the priority/capacity organizational 
concepts and the strategy underlying operations. Introduces appropriate computer soft- 
ware. Prerequisite: MGT 800 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 850. Human Resource Management. A survey of personnel management activ- 
ities in organizations including exploration of recent developments in the field of human 
resource management. Topics include human resource planning, recruitment, selection, 
training, equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, discipline, career plan- 
ning, compensation, safety and health. Instruction method includes case study, readings 
and classroom lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PSY 810 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 855. Legal Environment of Business. Legal concepts and principles important 
to business decision making including employment law, labor-management relations 
and relevant legislation, tax consequences of business transactions, government regu- 
lation, contract law and application of the Uniform Commercial Code to business trans- 
actions. Case study, readings and lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PHL 830 
recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 860. International Business Management. Theories, concepts, practices and 
techniques of conducting business in foreign countries. The strategic issues, the oper- 
ational practices, and the governmental relations of multinational companies are ana- 
lyzed through use of case study, lecture and speakers. Topics include: economic, 
political and cultural integration; trade restrictions and barriers; overseas investment 
and financing; entry into foreign markets and marketing strategies. 3 credits. 

MGT 870. Labor-Management Relations. Directed primarily to the understanding of 
the issues and alternatives arising out of the work place. The course provides both an 
overview of what has been identified as industrial relations as well as familiarity with 
the tools used by its practitioners. Students will study negotiation, administration, 
wage/fringe issues and contents of labor agreements. Prerequisite: ENG 825. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Business Administration 1 63 



MGT 880. Investments and Portfolio Management This course acquaints the student 
with the tools essential for sound money management. Considers the goals of the in- 
vestor with respect to risk exposure, tax environment, liquidity needs and appreciation 
versus income potentials. Strategies will be developed to satisfy these objectives. Math- 
ematical models of portfolio selection to help reduce risk through diversification will 
be developed. Special attention will be paid to the theories of determinants of asset 
prices, including the capital-asset pricing model. Prerequisite: MGT 805. 3 credits. 

MGT 895. Strategic Management The strategic management of large business entities, 
including the formulation and evaluation of missions, strategies, objectives and policies. 
Historical and current situations are discussed. Cases are widely used and outside re- 
search is required. Prerequisite: 24 hours of graduate credit. 3 credits. 

PHL 830. Corporate and Organizational Ethics. The ethical assumptions and impli- 
cations of corporate and organizational policies and practices. Intensive readings in the 
literature of both theoretical and applied ethics. Case study analysis. Includes: corpo- 
rate and organizational social and political responsibility, ethics and business, ethics 
and organizational life, and governmental relations. Prerequisite: ENG 825 and LSP 
835 or PSY 810. 3 credits. 

PSY 810. Organizational Behavior. Systematic presentation of theory and research in 
areas of organizational behavior, including motivation, group dynamics, leadership, de- 
cision making, organization change, career planning, and communication. 3 credits. 

MBA Administration and Resident Faculty 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, professor of English. 

M.B.A., Drexel University. 

Bongiovanni teaches executive communications. 

Joel A. Kline, assistant professor of business administration. 

M.J., Temple University. 

Kline teaches the special topics course E-business. 

Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of business administration. 

M.B.A., Ohio State University. 

Leonard teaches organizational behavior. 

Barney T. Raffield III, professor of business administration. Coordinator of the MBA 

Program. 

Ph. D., Union Graduate School. 

Raffield teaches courses in marketing and international business management. 

David V. Rudd, professor of business administration. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., George Washington University 
Rudd teaches courses in marketing. 



164 Master of Business Administration 2007-2008 Catalog 



MASTER OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

The Master of Music Education (MME) Program is designed to meet the regional 
needs of area K-12 music educators. It is a summer only program in which a student 
can, with careful advising, complete the degree in three summers. It is offered in re- 
sponse to a significant regional need met by on- and off-campus expertise and a shared 
interest in improving the quality of music education in this part of the Commonwealth. 

MME A dm issions 

While prior teaching experience is not a requirement for entrance into this degree 
program, individuals considering pursuit of a master's degree in music education should 
plan on teaching one to three years prior to initial enrollment or before completing the 
degree. It is the conviction of this faculty that graduate study will be more meaningful 
to the individual if he or she has first gained experience in the field. 

All candidates must have a bachelor's degree in music from a regionally accredited 
college or university and submit an official transcript with the application. Any gradu- 
ate courses to be considered for transfer (up to nine credits, a maximum of 6 credits in 
the core) also require an official transcript sent by the respective colleges or universi- 
ties to the Office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education. Priority for core 
courses will be given to students matriculated into the MME program. 

All candidates must submit a current resume and a personal written statement (one 
page) indicating why they wish to pursue this degree with the application form and re- 
quired application fee. 

All candidates must hold and submit a copy of a current Teaching Certificate in 
Music with the application. 

All candidates must submit three letters of recommendation with the application, 
which address the candidate's readiness for graduate study. 

Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action will be taken promptly after all 
paperwork has been received and evaluated. 

Degree Requirements 

Every MME candidate must complete 30 graduate credits, 21 of which must be earned 
at Lebanon Valley College. Of a possible 9 credits in transfer work, only 6 credits may be 
counted in the core of the MME program. There are four required core courses (12 cred- 
its) plus a weekly, non-credit-based seminar required during each summer that the student 
is enrolled. The capstone experience includes either a project or a thesis (3 credits). The 
other 1 5 credits will be selected from among several elective opportunities. Courses in the 
Lebanon Valley College MME Program are taught on the Annville campus. 

Degree: Master of Music in Music Education 

Core Courses: MME 801, 802, 803, 804 (12 credits), and 805 (project) or 806 (thesis). 

MME Courses: 

MME 801. Foundations of Music Education. A consideration of philosophical and his- 
torical issues in music education and their implications for developing curricular and 
instructional approaches to the field. A core course. 3 credits. 

MME 802. Research Methods in Music Education. A study in the organization, pres- 
entation, interpretation, and documentation of research that makes use of encyclopedias, 

Lebanon Valley College Master of Music Education 1 65 



indices, databases, and other aids. A core course. 3 credits. 

MME 803. Technology for Music Educators. An exploration of how technology can 
enhance the music learning process. This course examines what's involved in planning, 
configuring, and teaching various technology systems and applications so as to facili- 
tate creative interaction with musical experiences. A core course. 3 credits. 

MME 804. Psychology of Music Learning. An investigation and discussion of theories 
of learning as they relate to the teaching of music. This course includes the study of 
specific teaching strategies and the nature of musical response. A core course. 3 cred- 
its. 

MME 805. Project. 3 credits, or 

MME 806. Thesis. 3 credits. ~~~ 

MME 830. Private Applied. 1 credit. (Up to a maximum of 3 elective credits in the 
program.) 

MME 890. Elective courses will be offered as special topics courses, then given per- 
manent numbers as the program develops and matures (e.g.. Teaching Choral Music, 
Teaching General Music, Teaching Instrumental Music, Theory for Teaching, Graduate 
Music History Seminar, Music in Early Childhood, Music and the Exceptional Child, 
Statistics for the Music Researcher, Conducting, Arranging [band scoring, choral ar- 
ranging, jazz arranging], and so forth). 

MME Administration and Resident Faculty 

Barry R. Hill, professor of music, director of the music recording technology program, 

MME advisor. 

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music, MME advisor. 
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Mark L. Mecham, professor of music, director of MME Program. 
D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Jeff Snyder, associate professor of music, director of music business, MME advisor. 

M.S., Kutztown University. 



166 Master of Music Education 2007-2008 Catalog 



MASTER OF SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Students enrolled in this program will concentrate on the principles and content of 
science as well as on the appropriate teaching strategies to convey these ideas to their 
students. All of the courses are designed to maximize the opportunity for doing sci- 
ence instead of merely learning about science. The program will culminate with the 
satisfactory completion of a research project in science education. 

MSE Admissions 

To qualify for admission to the Master of Science Education Program, the applicant 
must fulfill the following requirements: 

• An applicant must hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited instit- 
tion and must arrange to have official transcripts submitted for each undergradu- 
ate institution attended. If transfer credits are to be considered, transcripts from 
graduate courses must also be requested by the applicant. 

• An applicant should hold a valid teaching certificate. Otherwise, applicants may 
be considered for entrance after meeting with the MSE coordinator. 

• An applicant must have achieved a 3.0 quality point average (QPA) on a four point 
scale for the baccalaureate degree. An applicant with less than the 3.0 QPA may 
be admitted with provisional status pending satisfactory completion of six se- 
mester hours of graduate study with a 3.0 or above. 

• An applicant must submit three letters of recommendation in support of their ad- 
mission to the graduate program. 

Degree Requirements 

A candidate for the MSE degree must complete a minimum of 30 credits, of which 
21 must be earned at Lebanon Valley College. Only 6 credits may be transferred into 
the core. There are seven required core courses (21 credits), any electives of the student's 
choice (6 credits), and a research project (3 credits), for a total of 30 credits. A candi- 
date must achieve at least a 3.00 cumulative average to be certified for graduation. 
Degree: Master of Science Education. 

Graduate Core: MSE 800, 801, 802, 803, 811,812, 829, 830 (24 credits) and two of 
the following: MSE 805, 806, 807, 814, 815, 816, 820 (6 credits). Total of 30 credits. 

MSE Courses: 

MSE 800. Science Education in the Elementary/Middle School Classroom. This 
course serves as an introduction to the content and methodology of science instruction 
as it relates to hands-on, minds-on science process skills appropriate for elementary 
and middle school classrooms. Setting the tone for the entire program, this course show- 
cases constructivist strategies which will be followed by subsequent courses. 3 credits. 

MSE 801. Principles of Life Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This 
course addresses life science concepts prevalent in virtually all science curricula as 
well as those set forth in the National Science Education Standards. Students will en- 
gage the use of scientific method to address topics typically taught in life science 
courses. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Science Education 167 




MSE 802. Principles of Physical Science I for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. 

This course will utilize concepts in chemistry to make connections to common 
substances. Establishing chemistry as an integral part of everyday life as well as dis- 
coveries made through serendipity will make this topic relevant to all students. 3 cred- 
its. 

MSE 803. Principles of Physical Science II for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. 

Students will utilize hands-on experimental methods to gain confidence and experi- 
ence with inquiry-based learning of physics. Topics will include motion, heat, light, 
electricity and magnetism. 3 credits. 

MSE 805. Principles of Earth and Space Science for Elementary/Middle School 
Teachers. The interaction and effects of geology, meteorology and space exploration 
will be explored in this course. Field study is combined with experimental inquiries 
from exemplary curricula to illustrate critical connections of physics, chemistry, and bi- 
ology with the earth sciences. 3 credits. 

MSE 806. Principles of Field Biology/Ecology for Elementary/Middle School Teach- 
ers. Environmental studies illustrating the basic principles of field biology and ecology 
will be used to demonstrate the interdependence of living and nonliving systems. Cur- 
rent topics in ecology, as they relate to the preservation of our planet and its resources, 
will be addressed. This course will focus on the collection of data and/or organisms 
outside the classroom. Appropriate methods for elementary/middle school students will 
be utilized and practiced. 3 credits. 



1 68 Master of Science Education 



2007-2008 Catalog 



MSE 807. Microscopy for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This course will in- 
troduce the use of a variety of microscopes, starting with the hand-held microscopes and 
continuing through compound and dissecting microscopes. It culminates with the use 
of the scarming electron microscope. Students also will master preparative techniques 
and slide making. 3 credits. 

MSE 811. Curriculum Development Using the National Standards and State As- 
sessment Anchors. Using the Standards in curriculum development, the classroom and 
other aspects of the public and private school systems will be the focus of this course. 
Alternative and authentic assessment, professional standards and current developments 
in science education will be taught with the elementary/middle school teacher and stu- 
dent in mind. 3 credits. 

MSE 812. Assessment in Science Teaching. A variety of assessment techniques, es- 
pecially applicable to hands-on or experiential learning, will be presented. The focus 
will be on developing and adapting authentic assessment for all learners of science. 3 
credits. 

MSE 814. History of Science. The historical prospective of science and scientists from 
ancient through modern history. Focus will include discoveries and scientists from both 
sexes and all ethnic backgrounds. Methods of integrating history and science in the el- 
ementary/middle school classroom will be addressed. 3 credits. 

MSE 815. Recent Advances in Science. Modern concepts and recent advances in sci- 
ence will be studied through books, news magazines and newspapers. 3 credits. 

MSE 816. Science, Technology and Society. The educational objective for quality 
science education is to produce a society which is literate in science, able to solve prob- 
lems and can function as critical thinkers. This course utilizes biotechnology, among 
other areas of study, as a method of illustrating the need for and ultimate use of science 
and technology so they benefit society. Ethical issues involving science and technology 
will be discussed. 3 credits. 

MSE 820. Seminar. This course will permit some flexibility to explore current topics 
in elementary/middle school education as they arise. Seminar courses permit special 
topics to be included in the course of study. Recent offerings include literacy in sci- 
ence, forensics, and multimedia science. In addition, certain transfer courses may be 
valid for degree accreditation but may not be a complete match in the courses listed. 3 
credits. 

MSE 829. Research Methods. This course is designed to develop the understanding of 
the methods employed in planning and developing research in science. You will gain ex- 
perience in generating ideas for research, critically evaluating literature, synthesizing 
and presenting results of research and writing in a clear and organized way. 3 credits. 

MSE 830. Research in Science Education. A topic relevant to the teaching of science 
in the elementary /middle school classroom will be researched with the approval of the 
student's adviser. The topic of research should be well documented in professional jour- 
nals and studies. 3 credits. 

MSE 850. Independent Study. 1-6 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Master of Science Education 1 69 



MSE Administration and Resident Faculty 

Michael A. Day, professor of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

Day teaches history of physics and summer independent studies. 

Donald E. Kline, associate professor of education. 

Ed.D., Lehigh University. 
Kline supervises research. 

Louis B. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

Laguna teaches research methods and supervises research. 

Lou Manza, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D.. City University of New York. 
Manza supervises research. 

Walter A. Patton, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University. 

Patton supervises research and teaches summer seminar courses. 

Kerrie D. Smedley, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D.. University of Nebraska. 
Smedley teaches research methods. 

Susan E. Verhoek, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Verhoek teaches plant seminar courses and supervises research. 

Patricia Woods, coordinator of the MSE Program. 

B.S., Niagara University 

Woods teaches the introductory course in science education and the curriculum course. 

Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University^ of Delaware. 
Wolf supervises research. 

Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. 

Ph.D.. University of Vermont. 

Wolfe teaches microscopy and supervises research. 



1 70 Master of Science Education 2007-2008 Catalog 



DOCTOR OF PHYSICAL THERAPY 

The Physical Therapy Program consists of a six-year program of study leading to a 
Doctor of Physical Therapy (D.P.T) degree. Students receive a baccalaureate degree in 
health science after successftil completion of four years of coursework. See Health Sci- 
ence Program information on page 129. 

The program consists of two distinct phases: pre -professional education (three years, 
or approximately 100 semester credit hours); and professional education (three years, 
approximately 108 semester credit hours). 

Lebanon Valley College's Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Program is accred- 
ited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. 

All required courses must be taken for a grade except PHT 760, 762, 764, and 860 
which are pass/fail. See the Physical Therapy Handbook and Clinical Education Man- 
ual for detailed grading information. 

Degree: Doctor of Physical Therapy. 

Prerequisites: two semesters each of general biology, chemistry, and physics; one se- 
mester upper level human anatomy and physiology, introductory psychology and soci- 
ology, and elementary statistics. 

Professional required courses: PHT 310, 402, 404, 41 1, 412, 414, 416, 418, 420, 430, 
432, 450, 460, 710, 714, 716, 730, 734, 736, 738, 740, 742, 750, 752, 760, 762, 764, 
802, 830, 832, 834, 836, 850, 860. 

PHT Courses: 

710. Spanish for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation. An introduction to the basic 
conversational and medical/technical vocabulary needed to communicate with Spanish- 
speaking patients. [Cross-listed as Spanish 21 1.] 2 credits. 

714. Advanced Neuroscience. Building on material learned in PHT 420, this course 
looks in more detail at pathology, neurophysiology and sensorimotor control, in context 
to common neurologic conditions and diseases. 2 credits. 

716. Health Promotion for Self and Society. Covers health and health promotion top- 
ics across the lifespan. Students will begin to identify community needs that would 
benefit from a physical therapy program of prevention, health promotion, wellness, and 
screening services. 2 credits. 

730. Clinical Interventions II. A continuation of Clinical Interventions I. This course 
will examine edema and integumentary concerns, and specific exercise techniques, in- 
cluding stabilization and aquatics. 4 credits. 

732. Musculoskeletal II. Second of a two course sequence providing an in-depth study 
of the evaluation, assessment, and treatment methods used in the management of mus- 
culoskeletal pathology and injury. This course will build upon material studied in PHT 
430 and emphasize anatomical, biomechanical, and physiological factors relevant to 
musculoskeletal dysfunction. 3 credits. 

734. Cardiovascular/Pulmonary Physical Therapy. Examines the physical therapy 
management of individuals with cardiac and respiratory dysfunction. Particular atten- 

Lebanon Valley College Doctor of Physical Therapy 1 7 1 



tion is focused on exercise prescription, patient management in various clinical set- 
tings, current medical and surgical procedures, and guidelines and education for inpa- 
tient and outpatient rehabilitation. 4 credits. 

736. Neuromuscular Physical Therapy. Provides an examination of techniques used in 
the examination and assessment of persons with nervous system dysfunction. 4 cred- 
its. 

738. Geriatrics Physical Therapy. Presents the aging process in relation to pathokine- 
siology, the immune system, cardiopulmonary system, musculoskeletal system, neu- 
romuscular function, and therapeutic intervention adaptation. 3 credits. 

740. Prosthetics and Orthotics. Provides a detailed examination of the physical ther- 
apy management of individuals requiring splinting or bracing, as well as individuals 
with amputations requiring prosthetic devices. 2 credits. 

742. Pharmacology in Rehabilitation. Provides a general introduction to pharmaco- 
logical principles including basic pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Descrip- 
tions of general classes of medications and their impact and utilization in rehabilitation 
are stressed. 2 credits. 

750. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry II. This is the second in a series of a four-part 
course sequence of critical inquiry /evidence-based physical therapy. In this course, the 
student will begin the process of developing a case study (using a clinical case that was 
obtained in the student's first clinical affiliation) that is evidenced-based. Continued 
development of the clinical research process is presented. 2 credits. 

752. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiiy III. This is the third course in a four-part course 
sequence of critical inquiry/evidence-based physical therapy. The concepts of sensitiv- 
ity, specificity, responsiveness to change and the epidemiologic concepts of: preva- 
lence, incidence, ratios, and proportions are covered. Development and publication of 
the second case report is accomplished. 2 credits. 

760. Clinical Education and Practice II. A two-part course continuing the study of 
ethical and legal issues encountered in the health care environment and other profes- 
sional health care issues. Students are then placed in a second four-week, full-time clin- 
ical setting to practice patient examination, evaluation and therapeutic interventions 
for more complex musculoskeletal disorders. 3 credits. 

762. Clinical Education and Practice III. A seven-week, full-time supervised clinical 
learning experience to provide students the opportunity to develop clinical competence 
in the physical therapy management of various musculoskeletal, cardiovascular/pul- 
monary, integumentary, and neuromuscular disorders. 3 credits. 

764. Clinical Education and Practice IV. The second, seven-week supervised clinical 
learning experience where students continue to develop clinical competence in the man- 
agement of various musculoskeletal, cardiovascular/pulmonary, integumentary, and 
neuromuscular disorders. 3 credits. 

802. Physical Therapy Administration and Management. Examines current issues and 
trends in physical therapy clinical management. 4 credits. 

1 72 Doctor of Physical Therapy 2007-2008 Catalog 



830. Neuromuscular Rehabilitation. Examines in detail through a case-based approach 
specific neurologic conditions, the resulting impairments and functional limitations, 
and the physical therapy management of persons presenting with these conditions. 4 
credits. 

832. Pediatric Physical Therapy. Presents an introduction to the physical therapy man- 
agement of pediatric patients. Topics include normal motor development, and client 
examination, evaluation, and intervention aimed at improving function and limiting 
disability. 3 credits. 

834. Selected Physical Therapy Practice Topics. This course will cover specialized 
physical therapy practice areas and advanced evaluative, assessment, and interventional 
strategies for special populations. 2 credits. 

836. Differential Diagnosis. Designed to integrate the curricular content to date. In this 
capstone course, students will demonstrate differential diagnosis as it relates to au- 
tonomous practice in realistic clinical situations. 3 credits. 

850. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry IV. This is the final course in a four-part course 
sequence of critical inquiry/evidence-based physical therapy. The final case study is 
prepared as a formal written document and also as a platform presentation using the ev- 
idence for all 6-components of the patient/client management model. 2 credit. 

860. Clinical Education and Practice V.VmaX, full-time supervised clinical learning ex- 
perience spanning sixteen weeks in a multidisciplinary care environment. Students will 
demonstrate patient management skills for pediatric or adult patients with complex 
medical diagnoses utilizing an evidence-based approach. 12 credits. 

DPT Administration and Resident Faculty 

Philip J. Blatt, assistant professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., University of Miami. 

He teaches neuromuscular physical therapy and neuromuscular rehabilitation. His re- 
search is focused on developing novel therapeutic approaches and investigating im- 
provements in functional outcomes in patients with visual-spatial inattention or neglect. 

Stan M. Dacko, associate professor of physical therapy. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Hahnemann University. 

He teaches cardiopulmonary, advanced neuroscience and differential diagnosis. His re- 
search interests are related to motor control and interventions for neurodegenerative 
diseases. 

Marcia Epler, associate professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

She teaches clinical examination, the musculoskeletal course series, and differential 

diagnosis. Her research interests include clinical and functional outcome and orthoses 

efficacy. Clinical practice areas include orthopedics and sports medicine. 



Lebanon Valley College Doctor of Physical Therapy 1 73 



Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Director of clinical educa- 
tion. 

M.H.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches foundational professional issues courses and oversees the clinical educa- 
tion course series. Her interests include fall reduction, balance, and vestibular disorders. 

Victoria Marchese, assistant professor of physical therapy. Director of clinical education. 
Ph.D., Hahnemann University. 

Her research interests involve the investigation of exercise as an intervention and the de- 
velopment of functional outcome measures for children with cancer. 

Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D. University of Iowa. 

He teaches the evidence based/critical inquiry physical therapy series. His research in- 
terests include outcome modeling using activity-based methodology and patient satis- 
faction. 

Kathryn N. Oriel, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ed.D., Idaho State University. 

She teaches Pediatrics and Health Promotion. Her research interests are related to 

school-based physical therapy practice and infant/toddler development. 

Stacey A. Ruch, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches human anatomy, neuroscience, and pharmacology. Her research interests 

include the role of the lateral hypothalamus in taste-guided behaviors and exploring 

the use of anatomy software in the anatomy laboratory. 

Theodore Yanchuleff, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
M.P.A., Pennsylvania State University 

Patricia Gallo-Maydwell, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
M.S., Long Island University. 

David Patrick, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
M.S.P.T, C.PO., 



1 74 Doctor of Physical Therapy 2007-2008 Catalog 




Lebanon Valley College 



175 



DIRECTORY 

Board of Trustees Lebanon Valley College 

Officers 

William Lehr, Jr. Chair 

Edward H. Arnold Vice Chair 

Katherine J. Bishop Vice Chair 

Harry B. Yost '62 Secretary 

Beth Esler Assistant Secretary 

Deborah R. Fullam '81 Treasurer 

James M. Mead Assistant Treasurer 

Trustees 
Kristen R. Angstadt, '74, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Psychologist/Supei'visor of Pupil Services, 
Capital Area Intermediate Unit #15 (2007). 

Edward H. Arnold, B.A., L.H.D.; Chairman, C.E.O. and President, Arnold Logistics 
(2008). 

Katherine J. Bishop, B.A., M.B.A.; President, Lebanon Seaboard Corporation (2009). 

Edward D. Breen, B.S.; Chairman and C.E.O. , Tyco Electronics (beginning October 
2004) (2010). 

Rev. Alfred T. Day III, B.A., M.Div.; Senior Pastor, Historic St. George's Methodist 
Church in Old City. (2010). 

Wesley T. Dellinger, CRS, GRl, CSP, '75, B.S.; Realtor, Brownstone Real Estate Com- 
pany (2009). 

Geret DePiper '68, B.A.; Retired Senior Vice Presicent and Chief Operating Officer, 
CSX World Terminals, LLC (2010). 

Ronald J. Dmevich, B.S.; President, Gannett Fleming Inc. (2008). 

Charles R. Fisher, '09 Student, Lebanon Valley College (2009). 

Stacy Goodman, B.S., Ph.D.; Associate Professor of Biology, Lebanon Valley College 
(2008). 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor of English, Director of General Ed- 
ucation, Lebanon Valley College (2009). 

Robert Harbaugh, B.S., M.D.; Professor and Chairman, Department of Neurosurgery, 
The Pennsylvania State University, Milton S. Hershey Medical Center (2009). 

Wendie DiMatteo Holsinger, B.A., M.Ed.; Chief Executive Officer, A.S.K. Foods, Inc. 
(2008). 



176 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 




John F. Jurasits Jr., B.S.; Retired Vice President, Solution Technologies, Inc. (2009). 

F. Obai Kabia '73, B.S., M.P.A.; Operations Officer, United Nations Organization 
(2010). 

George J. King, B.S.; CPA; Chief Financial Officer, Energy Intelligence Group; Pres- 
ident, RWS Energy Services, Inc. (2008) 

Louis B. Laguna, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D.; Associate Professor of Psychology (2010). 

Malcolm L. Lazin '65, B.S., J.D.; Executive Director, Equality Forum (2008). 

William Lehr Jr., B.B.A, J.D.; Community Volunteer, Retired Senior Vice President and 
Secretary, Hershey Foods Corp. (2008). 

Stephen C. MacDonald, B.A., Ph.D.; President, Lebanon Valley College. 

James M. Mead, B.S., M.A.; retired President and CEO, Capital Blue Cross (2009). 

Daniel K. Meyer '81, 5. J. M.D.; Assistant Professor of Medicine, UMONJ-Robert Wood 
Johnson Medical School, Camden, and Program Director, Infectious Diseases Fellow- 
ship Program at Cooper University Hospital (2009). 

Rachel A. Moore '08, Student, Lebanon Valley College (2008). 

John S. Oyler, A.B., J.D.; Partner, McNees Wallace & Nurick, LLC (2009). 



Lebanon Valley College 



Directory 177 



Thomas E. Philips, B.A., M.B.A.; Retired Senior Resident Vice President Merrill Lynch 
Central Penn Complex (2010). 

Lynn G. Phillips '68, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.; Retired, Aresty Institute of Execuive Educa- 
tion, Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania (2009). 

George M. Reider Jr. '63; Retired Insurance Executive and Former Insurance Com- 
missioner, State of Connecticut; Retired Teacher, University of Connecticut and Ford- 
ham University of Law (2010). 

Thomas C. Reinhart "5^,8.5. L.H.D.; Retired Owner/President, T.C.R. Packaging, Inc. 
(2008). 

Richard T. Reynolds, B.S.; President, Reynolds Construction Management, Inc. (2008). 

Stephen H. Roberts '65, B.S.; President, Echo Data Services, Inc. (2010). 

Elyse E. Rogers '76, B.A., ID.; Attorney Keefer Wood Allen & Rahal, LLP (2009). 

Frank R. Sourbeer '72, B.A.; President & C.E.O., Wilsbach Distributors, Inc. (2009). 

Ronald B. To\\,A.A., B.A., Ph.D.; Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the 
Faculty, Lebanon Valley College. 

Albertine P. Washington, B.A., P.D.; Retired Elementary Educator, Lebanon School Dis- 
trict (2010). 

Samuel A. Willman '67, B.S., M.Com.; President , Delta Packaging, Inc. (2008). 

Harry B. Yost Esq. '62, B.S., LL.D., LL.M.; Attorney, Senior Partner, Appel & Yost, LLP 
(2009). 

Emeriti 
Raymond H. Carr; Realtor; Commercial and Industrial Developer. 

Ross W. Fasick '55, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., L.H.D.; Retired Senior Vice President, E.I. 
DuPont de Nemours & Co. 

Eugene C. Fish Esq., B.S., J.D., L.H.D.; Chairman and President, Peerless Industries, 
Inc.; Chairman of the Board, Eastern Foundry Company; Managing Partner, Romeika, 
Fish and Scheckter. 

Eugene R. Geesey '56, B.S.; Retired Owner/President, CIB, Inc. 

Darwin G. Glick '58, B.S.; Retired President, Click, Stanilla and Siegel, C.P.A. 

Martin L. Gluntz '53, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Vice President, Technical Services, 
Hershey International Division, Hershey Foods Corporation. 

Thomas W. Guinivan '39, A.B., M.Div, M.S.T, D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist 
Church. 

Elaine G. Hackman '52, B.A.; Retired Business Executive. 



178 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 



Gerald D. Kauffman '44, A.B., M.Div., D.D., Officer of the Courts, County of Cum- 
berland; Pastor Emeritus, Grace United Methodist Church, Carlisle. 

Kenneth H. Plummer; Retired President, E.D. Plummer Sons, Inc. 

Bruce R. Rismiller '59, B.A., M.Ed.; Retired Executive Vice President, Northwest Air- 
lines. 

F. Allen Rutherford Jr. '37, B.S., LED.; Retired Ernst & Young C.P.A. 

Daniel L. Shearer '38,^4.5., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Morton Spector, L.H.D.; Chairman of the Board, Design House Kitchens and Appli- 
ances. 

Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44, B.S., Ph.D., D.Sci.; Retired Chief of Carcinogen Metab- 
olism and Toxicology Branch, National Cancer Institute. 

Harlan R. Wengert, B.S., M.B.A., D.Sci.; Retired Chairman of the Board, Wengert's 
Dairy, Inc. 

E.D. Williams Jr., L.H.D.; Private Investor 

J. Dennis Williams, B.A., M.Div., D.Min., D.D.; Retired United Methodist Clergyman; 
Senior Pastor, St. John s United Methodist Church. 

Honorary 
Suzanne H. Arnold, L.H.D.; Community Leader and Philanthropist. 

Bishop Marcus Matthews, B.S., D.M.; The United Methodist Church, Philadelphia 
Area. 

Bishop Jane Allen Middleton, B.A., M.Div.; The United Methodist Church, Harrisburg 
Area, Northeastern Jurisdiction. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 1 79 



ADMINISTRATION 

President 
Stephen C. MacDonald, 1998~; President, Professor of Humanities. B.A., Tufts Uni- 
versity, ] 969; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1977. 

Beth Esler, 2004-; Executive Assistant to the President, 2004-; B.A., Dickinson College, 
1985. 

General College Officers 
Anne M. Berry, 2000-; Vice President for Advancement, 2000-. A.B., Franklin & Mar- 
shall College, 1977. 

WilHam J. Brown, 1980-; Vice President of Enrollment, 2007-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1979, M.B.A., Philadelphia College of Textiles and Science, 1988. 

Deborah R. Fullam, 1982-; Vice President and Controller, 1995-. B.S., Lebanon Val- 
ley College, 1981; M.B.A., Philadelphia University, 1988. 

Robert E. Hamihon, 1986-; Vice President for Administration, 1990-. A.B., Messiah 
College, 1962; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1966; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1972. 

Gregory H. Krikorian, 2007-; Vice President of Student Affairs, 2007-. B.A. Niagara 
Umiversity, 1984; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1990. 

Robert A. Riley, 1976-1978, 1988-; Vice President of Information Technology Services, 
199 5-. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1976. 

Ronald B. Toll, 2005-; Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty, 
2005-;A.A., Union College, 1975; B.A., Rutgers University, 1977; Ph.D., University of 
Miami, 1982. 

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 

Academic 
Ronald B. Toll, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty. 2005-. A. A., 
Union College, 1975; B.A. , Rutgers University, 1977; Ph.D., University of Miami, 1982. 

Crista A. Detweiler, 2002-; Assistant to the Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art 
Gallery, 2002- B.A., Shippensburg University, 1992; M.A., University of Maryland, 
2002. 

Timothy M. Dewald, 1989-; Coordinator of Academic Advising and Community Pro- 
gramming, 2001- B.A., Dickinson College, 1970; M.Div, Andover Newton Theologi- 
cal School, 1975. 

Deanna L. Dodson, 1994-; Associate Dean of the Faculty, Professor of Psychology. 
B.S., Tennessee Technological University, 1985; M.S., Memphis State University, 1988; 
Ph.D., 1992. 



180 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 



John C. Donohue, 2003-; Assistant Director of Media Sendees, 2003-. B.M., Lebanon 
Valley College, 2000. 

James P. Duffy, 2007-; Coordinator of Recruitment and Retention Services, Graduate 
Studies and Continuing Education. B.A., Lynchburg College, 2000; M.Ed., 2002. 

Elaine Feather, 1989 - 99, 2004-. Director of Graduate Studies and Continuing Edu- 
cation. B.S., State University of New York at Cortland, 1965; M.S., State University of 
New York at Brockport, 1973. 

Yvonne M. Foster, 200 3-; Coordinator of Disability^ Services, 2 003- B.S., Miller sville 
University^ 1992; M.S., 1995; M.S., Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, 2001. 

Paul Fullmer, 2005-; Chaplain, 2005-. B.S., University of Southern California, 1990; 
M.Div., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1994; Ph.D., Graduate Theological Union, Berke- 
ley 2005. 

Andrew S. Greene, 1990-; Director of Media Sennces, 1992-. B.S., Kutztown Univer- 
sity, 1990. 

Gary Gri eve-Carlson, 1990-; Director of General Education, 2 001- B.A., Bates Col- 
lege, 1977; M.A., Binghamton University, 1980; Ph.D., Boston University, 1988. 

Julia L. Harvey, 1998-; Technical Services Librarian. A.A., Cottey College, 1977; B.A., 
Cedar Crest College, 1979; M.S, Dre.xel University, 1981; M.A., Rider University, 1990. 

Marcus Home, 1992-; Science Departments Stock Coordinator, Hazardous Waste Ma- 
terials Officer B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, 1991-; Director Youth Scholars Institute, 2 007- B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1987. 

Patricia A. Kaley, 1987-; Registrar, 2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1996. 

Jeremy A. Maisto, 2004-: Associate Registrar, 2004-. B.A., Drew University', 2000. 

Donna L. Miller, 1986-; Interim Librarian, 1986-. B.S., Millersville University, 1984; 
B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1993; M.L.S., Drexel University, 1986. 

Frank Mols, 2007-; Director of the Bishop Library, 2007-. B.A., University of Pitts- 
burgh, 1971; M.L.S., 1973. 

John J. Peck, O.S.B., 1 999-; Adjunct Catholic Chaplain, 1999-. Saint Vincent College 
and Seminary; Franciscan University. 

Jill Russell, 200 1-; Director of Study Abroad, 2001 -. B.S., University of New Hamp- 
shire, 1993; M.S., University of Victoria, 1999. 

Scott A. Schweigert, 2002-; Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery and Assis- 
tant Professor of Art. B.A., Dickinson College, 1992; M.A., The George Washington 
University, 1996. 

Susan Szydlowski, 1995-; Director of Special Music Programs, 1995-. B.A., Colby 
College. 1996. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 1 8 1 



Patricia L. Woods, 2007-; Coordinator of the MSE Program, 2007-. B.S., Niagara 
University, 1976. 

Administrative Affairs 
Robert E. Hamilton, Vice President for Administration. 

Matthew C. Craig, 2007-; College Store Assistant, 2007-. B.S., Lock Haven University, 
2006. 

Ann C. Hayes, 2006-; Director of Human Resources, 2006-. B.A., Millersville Uni- 
versity, 1983; M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1995; PH.R., Society of 
Human Resource Management, 1996. 

Margaret A. Lahr, 1988-; Director of Housekeeping, 1988-. ~~" 

Donald Santostefano, 2006-; Director of Facilities Services, 2006-. B.S., Fairfield Uni- 
versity, 1975; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1979. 

Harold G. Schwalm, 1994-; Director of Building Maintenance, 1994-. 

Chad Schreier, 2005-; Manager of the College Store, 2005-. B.A., Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege, 2005. 

Victoria Trostle, 2004-; Manager of Service Response Teams, 2007-; B.S., The Penn- 
sylvania State University, 1974. 

Kevin R. Yeiser, 1982-; Director of Grounds, 1982- 

Allen R. Yingst, 1989-; Director of Public Safety, 1990-. 

Athletics 
Richard L. Beard, 1 994-; Assistant Director of Athletics, 2001-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College. 1989; M.B.A., 1992. 

Joseph E. Buehler III, 2004-; Assistant Football Coach, 2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1989; M.Ed, Millersville University, 2004. 

Keith Evans, 1992-; Head Baseball Coach, 200 3-. B.S., California University of Penn- 
sylvania, 1990. 

Lauren N. Frankford, 2002-; Head Women's Soccer Coach, 2002-. B.A., Gettysburg 
College, 2000. 

Mary M. Gardner, 1 994-; Aquatic Director, Head Swim Coach, 1997-. B.A., Gettysburg 
College, 1977; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Todd Godowski, 2006-; Head Women s Basketbell Coach, 2006-. B.A., Clark Univer- 
sity, 1990. 

Kenneth C. Grimes, 2005-; Head Men s Soccer Coach, 2005-. B.S., Elizabethtown 
College, 1997; M.Ed., Millersville University, 2004. 

Stacey L. HoUinger, 1998-; Head Softball Coach, 1998-; Assistant Field Hockey 
Coach, 1994-; Compliance Coordinator, 2004-. B.S., Millersville University, 1989. 

182 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 



Tye J. Leonzo, 2007-; Head Men s Cross Country Coach, 2007-; B.S., Northern Ken- 
tucky University, 1998; M.S., James Madison University, 2001. 

Laurel Martin, 2001~; Head Field Hockey Coach, 2001-. B.S., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1991. 

Brad F. McAlester, 1994-; Head Men's Basketball Coach, 1994-; B.A., Southampton 
College of Long Island University, 1975. 

James P. Monos Jr., 2004- ; Head Football Coach, 1986-1996; 2004-. B.S.. Shippens- 
burg State College, 1972; M.Ed., Western Maryland College, 1978. 

Alfred A. Moten Jr., 2006- ; Head Men s and Women s Track and Field Coach, 2006-. 
Almeda College and University, 2003. 

Cliff Myers, 1994-; Head Men's & Women's Tennis Coach, 1994-; B.A., Penn State 

University, 1972. 

Steven C. Orme, 2006-; Assistant Athletic Trainer, 2006-; B.S., Brigham Young Uni- 
versity, 2005; M.Ed., University of Virginia., 2006. 

Vincent E. Pantalone, 2004- ; Assistant Football Coach, 2004-, B.A., Moravian Col- 
lege, 1977; Secondary Certificate, Penn State Capitol Campus, 1989. 

Wayne Perry, I987-; Head Women's Volleyball Coach, 1988-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1978. 

Edward J. Russell, 2007-; Head Ice Hockey Coach, 2007-; B.A., University of New 
Hampshire, 1995. 

Louis A. Sorrentino, Golf Coach, 1989-; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1954; M.S., 
Bucknell University, 1961. 

James E. Stark, 1 986-; Athletic Trainer, 1986-. B.S., Lock Haven University, 1983; 
M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1986. 

Sarah Wickenheiser, 2004-; Head Women s Cross-Country Coach, 2004-. 

Advancement 
Anne M. Berry, Vice President for Advancement. 

Kristy A. Adams, 1999-; Director of Web Communications, 2007-; B.S., Drexel Uni- 
versity, 1995. 

Shanna G. Adler, 1992-; Director of Advancement Services, 2005-; B.S., Bucknell Uni- 
versity, 1992. 

Kelly A. Alsedek, 1998-; Associate Director of College Relations/Director of Publi- 
cations, 2002-; B.A., Gettysburg College, 1971. 

Jasmine A. Bucher, 2001-; Assistant Director of College Relations for Print and Web, 
2007-; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1997; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 
2004. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 183 



Jamie N. Cecil, 2004-; Director of Annual Giving, 2006—. B.A., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 2000. 

Lauren McCartney Cusick, 2002- ; Director of Media Relations, 2 002- B.A., Univer- 
sity of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1971; M.A., Rutgers, The State University of New 
Jersey, 1974. 

Thomas M. Hanrahan, 1997-; Director of College Relations, 1999-. B.A., East Strouds- 
burg University, 1990; M.Ed., 1992; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 2004. 

Jayanne N. Hayward, 2005-; Assistant Director of Alumni Programs, 2005-. B.A., 
Lebanon Valley College, 2001. 

Lauren A. Herb, 2005-; Assistant Director of Annual Giving, 2005-; B.S., Millersville 
University of Pennsylvania, 2005. 

Ann Hess Myers, 1998-; Director of Alumni Programs, 1998-. B.A., Kenyon College, 
1979. 

Alexandra R. Olexy, 2001 -; Director of Advancement Special Events, 2001-. B.A., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1999. 

Cindy L. Progin, 1998-; Director of Advancement Research, 2004-; B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 2004. 

Jessica B. Ritchie, 2000-; Director of Major Gifts, 2006. B.A., Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege, 1999; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2006. 

Todd C. Snovel, 2006-; Assistant Director of Annual Giving, 2006-; B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 2006. 

Braden A. Snyder, 2002-; Sports Information Director, 2002-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 2000. 

Enrollment 
William J. Brown, Vice President of Enrollment. 

Dorothy A. Brehm, 1 993- Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 2003-. B.S., The Penn- 
sylvania State University, 1976. 

Vicki J. Cantrell, 1 99 1-; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 2002-. B.A., Lebanon Val- 
ley College, 1999. 

Kendra M. Feigert, 2004-; Director of Financial Aid, 2004-; B.A. Bloomsburg Uni- 
versity, 1995; M.S., Millersville University, 1998. 

SaraE. Kehler, 2006-; Admission Counselor, 2006-. B.A., Susquehanna University, 2006. 

Keo Oura Kounlavong, 2002-; Assistant Director of Admission, 2005-; B.A., Ursinus 
College, 2000. 

Alan T. Paynter, 200 1-; Assistant Director of Admission, 2 006- B.S. Ed., Kutztown 
University, 1997. 



184 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 



Susan Sarisky, 1993-; Director of Admission, 2001-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1992; M.Ed., Temple University, 1999. 

Erin N. Sanno, 2001-; Assistant Director of Admission, 2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1998. . 

Sarah L. Smith, 2004-; Admission Counselor, 2004-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 2004. 

Financial Affairs 
Deborah R. Fullam, Vice President and Controller 

Dana K. Lesher, 1990-; Director of Payroll and Benefits Administration, 2007-. B.A., 
Millersville University, 1977. 

Jennifer S. Liedtka, 1994-; Institutional Data Analyst, 2005-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1992; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2000. 

Ben D. Oreskovich, 1 994-; Associate Controller 1999- A.S., Danville Area Commu- 
nity College, 1990; B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1993. 

Carrie Skovrinskie, 2004-; Director of Student Accounts, 2004-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1998; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 2001. 

Information Technology Services 
Robert A. Riley, Vice President of Information Technology Services. 

Robert J. Dillane, 1985-; Director of Information Management Services, 1986-. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1977. 

Stanley A. Furmanak, 1990-: Senior Web Programmer, 2007-; Systems and Reference 
Librarian, 1994-2007. B.A., University of Scranton, 1978; M.A., The Catholic Uni- 
versity of America, 1981; M.L.S., Southern Connecticut State University, 1984. 

Todd M. Gamble, 1998-; Senior PC Support Specialist, 2006-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1998. 

Kent A. Harshman, 2002-; Database Analyst/Programmer, 2002- B.S., Lock Haven 
University, 1980. 

Angela E. Kinney, 2000-; Database Specialist, 2000-. B.S., Geneva College, 1992. 

David W. Shapiro, 2000-; Director of Technical Services, 2005- B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1999. 

Walter L. Smith, 1961-1969; 1971-; Director of Special Serx'ices, 1982-. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1961; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1967. 

Michael C. Zeigler, 1990-; Director of Client Services, 1990-. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1979; M.Ed, 1995. 

Student Affairs 
Gregory H. Krikorian, Vice President for Student Affairs. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 185 



Valerie G. Angeli, 2003-; Staff Nurse, 2003-. B.S.N. , Lebanon Valley College, 1982; 
R.N., Diploma, Geisinger Medical Center School of Nursing, 1982. 

Richard L. Beard, 1994-; Director of the Arnold Sports Center, 1997-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1989; M.B.A., 1992. 

Jennifer Dawson Evans, 1991-; Director of Student Activities and the College Center, 
1995-. B.S., Kansas State University, 1989; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1991. 

James A. Felton, 2006-; Director of Multicultural Affairs, 2007-. B.A., McDaniel Col- 
lege, 1995; M.S., 1998. 

Paul Fullmer, 2005-; Chaplain, 2005-; B.S., University of Southern California, 1990; 
M.Div, Fuller Theological Seminary, 1994; Ph.D., Graduate Theological Union, Berke- 
ley 2005. 

Alison K. Gallagher, 2005-; Residential Life Area Coordinator, 2005-. B.A., Alvernia 
College, 2002; M.Ed, Alvernia College, 2005. 

Sharon Givler, 2003-; Director of Career Services, 2005-. B.A., Geneva College, 1974; 
M.Ed., Millersville University, 1984. 

Julie A. Gordon-Dueck, 1997-; Counseling Psychologist, 1997-; B.A., Fresno Pacific 
College, 1985; M.A., Ph.D., California School/Professional Psychology, Fresno, 1993. 

JohnT. Hower, 1988-; Counseling Psychologist, 1988-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1970; 
M.A., Rosemead School of Psychology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977. 

Lynda Hower, 1993~; Therapist, 1993-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1971; M.S.W., Temple 
University, 1992. 

Eugene R. Kelly, 2004~; Assistant Director of Student Activities and Student Develop- 
ment, 2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2001; M.S., West Chester University, 2003. 

Jason A. Kuntz, 2000-; Director of Residential Life, 2005-. B.A., Baldwin-Wallace 
College, 1996; M.Ed., University of South Carolina, 1998. 

Robert K. Nielsen, 1993-; College Physician, 1993-. M.D., Albany Medical College, 1975. 

Amy E. Ricedorf, 2007-; Residential Life Area Coordinator, 2007-. B.S. Towson Uni- 
versity, 2004; M.S., Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania, 2007. 

Angela Strickler, 1998-; Therapist, 1998-. B.S., Millersville University, 1989; M.S.W., 
Temple University, 1994. 

Nathaniel Stutzman, 2006-; Residential Life Area Coordinator, 2006-; B.A., Eastern 
University, 2005. 

Juliana Z. Wolfe, 1975-1978; 1979-; Director of Health Center and Head Nurse, 
1979-. R.N, Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1963. 

Rosemary Yuhas, 197 3-; Dean of Student Affairs, 1991-. B.S., Lock Haven University, 
1966; M.Ed., West Chester University, 1970. 



186 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 




FACULTY 

Active 
Barbara J. Anderman, 200 1-; Associate Professor of Art. Chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of Art and Art History. B.A., M.A., University of St. Andrews, Scotland, 1971; 
M.A., Rutgers University, 1994; Ph.D., 2000. (Sabbatical leave, 2007-2008 academic 
year.) 

Sharon O. Arnold, 1986-; Associate Professor of Sociology. Chairperson of the De- 
partment of Sociology. B.A., University of Akron, 1964; M.A., 1967; M.S.W., Temple 
University, 1994. (Sabbatical leave. Spring Semester, 2008.) 

Susan L. Atkinson, 1987-; Professor of Education. B.S., Shippensburg University, 
1972; M.Ed. (Elementary Education) , 1973; M.Ed. (Special Education) , 1979; D.Ed., 
Temple University, 1987. 

Philip J. Benesch, 200 5-; Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of 
London, 1981; M.A., London School of Economics, 1982; Ph.D., University of 
Delaware, 2003. 

Philip A. Billings, 1970-; Professor of English. Acting Chairperson of the Department 
of English. B.A., Heidelberg College, 1965; M.A., Michigan State University, 1967; 
Ph.D., 1974. 

Philip J. Blatt, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., Kean College/Uni- 
versity of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, 1990; Ph.D., University of Miami, 
2003. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Directory 187 



Kristen L. Boeshore, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege, 1992; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University, 1998. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, 1990-; Professor of English. Chairperson of the Department of 
English. B.A., Temple University, 1977; M.B.A., Drexel University, 1982; M.L.A., Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, 1996. (Sabbatical leave, 2007-2008 academic year.) 

Jean-Marc Braem, 2002-; Assistant Professor of French. Licence, Universite Libre de 
Bruxelles, 1980; M.A., Princeton University, 1985; Ph.D., 1989. 

Christopher Brazfield, 1999-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., 
Reed College, 1993; M.S, University of Oregon, 1995; Ph.D., 1999. 

J.Patrick Brewer, 1 997-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Northern 
Arizona University, 1991; M.S., University of Oregon, 1993; Ph.D., 1997. 

James H. Broussard, 1983-; Professor of History. A. B., Harvard University, 1963; M.A., 
Duke University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. (Sabbatical leave, 2007 fall semester.) 

Alberto Centeno-Pulido, 2007-; Lecturer in Spanish. Licenciatura (equivalent ofB.A.), 
Universitat de Valencia, Spain, 2001; CAP (Cursd dAptitud Pedagogica), 2001; M.A., 
University of Georgia, 2004. 

Richard M. Chamberlin, 2006-; Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Hills- 
dale College, 1988; A.M., University of Michigan, 1990; Ph.D., 1977 

Stan M. Dacko, 2003-; Associate Professor of Physical Therapy. Chairperson of the De- 
partment of Physical Therapy. B.A., Rutgers University, 1974; M.S., Boston University, 
1983; Ph.D., Hahnemann University, 1997. 

Michael A. Day, 1987-; Professor of Physics. B.S., University of Idaho, 1969; M.A., 
1975, Ph.D., 1977, University of Nebraska (Philosophy); M.S, 1978, Ph.D., 1983, Uni- 
versity of Nebraska (Physics). 

Johannes M. Dietrich, 1 995-; Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Montana State Uni- 
versity, 1990; M.M., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music, 1992; 
DM. A., 1996. 

Christopher J. Dolan, 2 007-; Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., Siena Col- 
lege, 1995; M. A., Northeastern University, 1997; Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 
2002. 

Laura G. Eldred, 2007-; Visiting Assistant Professor of English. B.A., College of William 
and Mary, 1998; M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2000; Ph.D., 2006. 

Marcia Epler, 200 3-; Associate Professor of Physical Therapy. B.A., Ithaca College, 
1973; B.S., 1975; M.Ed, Temple University, 1981; Ph.D., 1996. 

Scott H. Eggert, \983-; Professor of Music. B.FA., University of Wisconsin (Milwau- 
kee), 1971; M.A., University of Chicago, 1974; D.M.A., University of Kansas, 1982. 
(Sabbatical leave, 2007 fall semester.) 



188 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 



Dale J. Erskine, 1983-; Professor of Biology. Chairperson of the Department of Biol- 
ogy. B.A., University of Maine at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at 
Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 1981. 

Michael D. Fry, 1983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Immaculate Heart 
College, 1975; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1980. 

Eric Fung, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., The Eastman School of Music, 
1997; M.M., The Eastman School of Music, 1999; D.M.A., The Juilliard School, 2005. 

Claudia C. Gazsi, 2001-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. Academic Coordi- 
nator of Clinical Education. B.S., West Virginia University, 1981; M.H.A., The Penn- 
sylvania State University, 2000. 

Cheryl George, 1998-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Texas Christian Uni- 
versity, 1984; M.Ed., University of North Texas, 1988; Ph.D., 1993. (On leave. Spring 
2006). 

Marianne Goodfellow, 2006-; Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., State University 
of New York, College of Arts and Sciences at Plattsburgh, 1979; m.A., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1982; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1995. 

Stacy A. Goodman, 1 996-; Asssociate Professor of Biology. B.S., Westminster College, 
1991; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990-; Professor of English. Director of General Education. 
B.A., Bates College, 1977; M.A., Binghamton University, 1980; Ph.D., Boston Univer- 
sity, 1988. 

John D. Grigsby, 2 006-; Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Duquesne 
University, 1978; M.S., Buchiell University, 1986; J.D., Duquesne University, 1990; 
L.L.M., Georgetown University Law Center, 1994. 

Ivette Guzman-Zavala, 2007-; Visiting Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., Univer- 
sity of Puerto Rico, 1991; M.A., Syracuse University, 1998; Ph.D., Rutgers University, 
New Brunswick, 2004. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, 1977-; Professor of Sociology. B.A., Central Michigan University, 
1969; M.A. , University of New Hampshire, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. 

Marc A. Harris, 2000-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of Arizona, 
1994; Ph.D., University of Nevada at Reno, 1999. 

Bryan V Hearsey, 1971-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Chairperson of the De- 
partment of Mathematical Sciences; B.A., Western Washington State College, 1964; 
M.A., Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. (On leave, Spring 2006). 

Barry R. Hill, 1993-; Professor of Music. Director of the Music Recording Technology 
Program. B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at Asheville, 
1989; M.M., New York University, 1996. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 1 1 



John H. Hinshaw, 2000-; Associate Professor of History. Chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of History and Political Science. B.A., Macalester College, 1985; M.A., Carnegie 
Mellon University, 1988; Ph.D., 1995. 

J. Noel Hubler, 199 5-; Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy. Chairperson of 
the Department of Religion and Philosophy; B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1981; 
Ph.D., 1995. 

Barry L. Hurst, 1 982-; Associate Professor of Physics. Chairperson of the Department 
of Physics. B.S., Juniata College, 1972; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1982. 

Diane M. Iglesias, 1976-; Professor of Spanish. B.A., Queens College, 1971; M.A., 1974; 
Ph.D., City University of New York, 1979. (Sabbatical leave, 2008 spring semester.) 

Diane E. Johnson, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., Pepperdine 
University, 1980; M.A., California State University, Fresno, 1983; M.A., 1993; M.A., 
University of California, Santa Barbara, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, 1991-; Lecturer in Chemistry. Director of Youth Scholars Insti- 
tute. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1987. 

Michael B. Kitchens, 2007-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Mo- 
bile, 2000; M.A., University of Mississippi, 2004; Ph.D., 2007. 

Donald E. Kline, 1997-; Associate Professor of Education. Chairperson of the De- 
partment of Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1966; M.Ed., Millersville Uni- 
versity, 1975; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1977; Ed.D., Lehigh University, 1990. 

Joel A. Kline, 1 999-; Associate Professor of Business Administration. Director of the 
Digital Communications Program. A.S., Harris burg Area Community College, 1985; 
B.S., B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1989; M.J.P.R.A., Temple University, 2002. 

Walter Labonte, 1992-; Instructor in English. Director of Writing Center. B.S., North- 
eastern University, 1968; M.A., 1977; M.Ed., Curry College, 1984. 

Louis B. Laguna, 1999-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1990; M.S., Millersville University of Pennsylvania, 1992; M.A., Uni- 
versity of Nebraska, 1995; Ph.D., 1998. 

Mary L. Lemons, 1996-; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., University of Illinois at 
Urbana-Champaign; M.S., 1990; Ed.D., 1998. 

Robert W. Leonard, 1988-; Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Ohio Univer- 
sity, 1977; M.A., St. Francis School of Industrial Relations, 1978; M.B.A., Ohio State 
University, 1986. 

Rebecca C. Lister, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., James Madison Univer- 
sity, 1988; M.M., Florida State University, 1992; DM., 1997. 

Rachel R. Luckenbill, 2007-; Visiting Instructor of English. B.A., Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege, 2002; M.A., Villanova University, 2005. 



190 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 



David W. Lyons, 2000-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Davidson 
College, 1981; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1996. (Sabbatical 
leave, 2008 spring semester.) 

Stephen C. MacDonald,, 1998-; President, Professor of Humanities. B.A. Tufts Uni- 
versity, 1969; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1977. 

Louis Manza, 199 5-; Associate Professor of Psychology. Chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of Psychology. B.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1988; M.A., 
Brooklyn College, 1991; M.Phil., City University of New York, 1991; Ph.D., 1992. 

Victoria G. Marchese, 2007-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., University 
of Tennessee, 1994; Ph.D., MCP Hahnemann, 2001. 

Leon E. Markowicz, 1971-; Professor of Business Administration. A. B., Duquesne Uni- 
versity, 1964; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972; M.A.,Antioch Uni- 
versity, 1998. 

Anderson L. Marsh, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Hampden-Sydney 
College, 1998; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 2003. 

G. Daniel Massad, 1985-; Artist-in-Residence. B.A., Princeton University, 1969; M.A., 
University of Chicago, 1977; M.F.A., University of Kansas, 1982. 

Raymond A. Maynard, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., University of 
Sussex, 1987; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1992; Ph.D., 2000. 

Rebecca McCoy, 1 998-; Associate Professor of History. Chairperson of the Department 
of History and Political Science. A. B., Mount Holyoke College, 1975; M.A., University 
of North Carolina, 1980; Ph.D., 1992. 

Mark L. Mecham, 1990-; Clark and Edna Carmean Distinguished Professor of Music. 
Chairperson of the Department of Music. B.M., University of Utah, 1976; M.M., 1978; 
D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1985. 

Heather H. Mitchell, 2005-; Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Lambuth 
University, 2000; M.S., University of Memphis, 2003; Ph.D., 2005 . 

Owen A. Moe Jr., 1973-; Vernon and Doris Bishop Distinguished Professor of Chem- 
istry. Chairperson of the Department of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf's College, 1966; 
Ph.D., Purdue University, 1971. 

Shelly Moorman- Stahlman, 1 997-; Associate Professor of Music. B.Mus., University 
of Missouri-Kansas City, 1985; M.M., 1986; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1990. (On 
leave. Fall 2005). 

Roger M. Nelson, 2002-; Professor of Physical Therapy. Certificate in Physical Ther- 
apy, 1965; M.S., Boston University, 1971; Ph.D., The University of Iowa, 1981. (Sab- 
batical leave, 2007 fall semester.) 

Michelle Niculescu, 2007-; Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Muhlen- 
berg College, 1999; Ph.D., Temple University, School of Medicine, 2005. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 191 



Renee Lapp Norris, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., West Chester University, 
1991; MM., University of Maryland, 1994; Ph.D., 2001. 

Kathryn N. Oriel, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., University of 
Sciences, Philadelphia, 2000; Ed.D., Idaho State University, 2003. 

Lori Oxford, 2007~; Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., University of South Car- 
olina, 1998; M.A., Georgia State University, 2002; Ph.D., University of Georgia, 2007. 

Walter A. Patton, 1 999-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Susquehanna Univer- 
sity, 1988; Ph.D., Lehigh University, 1993. 

Timothy J. Peelen, 2005- ; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Calvin College 1996; 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 2002. 

Neil Perry, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Economics. B.B., La Trobe University, 1993; 
M.C., University of Melbourne, 1995; Ph.D.. LaTrobe University, 2006. 

Mary K. Pettice, 1994-; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan Uni- 
versity, 1982; M.S., University of Illinois, 1983; M.A. 1986; Ph.D., University of Hous- 
ton, 1994. 

Michael Pittari, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Art. Acting Chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of Art and Art History. B. FA. , University of Florida, 1989; M. FA., University of 
Tennessee, 1995. 

Sidney Pollack, 1976-; Professor of Biology. B.A., New York Universit}>, 1963; Ph.D., 
University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

Kevin B. Pry, 1991 ; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1976; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1980; Ph.D., 1984. 

Barney T. Raffield III, 1990-; Professor of Business Administration. Coordinator of 
the MBA Program. B.B.A., Southern Methodist University, 1968; M.B.A., 1971; Ph.D., 
Union Graduate School, 1982. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, 2002-; Assistant Professor of English and Digital Communications. 
B.S. and B.A., Indiana University, 1989; M.A., University of South Carolina, 1993; 
M.Ed, Arizona State University, 1998; Ph.D., 2000. 

Jeffrey W. Robbins, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., Bay- 
lor University, 1994; M.Div, Texas Christian University, 1997; M.Phil., Syracuse Uni- 
versity, 1999; Ph.D., 2001. 

Catherine Romagnolo, 2004~; Assistant Professor of English. B.S., University of 
Florida, 1991; M.A., University of Maiyland, 1997; Ph.D., 2003. 

Victoria Rose, 2003-; Instructor in Music. B.M., Peabody Conserx'atory of the Johns 
Hopkins University, 1972; M.M., Towson State University, 1994. 

Stacey A. Ruch, 200 1-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., Seton Hall Uni- 
versity, 1989; M.S., 1993; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 2000. 



192 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 



David Rudd, 2005-; Professor of Business Administration. Chairperson of the De- 
partment of Business and Economics. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1966; M.B.A., Uni- 
versity of Minnesota, 1973; Ph.D., George Washington University 1996. 

Gail A. Sanderson, 1 983-; Associate Professor of Accounting. B.A., Hobart and William 
Smith Colleges, 1970; M.B.A., Boston University, 1977. 

James W. Scott, 1976-; Professor of German. Chairperson of the Department of For- 
eign Languages. B.A., Juniata College, 1965; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971. 

Frances S. Seeger, 2005-; Lecturer in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1972; 
M.A., American University, 1973; M.B.A., 2002. 

Daniel Simpkins, 1998-; Lecturer in Sociology. B.A., West Georgia College, 1976; 
M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1984; Ph.D., 1992. 

Kerrie D. Smedley, 1 997-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1990; B.Ed, 1991; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1996; Ph.D., 1997. 

Jeff Snyder, 1997-; Associate Professor of Music and Assistant Director of Music 
Recording Technology. A. A., Pensacola Junior College, 1982; B.A., University of West 
Florida, 1984; M.S., Kutztown University, 1998. 

Thomas M. Strohman, 1977-1983; 1 987-; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1975; M.M., Towson State University, 1998. 

Edward J. Sullivan, 2001-; Associate Professor of Business Administration and Eco- 
nomics. B.S., St. Peter's College, 1972; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1975; 
Ph.D., 1985. 

Dale E. Summers, 1990-; Professor of Education. Director of Elementary and Sec- 
ondary School Relations. B.S, Ball State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ed.D., 1978. 

Linda L. Summers, 199 1-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Ball State Univer- 
sity, 1972; M.A., 1977. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, 197 2-; Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; 
M.M., University of Michigan, 1965; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1977. 

Grant D. Taylor, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Art History and Digital Communica- 
tions. B.F.A., University of Western Australia, 2000; Ph.D., 2005. 

Ronald B. Toll, 2005-; Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty. 
A. A., Union College, 1975; B. A., Rutgers University, 1977; Ph.D., University of Miami, 
1982. 

Mark A. Townsend, 1983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bethany 
Nazarene College, 1965; M.A., Oklahoma University, 1969; Ed.D., Oklahoma State 
University, 1983. 

Noelle Vahanian, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Religion. Baccalaureat, Lycee Inter- 
national des Pontonniers, 1988; B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., 1999. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 193 



Robert T. Valgenti, 2006-; Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of the Holy 
Cross, 1993; M.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1998; Ph.D., DePaul University, 
2006. 

Susan E. Verhoek, 1974-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1964; 
M.A., Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975. 

Scott N. Walck, 1999-; Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic 
Institute, 1988; M.S., Lehigh University, 1992; Ph.D., 1995. (On leave. Fall 2005 and 
Spring 2006.) 

Florence Mae Waldron, 2007-; Visiting Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Williams 
College, 1995; M.A., University ofMinesota, 1997; Ph.D., 2003. 

Karen Walker, 2005; Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., California State Univer- 
sity, Los Angeles, 1974; M.Ed., California State University, Los Angeles 1986; Ed.D., 
Bowling Green State University, 2001. 

Stephen E. Williams, 1973-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Central College, 1964; M.S., 
University of Tennessee, 1966; Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis, 1971. 

Paul L. Wolf, 1966-; Professor of Biology B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1960; M.S., 
University of Delaware, 1963; Ph.D., 1968. 

Allan R Wolfe, 1968-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1963; M.A., 
Drake University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Vermont, 1968. (Sabbatical leave, 2008 
spring semester.) 

Kenneth Yarnall, 1996-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., South 
Carolina College, 1986; Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 1992. 

M. Jane Yingling, 200 1-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Lock Haven Univer- 
sity, 1972; M.A., Shippensburg University, 1996; Ph.D., Marywood University, 2004. 

Emeriti 
Madelyn J. Albrecht, 1973-1990; Associate Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., 
Northern Baptist College, 1952; M.A., Michigan State University, 1958; Ph.D., 1972. 

Howard L. Applegate, 1983-2000; Professor Emeritus of History and American Stud- 
ies. B.A., Drew University, 1957; M.A., Syracuse University, 1960; Ph.D., 1966. 

Eloise P. Brown, 1961-1987; Readers ' Services Librarian Emerita. B.S.L.S., Simmons 
College, 1946. 

Donald E. Byrne, Jr., 1971-2005; Professor Emeritus of Religion and American Stud- 
ies. B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1963; M.A. Marquette University, 1966; Ph.D., Duke Uni- 
versity, 1972. 

Voorhis C. Cantrell, 1968-1992; Professor Emeritus of Religion and Greek. B.A., Okla- 
homa City University, 1952; B.D., Southern Methodist University, 1956; Ph.D., Boston 
University, 1967. 



194 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 



Richard F. Charles, 1988-1997; Vice President Emeritus for Advancement. A.B., 
Franklin & Marshall College, 1953. 

Charles T. Cooper, 1965-1979; Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.S., U.S. 
Naval Academy, 1942; M.A., Middlebury College, 1965. 

Richard D. Cornelius, 1985-2001; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., Carleton 
College, 1969; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1974. 

Salvatore S. Cullari, 1986-2003; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Kean College, 
1974; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1976; Ph.D., 1981. 

George D. Curfman, 1961-1996; Professor Emeritus of Music Education. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1953; M.M., University of Michigan, 1957; Ed.D., The Penn- 
sylvania State University, 1971. 

Donald B. Dahlberg, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., University of 
Washington, 1967; M.S., Cornell University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971. 

Robert S. Davidon, 1970-1984; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., University of 
Illinois, 1940; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1946; Ph.D., 1951. 

Alice S. Diehl, 1966—1997; Technical Processes Librarian Emerita. A. B., Smith College, 
1956; B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1957; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh, 
1966. 

Phylis C. Dryden, 1987-2004; Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Atlantic Union Col- 
lege, 1976; M.A., State University of New York at Albany 1984; D.A., 1988. 

William H. Fairlamb, 1947-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. Mus.B., cum laude, 
Philadelphia Conservatory, 1949. 

Arthur L. Ford, 1965-2001; Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege, 1959; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1964. 

Michael A. Grella, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., St. Mary s Sem- 
inary and University, 1958; M. A., West Virginia University, 1970; Ed.D., 1974. 

Klement M. Hambourg, 1982-1995; Professor Emeritus of Music. A.T.C.M., Royal 
Conservatory of Music, 1946; L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music, 1962; A.R.C.M., 
Royal College of Music, 1962; L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music (London), 1965; Fel- 
low, 1966; D.M.A., University of Oregon, 1977. 

John H, Heffner,, 1972-2005; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1968; B.A., 1987; A.M., Boston University, 1971; Ph.D., 1976; M.A.R., Lan- 
caster Theological Seminary, 2002. 

Paul Heise, 1991-2004; Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown Uni- 
versity, 1958; M.A., 1963; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D., NewSchoolfor So- 
cial Research, 1991. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 195 



Jeanne C. Hey, 1989-2004; Professor Emerita of Economics. B.A., Bucknell University, 
1954; M.B.A., Lehigh University, 1982; Ph.D., 1990. 

John P. Kearney, 1971-2006; Professor Emeritus of English. B.A., St. Benedict's Col- 
lege, 1962; M.A., University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968. 

Nevelyn J. Knisely, 1963-2003; Lecturer Professor Emerita of Music. B.M., Oberlin 
College, 1951; M.F.A., Ohio University, 1953. 

David I. Lasky, 1974-1995; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Jean O. Love, 1954-1985; Professor Emerita of Psychology. A.B., Erskine College, 
1941; M.A., Winthrop College, 1949; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1953. 

George R. Marquette, 1951-1990; Vice President Emeritus for Student Affairs. A.B., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ed.D., Temple Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

Joerg W.P. Mayer, 1970-1997; Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. Dipl. 
Math., University ofGiessen, 1953; Ph.D., 1954. 

William J. McGill Jr., 1986-1998; Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty Emer- 
itus. A. B., Trinity College, 1957; M.A., Harx'ard University, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Anna D. Faber McVay, 1954-1976; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Lebanon Val- 
ley College, 1948; M. A., University of Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., 1954. 

Philip G. Morgan, 1969-2003; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.M.E., Pittsburg State 
University (Kansas), 1962; M.S., 1965. 

H. Anthony Neidig, 1948-1985; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Val- 
ley College, 1943; M.S, University of Delaware, 1946; Ph.D., 1948; L.H.D., Lebanon 
Valley College, 2004. 

John D. Norton, 197 1-; Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Illinois, 1965; 
M.A., Florida State University, 1967; P.D., American University, 1973, 

Agnes B. O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Immaculata Col- 
lege, 1948; M.Ed., Temple University, 1952; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1967; 
Ph.D., 1976. 

Sharon Hall Raffield, 1990-; Associate Professor of Sociology. A. B., Wheaton College, 
1963; M.S.W, Washington University, 1967. 

Jacob L. Rhodes, 1957-1985; Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege, 1943; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1958. 

Joelle L. Stopkie, 1989-2002; Professor Emerita of French. Licence, Sorbonne, 1960; 
M.A., New York University, 1963; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1979. 

Warren K.A. Thompson, 1967-1997; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. A.B., Trinity 
University, 1957; M.A., University of Texas, Austin, 1963. 



196 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 



Perry J. Troutman, 1960-1994; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Houghton College, 
1949; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1964. 

L. Elbert Wethington, 1963-1983; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Wake Forest, 
1944; B.D., Divinity School of Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., Duke University. 

Glenn H. Woods, 1965-1990; Associate Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1951; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962. 

Adjunct 
Michelle Barraclough, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.F.A., Indiana University 
of Pennsylvania, 1993; M.M., Catholic University, 1996. 

Linda Beck, 2006-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Millersville University, 1986; 
M.Ed., Temple University, 1995. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in History. B.S., Eastern Mennonite 
University, 1991; M.A., Millersville University, 1993; additional graduate study at Tem- 
ple University. 

Beth A. Berret, 2004- ; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., Bloomsburg 
University, 1978; MBA, Philadelphia University, 1984. 

Kathleen K. Blouch, 2001-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Science Education. B.A., 
Messiah College, 1983; M.Ed., Millersville University, 1987; Ph.D., Temple University, 
2000. 

G. Kip Bollinger, 2000-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Science Education. B.S., Juni- 
ata College, 1967; M.S Temple University, 1971; Ed.D, 1979. 

Theresa Yohn Bowley, 1 993-; Adjunct Instructor in French. B.A., Barrington College, 
1981; M.A., Middlebury College, 1982. 

Allen C. Boyer, 2004-; Adjunct Instructor in Physics. B.S, Lebanon Valley College, 
1953; M.Ed., Temple University, 1961; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University, 197 5. 

Beverly Ann K. Butts, 2000-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Val- 
ley College. 1978; M.M., Michigan State University, 1980; additional graduate study 
at New York University. 

Marie-Aline Cadieu, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., University of Illinois, 
1987; M.M., Northwestern University, 1989; D.M.A., Ohio State University, 1999. 

Christopher D. Campbell, 2005-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Clarion 
University, 1988; M.M.E., Miami University, Oxford, Ohio; D.M.A., Shenandoah Con- 
servatory of Shenandoah University, 2002. 

John E. Copenhaver, 2003-; Adjunct Assistant Professor in Music. B.S., Lebanon Val- 
ley College, 1987; M.M., West Chester University, 1992. 

Kerry E. Cunningham, 2005-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., 
Millersville University, 1988; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2004. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 197 



Melanie A. M. Demartyn, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.A., Shepherd College, 
1978; M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 1983. 

James A. Diehm, 1 997-; Adjunct Instructor in Education. B.A., Albright College, 1961; 
M.A., Lehigh University, 1968; Administrative Certification, Temple University, 1972. 

Karen Dielmann, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in Business, B.S., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1978; M.A., Indiana University of PA, 1982. 

Joseph DiSanto, 1992-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., St. Joseph s University, 
1967; Department of Defense Information Officers' School, 1969; M.A., Annenberg 
School of Communications, University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

Michelle Dubiach, 200 5-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.A., University 
of Pittsburgh, 1990; M.S.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1997. 

James A. Erdman II, 1983-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

Candice Falger, 1999-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.A., Millersville 
University, 1974; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2008. 

Suzanne D. Fox, 1 998-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1977; M.M., University of Miami, 1979. 

Emily Y. Frantz, 200 1-; Adjunct Assistant Profesor of Music. B.M., Temple University, 
1996; M.M.T, Temple University, 2003. 

Ming Gao, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Linguistics. B.A., Beijing Second Foreign Lan- 
guage Institute, 1982; M.A., Canberra College of Advanced Education, 1984; Ph.D., 
Lehigh University, 1999. 

Rita M. Gargotta, 1 99 1-; Adjunct Instructor in Spanish. B.S., West Chester State Col- 
lege, 1972; Diploma, University ofSevilla; M.A., West Chester State College, 1976. 

Douglas C. Gautsch, 1 999-; Adjunct Instructor in Business. B.S., Lebanon Valley Col- 
lege, 1997; M.B.A., 1999. 

Lyle Heberling, 2004-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., Lehigh 
University, 1983; M.B.A., Tiffin University, 2000. 

Ai-Lin Hsieh, 2005-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music, B.M., Shoochaw Univer- 
sity, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C; M.M., The Eastman School of Music, 2000; D.M.A., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 2005. 

Linda Hummel, 2002-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Susquehanna Uni- 
versity, 1969; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1975. 

Richard Johnson, 200 1-; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.S., Millersville University. 

Cheryl L. Kilhefner, 2005-; Adjunct Instructor of Music. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
2003; M.M., Westminster Choir College of Rider University, 2005. 

Elvin LaCoe, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Education. Ed.D., Nova Southeastern Uni- 
versity. 



198 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 



David W. Layman, 1 993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. A. B., University of 
Chicago, 1977; Ph.D., Temple University, 1994. 

Robin Lilarose, 200 1-; Adjunct Instructor of Music. B.S.M.T., Elizabethtown College, 
1983. 

Lac Longson, 200 1-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematics, B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1989; M.B.A., Kutztown University, 2000. 

Dennis Maust, 2004-; Adjunct Instructor in Art. M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Tech- 
nology. 

James Miller, 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

William R. Miller, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in Physics. B.A., Gettysburg College, 
1956; M.A., University of Delaware, 1961; Ph.D., 1965. 

Thomas J. Murray, 1 999-; Adjunct Instructor in Business. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1995; M.B.A., 1999. 

Joseph D. Mixon, 199 1-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., Moravian College, 1981; 
M.M., Combs College of Music, 1990. 

Bruce G. Nilson, 2004- ; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., West Vir- 
ginia University, 1978; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1981. 

Barbara Nissman-Cohen, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in French. Premier Degre, La Sor- 
bonne, 1975; B.A., Ithaca College, 1976; M.S., Montclair State College, 1984. 

Robert A. Nowak, 1 988-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Mansfield State 
College, 1973; M.M., University of Miami, 1975. 

Lynn G. Phillips, 2 006-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College. 1968; M.S., Temple University, 1971; Ed.D., University of Pennsylva- 
nia, 1987. 

Jeffrey Remington, 1 998-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.A., Indiana Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, 1986; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1992. 

Joey Rider, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., Susquehanna Uni- 
versity, 1996; M.S.E., Lebanon Valley College, 2002. 

Marie Riegle-Kinch, 1980-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Gettysburg Col- 
lege, 1973; M.EA., The Pennsylvania State University, 1979. 

Andrew Roberts, 1 998-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.M., Berklee College of Music, 
1989. 

David M. Setley, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., Kutztown 
University, 1977; M.B.A., 2000. 

Christopher A. Shaak, 2 002-: Adjunct Instructor in Sociology. B.A., Indiana University 
of Pennsylvania, 1992; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1998. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 1 99 



DeAnna Spurlock, 1 997-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 
1968; M.A., 1970. 

Anna F. Tilberg, 1982-; Adjunct Instructor in Biology. B.A., University of Pennsylva- 
nia, 1969. 

JoshTindall, 2006-; Adjunct Instructor of Music. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2004. 

Geno Torri, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., California State Uni- 
versity, 1973; M.A.T., University of Pittsburgh, 1974; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg Univer- 
sity, 1976; Ph.D., Nova Southeastern University, 1995. 

John M. Troxel, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., The Penn- 
sylvania State University, 1990; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1995. 

Richard J. Tushup, 1989-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. A. B., St. Vincent 
Seminary; M. A., 1971; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1977. 

Francis J. Vottero, 2000-; Adjunct Instructor in Economics. B.A., Susquehanna Uni- 
versity, 1968; M.A.. The Pennsylvania State University, 1971. 

Julia P. Wagner, 200 1-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Messiah College, 
1978; M.M., Ithaca College, 1981. 

Michael Wojdylak, 2001-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., The Pennsylva- 
nia State University, 1977; M.AGR., 1983; D.D.S, University of Maryland, 1987; B.A., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1997; M.M., Marywood University, 2003. 

Deborah Worthen, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., The Pennsyl- 
vania State University, 1993; M.S.E., Lebanon Valley College, 2001. 

Adjuncts in Medical Technology 
Jersey Shore Medical Center: Medical Advisor, Brian Erler, M.D., Ph.D.; Program Di- 
rector, Perla L. Simmons, M.PA., B.S.M.T. (ASCP) S.H., N.C.A. (CLS); Assistant Pro- 
gram Director/Education Coordinator, Mary Jane C. Schaefer, M.S., M.P.A. 

Lancaster General Hospital; Medical Director, James T. Eastman, M.D.; Program Di- 
rector, Wendy Gayle, M.T. (ASCP) S.H. 



200 Directory 2007-2008 Catalog 



COLLEGE SUPPORT STAFF 

Joy L. Albright Information Technology Services Office 

Deborah L. Atkins Music Department 

Debra Bishop College Center 

Marilyn E. Boeshore Alumni Office 

Carol Brashear Master of Science Education Office 

Donna L. Brickley Information Technology Services Office 

Jo Lynn Brummer Development Office 

Wendy L. Carfagno President of the College Office 

Becky Chanas Library 

Scott Conrad Library 

Susan L. Donmoyer Business and Economics 

Becky Firestone Registrar's Office 

Mary E. Fisher Administration and Controller Offices 

Paula Gahres Chaplain s Office 

Beverly J. Gamble Student Affairs Office 

Cheryl A. George Media Center 

Susan M. Greenawalt Graduate Studies and Continuing Education Office 

Dan Grodzinski Arnold Sports Center 

Karen Grubb Humanities Departments and General Education 

Nancy J. Hartman Business Office 

Kristie Hatfield Facilities Services 

Pamela S. Hillegas Athletic Office 

Sharon B. Hurst Development Office 

Constance W. Kershner Business Office 

Charlene Kreider Business Office 

Deborah L. Lutz Advancement Office 

Karen R. McLucas Admission Office 

Shawn A. Miller Development Office 

Tami S. Morgan Admission Office 

Laura Orme Career Services 

Ann K. Pinca Administration and Controller Office 

Jill M. Rabuck Annual Giving 

Christine M. Reeves Development Office 

Lebanon Valley College College Support Staff 201 



Anne Ristenbatt Copy Center and Mail Services 

Alice J. Rulapaugh Student Affairs Office 

Carol Sabados Biology Department 

Ann Safstrom Music Department 

Denise D. Sanders Library 

Barbara A. Smith Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty Office 

Susan Snyder Mathematical Sciences; Art and Art History and Psychology Departments 

Sharon Stamm English; Political Science; and Sociology and Criminal Justice Departments 

Jay L. Sorrentino Athletic Equipment Manager 

LaRue A. Troutman Major Gifts Office 

Nathaniel C. Tulli Information Technology Services Office 

Victoria Van Hise Associate Dean and Academic Services Office 

Matthew P. Velazquez Information Technology Services Office 

Nancy J. Waite Education Department 

Barbara E. West Chemistry and Physics Departments 

Sarah Wickenheiser Arnold Sports Center 

Anita Williams College Relations 

Susan B. Zearing Admission Office 



202 Section Name 2007-2008 Catalog 



THE THOMAS RHYS VICKROY DISTINGUISHED 
TEACHING AWARDS 

The Vickroy Award recipient, who must be a full-time member of the College fac- 
ulty, is selected by the president of the College after appropriate consultation with 
alumni, students, faculty and staff. The Vickroy Award replaces the Lindback Award, 
which was presented through the 1993 academic year. 

Previous Awardees 

1985 Leon E. Markowicz, Ph.D., Professor of English 

1986 Carolyn R. Hanes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Social Work and 
Leadership Studies 

1987 Donald E. B3n-ne Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

1987 Mark A. Townsend, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences 

1988 William H. Fairlamb, Mus.B., Professor of Music 

1 989 Paul L. Wolf, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

1990 Owen A. Moe Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

1 99 1 Scott H. Eggert, D.M. A., Associate Professor of Music 

1 992 Gary Grieve-Carlson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Diane M. Iglesias, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish 

1994 Sidney Pollack, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, 
M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting 

1995 David L Lasky, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

1996 James W. Scott, Ph.D., Professor of German 

1997 Howard L. Applegate, Ph.D., Professor of History and American Studies 

1998 Mark L. Mecham, D.M. A., Professor of Music 

1999 Michael A. Day, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

2000 Jeanne C. Hey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics 

2001 Allan F. Wolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

2002 Marie G. Bongiovanni, M.L.A., Associate Professor of English 

2003 Carl T. Wigal, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

2004 Mary L. Lemons, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Music 

2005 Jefrey W Robbins, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Religion 

2006 J. Patrick Brewer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences 

2007 Philip A. Billings, Ph.D., Professor of English 

Lebanon Valley College Awards 203 



THE NEVELYN J. KNISLEY 
AWARD FOR INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING 

In 1988, Lebanon Valley College created an award for part-time and adjunct mem- 
bers of the college faculty similar to the philosophy of the Vickroy Award. The first 
awardee was Nevelyn J. Knisley. After the presentation of the first award, the president 
of the College named this series of awards for Mrs. Knisley in recognition for her 24 
years of inspired teaching in music. 

Previous Awardees 

1 988 Nevelyn J. Knisley, M.F. A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music 

1989 Carolyn B. Scott, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in French 

1990 Michael J. Asken, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology 

1991 Joanne Cole Rosen, B.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

1992 Kevin B. Pry, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Thomas M. Strohman, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Music 

1994 Timothy M. Dewald, M.Div., Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical 
Sciences 

1995 Leonie Lang-Hambourg, M.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of German 

1996 Cynthia R. Johnston, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry 

1 997 Richard J. Tushup, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 

1998 Aden J.Greiner, M.S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics 

1999 Leslie E. Bowen, M.F. A., Lecturer in Art 

2000 Patricia M. Meley, M.A., Adjunct Instructor in American Studies 

200 1 Robert A. Nowak, M.M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music 

2002 Gene G. Veno, M.P.A., Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration 

2003 Marion M. Markowicz, M.S.S., Adjunct Instructor in Sociology 

2004 Jeff Remington, M.Ed., Adjunct Instructor in Science Education 

2005 James A. Erdman II, Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

2006 Marie Riegle-Kinch, M.F.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art 

2007 Anna F. Tilberg, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in Biology 



204 Awards 2007-2008 Catalog 



ACCREDITATION 

Lebanon Valley College is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the 
Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools. 

Lebanon Valley College is also accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of Edu- 
cation, the National Association of Schools of Music, and the American Chemical So- 
ciety. 

Lebanon Valley College's Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Program is accred- 
ited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. 

Lebanon Valley College is on the approved list of the Regents of the State Univer- 
sity of New York and of the American Association of University Women. 

Lebanon Valley College is a member of the following: American Association of Col- 
leges; National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities; Pennsylvania 
Foundation for Independent Colleges; College Entrance Examination Board; College 
Scholarship Service; Council of Independent Colleges; National Collegiate Athletic 
Association; Middle Atlantic States Collegiate Athletic Conference; Penn-Mar Athletic 
Conference; Central Pennsylvania Field Hockey Association; Eastern College Athletic 
Conference. 

STATEMENT ON NON-DISCRIMINATION 

Lebanon Valley College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, 
gender, national origin, age, sexual orientation, disability, or age in its programs or ac- 
tivities. The College is committed to a policy of equal opportunity in all aspects of em- 
ployment, including application, promotion, and transfer. Anyone who believes that 
he/she has been subjected to discrimination in violation of this policy is encouraged to 
report the problem to the EEO/Title IX Coordinator or the Vice President for Academic 
Affairs. 

STUDENT RETENTION 

Lebanon Valley College participates in student financial assistance programs under 
Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965. According to the requirements of the 
Student Right-to-Know legislation, the college is required to report annually the grad- 
uation rates within 150 percent of the normal time to complete a degree to students and 
prospective students. 

The cohort of 390 full-time, first-time degree-seeking undergraduates who entered 
Lebanon Valley College in the fall of 2000 consisted of 166 men and 224 women. At 
the end of four years, 242 had completed a bachelor's degree. At the end of the fifth 
year, another 26 had completed a bachelor's degree. By 2006, at the end of the sixth 
year, an additional 3 additional students had completed a bachelor's degree. The Stu- 
dent Right-to-Know Completion or Graduation Rate Calculation for the 2000 cohort is 
70 percent. This information has been submitted to the U.S. Department of Education. 

Detailed information on student retention and graduation rates is available in the 
Office of the Registrar. 



Lebanon Valley College Accreditation 205 




206 Map of Campus 



2007-2008 Catalog 



111 I « - 






■a 2 ^ -o ca I "* 



■a 



ea(-3wes.2>..s zJ"4i?ii>-s:ss.— s."SS.~."S-2i'r's • 1— *• ^oo 

s ft. cs; c/5 U C) ii) 



I S|l I I 2 2 . 2 i ri '^i. la 

I llipis ItiJ^i lis gii ^lls.lip! 
i I ^ ^M ^ i 1 1 1 i ^ 1 1 1 H II r« I d ^ I = I u II I i i 1 1 



's 



IZ) 



= S E 



•n S .y -3 <« >; ^. . -c 2 W r"^ rS ?^ 3 r; « = ?* <u S -o S ^ K 5 « » * - 



E 



*^ESO^ =5-5^'S.-H£ge-KS-2-§^«x;5e£3.S = = 



■S = = U 



Si£-g Q=5.2^S -JcSfecc-o-S5«a2-§Si.Sg5-S«-K^^^ 

II ^ I ^ i II I I |£ § 1 1 II £ g III 1 1 |l I i II 1 1 1 1 11 1 






M(<)-^i/)\er-aoo\ 









S -ii >- c 



< 



< -n c ' '^ E S "5 o 2 o ■■> i; o 

as -2 <Q|^^? mS^^*c3^ = ti,^.yi-a^ <n§S-E|^9g-2 

S -§ li;-!2'Sg.-5c« i;-^-^Sggg^-|^2c/:.S •••aM\-S'^a;-r:^3 

Q ii fc^lu"s-2^-faS'S-2s8-^c<fc^^5gK3it3|-«lg^ 

< .S fiOr'^, g^.|^.2gO|aga.g|«g-ouE-ga^^.H2.a< 

g 3^U.^g-2a(£°^'^i-^'^^S8^'p"s^JJil.te|!3.S'^°^c5^^^| 

islSl-iirillt. a^llll i|i|6Bl^J.|^i|i|l 

Sz«"g.S«SS)&'scu.Sj8.s«^D:-Sa:^e^i.u^g'i>cuegcg = 
wgS§EE^^-g2|.|.-SE^>^^-$>«-s«..fag.g^g-S2^g.Eg.^g.-§g 
QR «.£=■« "a S.23 &u«t3te fe o«i3-y H -^ -2 &u = 5 ^-^fc uE «^y uS g 

<:Jutt:s-s:<(;i;5£3:QQ^^Oc^uS(:o>a:>eQQtt:SuJx;oQpjQFQSfa 

W 3 . . ... 

Lebanon Valley College Map of Campus 207 



INDEX 



Academic honesty policy 

undergraduate 16 

graduate 160 

Academic procedures 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 159 

Accounting program 

courses 49 

department 48 

faculty 56 

Accreditation 205 

Actuarial science program 

courses 108 

department 108 

faculty 11 1 

Admissions 

undergraduate full time 4 

undergraduate part time 5 

continuing education 5 

MBA 161 

MME 165 

MSE 167 

Administration 180 

Advanced placement 14 

American studies program 

courses 31 

department 30 

faculty 33 

Art and art history program 

courses 35 

department 35 

faculty 40 

Associate degrees 7 

Attendance policy 12 

Auditing policy 11 

Baccalaureate degrees 7 

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology program 

courses 45 

requirements 45 

Biology program 

courses 42 

department 42 

faculty 46 

Business program 

courses 50 

department 48 

faculty 56 

Calendar 212 

Certificate programs 5 

Challenge examinations 13 

Chemistry program 

courses 60 

department 59 



faculty 62 

Citizenship education program 64 

CLEP 14 

College support staff 201 

Communications program 

courses 80 

department 80 

faculty 84 

Computer science program 

courses 1 10 

department 109 

faculty Ill 

Concurrent courses 12 

Cooperative programs 25 

Courses, undergraduate 

concurrent 12 

external 12 

repetition of 11 

descriptions 31 

Courses, graduate 158 

Credit for life experience 14 

Criminal justice program 

courses 153 

department 153 

faculty 157 

Degrees 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 158 

Dean's list 16 

Departmental honors 16 

Digital communications program 

courses 65 

department 65 

faculty 67 

Doctor of Physical Therapy Program 

courses 171 

faculty 173 

requirements 171 

Earth and space science program 137 

Economics program 

courses 53 

department 48 

faculty 56 

Education program 

courses 69 

department 68 

faculty 78 

Elementary education program 

courses 70 

department 70 

faculty 78 

Engineering cooperative 

program 25 



208 Index 



2007-2008 Catalog 



English program 

courses 80 

department 80 

faculty 84 

English as a Second Language (ESL) 77 

Environmental studies 

cooperative program 25 

External summer courses 12 

Faculty 187 

Finances, student 4 

Foreign languages program 

courses 86 

department 86 

faculty 91 

Foreign study opportunities 29 

Forestry cooperative program 25 

French program 

courses 86 

department 86 

faculty 91 

General education program 

courses 20 

requirements 20 

German program 

courses 88 

department 86 

faculty 91 

Grade point average 15 

Grading system 15 

Graduate programs 158 

academic policies 159 

concurrent courses 159 

financial aid 160 

grading system 159 

privacy of student records 160 

refund policy 159 

review procedure 159 

time restriction policy 160 

transfer policy 159 

withdrawal policy 159, 160 

Graduation honors 16 

Graduation requirements 

DPT 171 

MBA 161 

MME 165 

MSE 167 

undergraduate 8 

Health care management program 

requirements 55 

Health professions 

cooperative programs 25 

Health science program 

courses 129 

requirements 129 

faculty 131 

Historical communications program 93 



History program 

courses 93 

department 93 

faculty 103 

Honors 

departmental 16 

graduation 16 

In-Absentia 12 

Independent study 28 

Individualized major 27 

Interdisciplinary courses 23 

International baccalaureate program 15 

Internship policy 28 

Italian 

courses 89 

Knisley teaching awards 204 

Law and society minor 99 

Leave of absence 12 

Limit of hours 9 

Map of campus 206 

Mathematical science program 

courses 106 

department 105 

faculty Ill 

MBA program 

admission 161 

courses 161 

faculty 164 

requirements 161 

MME program 

admission 165 

courses 165 

faculty 166 

requirements 165 

MSE program 

admission 167 

courses 167 

faculty 170 

requirements 167 

Medical technology 

cooperative program 25 

Military science program 1 13 

Mission statement 3 

Music education program 120 

courses 1 20 

faculty 123 

requirements 120 

Music program 114 

courses 115 

department 1 14 

faculty 123 

Music business program 119 

courses 119 

faculty 123 

requirements 119 



Lebanon Valley College 



Index 209 



Music recording technology program 121 

courses 122 

faculty 123 

requirements 121 

Nontraditional credit policy 13 

Off-campus programs 

study abroad 29 

Officers, general College 180 

Pass/fail policy 11 

Payment plans 5 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 16 

Philosophy program 

courses 149 

department 146 

faculty 150 

Physical education program 

courses 127 

department 127 

faculty 128 

Physical therapy program 

courses 129 

department 129 

faculty 131 

Physics program 

courses 133 

department 133 

faculty 136 

Political science program 

courses 99 

department 93 

faculty 103 

Pre-law program 26 

Pre-medical, pre-dentistry, 

pre-veterinary programs 27 

Privacy of student records 7 

Probation, undergraduate 18 

Profile of the College 2 

Psychobiology program 

courses 46 

department 42 

faculty 46 

Psychology program 

courses 139 

department 138 

faculty 144 

Readmission policy 12 

Refund policy 

undergraduate 4 

graduate 159 

Registration 10 

Religion program 

courses 146 

department 146 

faculty 150 

Repetition of courses 

undergraduate 1 1 



ROTC 113 

Satisfactory academic progress 9 

Science 

course 62 

Second bachelor's degree 13 

Secondary education program 

courses 74 

department 68 

faculty 78 

Servicemembers Opportunity 

Colleges (SOC) 19 

Social science program 152 

Sociology program 

courses 153 

department 153 

faculty 157 

Spanish program 

courses 90 

department 86 

faculty 91 

Special education program 

courses 76 

department 68 

faculty 78 

Special topics courses 29 

Study abroad 29 

Suspension policy 

undergraduate 18 

Teacher certification for 

nonmatriculated students 19 

Teacher certification for 

matriculated students 68 

Transfer policy 

undergraduate 10 

graduate 159 

Trustees, Board of 176 

Tutorial study courses 29 

Veterans' services 19 

Vickroy teaching awards 203 

Withdrawal procedure 

undergraduate 12 

graduate 159 



210 Index 



2007-2008 Catalog 



PHONE NUMBERS 






College Offices* 




Academic Offices 




6208 


Academic Support 




6988 


Admissions 




6181 


Business Office 




6300 


Career Planning and Placement 


6235 


College Center 




6161 


College Store 




6313 


Computer Lab (general) 




6067 


Computer Science Lab 




6067 


Continuing Education 




6213 


Dean of Student Services 




6233 


Financial Aid 




6181 


Registrar 




6215 


Safety and Security 




6111 


Vice President/Dean of Faculty 


6208 




Academic Offices* 




American Studies 




6356 


Art and Art History 




6015 


Biology 




6175 


Business Administration 




6101 


Chemistry 




6140 


Economics 




6330 


Education 




6305 


English 




6240 


Foreign Language 




6250 


History 




6355 


Mathematical Sciences 




6080 


Music 




6275 


Philosophy 




6130 


Physical Education 




6364 


Physics 




6150 


Political Sciences 




6330 


Psychology 




6195 


Religion 




6130 


Sociology 


*Area code 71 7, prefix 867. 


6155 


.ebanon Valley College 




Phone Numbe 




E e. 



Eg MO e 



■^ a 1^ 



I E 



I. s 



>. .E 
Q I 



u. c/5 U 






>. c 

« ■- 

Q E 

ojj X so 5 

.S ^ .S «^ 

i> .S o £ 

Ct^ tb CE^ tu 



i2 O M 
?? _c — 



CO C/5 CQ — til 



a: 




§ 

c 




oo 








■z 




^ 




C3 




^ 


^ 




^ 


in 


Q 




•T3 


C 


-o 

C 




■o 


■o 


■o 




Z 




n 

3 


o 


O 


o 


o 


t2 


f2 




















^ 


t« 


















^ 


1> 

£ 

in 


m 


Tf 


■^ 


^ 




»N 


ON 


o 










fN 


«N 




(N 


u 














S^ 






■o 


>, 












S 




u 


c 
o 


3 
















!Z1 














i 

^ 




u 




















Q 




c 

-a 
















< 




c 














u 




3 














< 




S 


•a 

3 














00 






tft 














o 




;— 

o 


o 




sc 






'XI 




o 






c 




E 


e 


C 


'5b 




O 

o 






13 


Q 


E 

1 
0. 

c 


u 

c 
o 
U 


-a 
2 

a. 
n. 


C 

'ob 

X5 















£ 


a 


c 
o 


E 


E 




E 




_BJD 
'E 

■a 


o 


o 
c 


a 


6 


d 




TT 


■a 


o 
<*> 


IT) 

-a 


d. 


o 


E 


E 

■o 




c: 


ts 




TD 


« 


ta 


B 


■o 


•o 


3 


O 


;a 


S 


c 
o 


■o 






5 C3 C3 



2 > fc H S U. 



O (N ■•* O ^ 00 
— — -« rxi c-^ «s 



%^ ^ H fe 00 S 



H ta c/) GO ti. 



E E 

t: S ca 



0. Q. 



"OPrtMM?^«rt 



•- E 
TJ T3 .23 j: c 

Oi Qi < tu O 



W < 



7^ C C 



D PL^ u. 



a. 
a 
© 

O 



I t2 u 



— «N r<^ 






E a. 



en ^ £ 

2i 3 E 

a. 2 ■= 

OS c •*■ 

o g a< 

■>- a. 11 

"■of 

«i £ "S 

ts .— t. 



o — ^r^n-u-ioooNOOvo 



lyi 


t« 


'WD 


•a 


01 


Ol 


kri 


^ 


90 


90 


O 


O 


O 


O 


M 


r~i 


M 


M 


_C 


C 






'C 


U 


o. 


a. 


C/2 


c^ 



■- Ji 



J= ^ M 



^ Q Q 



CO OX) X 1> 



h-U -J2Qi:i:a:fc.coti. 



T E 



7 E 



E 1 



ob - ^ ■« 



-p « -a -a T3 -o 

i3 T3 — — — •■ 

2 S 

« 3 

00 CO 



"Sec 
o o 



E E 



oo 00 — 
>, >^ >, eg 



c/) c/: trt 
1) (U lU 



E E 



M C 



^ ^ 



0* -a T3 



*!*«!r*333-^.-* ui-3':i^ ^ 



■O 

E 1 



2 g 






C ^ C3 

-a c -a 



[t s ^ s 



>> V 



■O -p C 

'u « 3 ^ C3 5; 
U, C/5 C/D ^ 00 >■ 



m <N ^O 1^ On 



b <: 



212 Academic Calendar 



2007-2008 Catalog 



Lebanon Valley College 
loi North College Avenue 
Annville, PA 17003-1400